Compare commits
1 Commits
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
1cedeb5c04 |
167
Makefile
Normal file
167
Makefile
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
|
||||
# Top-level Makefile for wxGTK by Wolfram Gloger
|
||||
# based on the version for wx-Xt by Martin Sperl
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL=/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
#if DIRS are defind make only executes in these diretories
|
||||
all::
|
||||
@if test "x$(DIRS)" = x; then \
|
||||
for i in src samples utils user; do \
|
||||
echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
|
||||
(cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
for i in $(DIRS) xxx; do \
|
||||
if test "$$i" != xxx; then \
|
||||
echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
|
||||
(cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# what to do if a target is not understood:
|
||||
# pass it on to all the children...
|
||||
|
||||
.DEFAULT::
|
||||
@if test "x$(DIRS)" = x; then \
|
||||
for i in src samples utils user; do \
|
||||
echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
|
||||
(cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
for i in $(DIRS) xxx; do \
|
||||
if test "$$i" != xxx; then \
|
||||
echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
|
||||
(cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
src::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory src building all"
|
||||
@cd src; ${MAKE} all
|
||||
|
||||
samples::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory samples building all"
|
||||
@cd samples; ${MAKE} all
|
||||
|
||||
utils::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory utils building all"
|
||||
@cd utils; ${MAKE} all
|
||||
|
||||
user::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory user building all"
|
||||
@cd user; ${MAKE} all
|
||||
|
||||
# the following ones recreate all Makefiles.
|
||||
|
||||
makefiles:: recreate
|
||||
Makefiles:: recreate
|
||||
recreate::
|
||||
@src/gtk/setup/general/createall
|
||||
|
||||
# the following ones define what needs to be done to distribute the
|
||||
# library and its components
|
||||
|
||||
distribute:: distrib
|
||||
distrib:: distrib_base distrib_user join_utils join_samples
|
||||
|
||||
distrib_samples::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory samples creating distribution files"
|
||||
@(cd samples; ${MAKE} -k distrib)
|
||||
|
||||
distrib_user::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory user creating distribution files"
|
||||
@(cd user; ${MAKE} -k distrib)
|
||||
|
||||
distrib_utils::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory utils creating distribution files"
|
||||
@(cd utils; ${MAKE} -k distrib)
|
||||
|
||||
join_utils:: distrib_utils
|
||||
@$(MAKE) join \
|
||||
BASEDIR=utils \
|
||||
FILES=`echo distrib/utils/*.tgz `
|
||||
|
||||
join_samples:: distrib_samples
|
||||
@$(MAKE) join \
|
||||
BASEDIR=samples \
|
||||
FILES=`echo distrib/samples/*.tgz `
|
||||
|
||||
join_user:: distrib_user
|
||||
@$(MAKE) join \
|
||||
BASEDIR=user \
|
||||
FILES=`echo distrib/user/*.tgz `
|
||||
|
||||
join::
|
||||
@# needed are BASEDIR and FILES
|
||||
@if test "x$$BASEDIR" = x; then\
|
||||
echo "BASEDIR not specified.";\
|
||||
exit -1;\
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@if test "x$$FILES" != x ; then \
|
||||
echo "putting all seperate distribution files:";\
|
||||
echo "$$FILES";\
|
||||
echo "into distrib/$(BASEDIR).tgz";\
|
||||
src/gtk/setup/general/jointar $(BASEDIR) $$FILES distrib/$(BASEDIR).tgz; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo "Nothing to join - deleting..."; \
|
||||
echo "This may be the case, if you have not specified FILES."\
|
||||
rm -f distrib/$(BASEDIR).tgz; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
distrib_base::
|
||||
@if test ! -d distrib ; then mkdir distrib; fi;
|
||||
@if test ! -f system.list ; then \
|
||||
echo "dummy" > system.list;\
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@(curr=`pwd`; direc=`basename $$curr`;\
|
||||
(cd ..; \
|
||||
echo creating distrib/$$direc.tar from the current directory;\
|
||||
tar -cf /tmp/$$direc.tar \
|
||||
$$direc/COPYING\
|
||||
$$direc/INSTALL\
|
||||
$$direc/Makefile\
|
||||
$$direc/template.mak\
|
||||
$$direc/configure\
|
||||
$$direc/configure.in\
|
||||
$$direc/config.guess\
|
||||
$$direc/config.sub\
|
||||
$$direc/install-sh\
|
||||
$$direc/user/Makefile \
|
||||
$$direc/utils/Makefile \
|
||||
$$direc/samples/Makefile \
|
||||
;\
|
||||
sed "s|^\(.*\)$$|/\1/|g" $$direc/system.list \
|
||||
| uniq > /tmp/$$direc.list; \
|
||||
echo "/RCS/" >> /tmp/$$direc.list; \
|
||||
for each in misc docs wx src setup; do \
|
||||
tar -uf /tmp/$$direc.tar \
|
||||
`\
|
||||
find $$direc/$$each \( -type f -o -type l \) -print \
|
||||
| fgrep -vf /tmp/$$direc.list \
|
||||
| grep -v "[~#]$$" \
|
||||
` ;\
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
echo compressing $$direc.tar to $$direc.tgz;\
|
||||
gzip -9 -c /tmp/$$direc.tar > $$direc/distrib/$$direc.tgz;\
|
||||
rm /tmp/$$direc.tar /tmp/$$direc.list;\
|
||||
)\
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
# the following ones are only needed if configure.in has changed
|
||||
# and needs to be updated...
|
||||
|
||||
config:: configure
|
||||
|
||||
configure::
|
||||
@autoconf
|
||||
@cat configure \
|
||||
| sed "s/config.cache/\$$OSTYPE.config.cache/g" \
|
||||
| sed "s/config.status/\$$OSTYPE.config.status/g" \
|
||||
| sed "s/\*\*--/ --/g" \
|
||||
> configure1
|
||||
@chmod a+x configure1
|
||||
@mv configure1 configure
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
52
TODO.txt
Normal file
52
TODO.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
********************* TODO list for wxWindows 2 ******************************
|
||||
|
||||
The items are grouped by platform (generic, MSW, GTK...) and inside by
|
||||
subject. The first 2 columns containg the following codes:
|
||||
|
||||
Priority classification: Amount of work expected:
|
||||
9 next point release q quick fix
|
||||
8 next release s small change
|
||||
7 as soon as possible l a little work
|
||||
6 soon w some work
|
||||
5 should be included b big change
|
||||
4 nice to have m major change
|
||||
3 consider including ? don't know how to fix
|
||||
2 maybe not - unclassified
|
||||
1 probably not
|
||||
- unclassified
|
||||
|
||||
After the subject the name in brackets indicates the person who is going to do
|
||||
it.
|
||||
|
||||
=============================== common ========================================
|
||||
|
||||
4w wxString optimization (VZ)
|
||||
allocate more memory than needed to avoid reallocation each time when
|
||||
operator+ or += is used.
|
||||
|
||||
6b stream classes (VZ)
|
||||
|
||||
=============================== generic ======================================
|
||||
|
||||
7s wxTreeCtrl root item (RR)
|
||||
root item is not shown currently (unlike in MSW version)
|
||||
|
||||
5w wxImageList
|
||||
it's not implemented currently, to do (assuming that all images have the
|
||||
same size - no resizing should be done to simplify the job)
|
||||
|
||||
================================ MSW ==========================================
|
||||
|
||||
7w consistent keyboard interface and focus behaviour (VZ)
|
||||
currently, the focus is lost all the time (after a MessageBox, for example)
|
||||
and sometimes TABbing through controls doesn't work
|
||||
|
||||
================================ GTK ==========================================
|
||||
|
||||
9m keyboard interface (RR)
|
||||
TAB traversal, Alt-letter accelerators for the controls and accelerators
|
||||
for menu items - TODO.
|
||||
|
||||
3b wxTreeCtrl native implementation?
|
||||
GTK has a GtkCTree widget which seems to be quite close to the Windows
|
||||
standard control - what about writing a native wxTreeCtrl based on it?
|
||||
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
# Purpose: Makefile.in for STC contrib for Unix with autoconf
|
||||
# Created: 14.03.00
|
||||
# Author: VZ
|
||||
# Version: $Id$
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
top_builddir = ../../..
|
||||
|
||||
this_dir = $(top_srcdir)/src/stc
|
||||
scintilla_dir=$(this_dir)/scintilla
|
||||
VPATH=$(this_dir)@PATH_IFS@$(scintilla_dir)/src # ':' for autoconf
|
||||
|
||||
TARGET_LIBNAME=libstc
|
||||
|
||||
LIBVERSION_CURRENT=1
|
||||
LIBVERSION_REVISION=0
|
||||
LIBVERSION_AGE=0
|
||||
|
||||
OBJECTS=PlatWX.o ScintillaWX.o stc.o \
|
||||
Accessor.o \
|
||||
AutoComplete.o \
|
||||
CallTip.o \
|
||||
CellBuffer.o \
|
||||
ContractionState.o \
|
||||
Document.o \
|
||||
Editor.o \
|
||||
Indicator.o \
|
||||
KeyMap.o \
|
||||
KeyWords.o \
|
||||
LexCPP.o \
|
||||
LexHTML.o \
|
||||
LexOthers.o \
|
||||
LexPerl.o \
|
||||
LexPython.o \
|
||||
LexSQL.o \
|
||||
LexVB.o \
|
||||
LineMarker.o \
|
||||
PropSet.o \
|
||||
ScintillaBase.o \
|
||||
Style.o \
|
||||
ViewStyle.o
|
||||
|
||||
APPEXTRADEFS=-D__WX__ -DSCI_LEXER -I$(scintilla_dir)/src -I$(scintilla_dir)/include -I$(top_srcdir)/include
|
||||
|
||||
include $(top_builddir)/src/makelib.env
|
||||
@@ -1,597 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// PlatWX.cxx - implementation of platform facilities on wxWindows
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-1999 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// Robin Dunn <robin@aldunn.com>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/stc/stc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
Point Point::FromLong(long lpoint) {
|
||||
return Point(lpoint & 0xFFFF, lpoint >> 32);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxRect wxRectFromPRectangle(PRectangle prc) {
|
||||
wxRect rc(prc.left, prc.top,
|
||||
prc.right-prc.left+1, prc.bottom-prc.top+1);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PRectangle PRectangleFromwxRect(wxRect rc) {
|
||||
return PRectangle(rc.GetLeft(), rc.GetTop(), rc.GetRight(), rc.GetBottom());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Colour::Colour(long lcol) {
|
||||
co.Set(lcol & 0xff, (lcol >> 8) & 0xff, (lcol >> 16) & 0xff);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Colour::Colour(unsigned int red, unsigned int green, unsigned int blue) {
|
||||
co.Set(red, green, blue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Colour::operator==(const Colour &other) const {
|
||||
return co == other.co;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
long Colour::AsLong() const {
|
||||
return (((long)co.Blue() << 16) |
|
||||
((long)co.Green() << 8) |
|
||||
((long)co.Red()));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int Colour::GetRed() {
|
||||
return co.Red();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int Colour::GetGreen() {
|
||||
return co.Green();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int Colour::GetBlue() {
|
||||
return co.Blue();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Palette::Palette() {
|
||||
used = 0;
|
||||
allowRealization = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Palette::~Palette() {
|
||||
Release();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Palette::Release() {
|
||||
used = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// This method either adds a colour to the list of wanted colours (want==true)
|
||||
// or retrieves the allocated colour back to the ColourPair.
|
||||
// This is one method to make it easier to keep the code for wanting and retrieving in sync.
|
||||
void Palette::WantFind(ColourPair &cp, bool want) {
|
||||
if (want) {
|
||||
for (int i=0; i < used; i++) {
|
||||
if (entries[i].desired == cp.desired)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (used < numEntries) {
|
||||
entries[used].desired = cp.desired;
|
||||
entries[used].allocated = cp.desired;
|
||||
used++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
for (int i=0; i < used; i++) {
|
||||
if (entries[i].desired == cp.desired) {
|
||||
cp.allocated = entries[i].allocated;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp.allocated = cp.desired;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Palette::Allocate(Window &) {
|
||||
if (allowRealization) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Font::Font() {
|
||||
id = 0;
|
||||
ascent = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Font::~Font() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Font::Create(const char *faceName, int size, bool bold, bool italic) {
|
||||
Release();
|
||||
id = new wxFont(size,
|
||||
wxDEFAULT,
|
||||
italic ? wxITALIC : wxNORMAL,
|
||||
bold ? wxBOLD : wxNORMAL,
|
||||
false,
|
||||
faceName);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void Font::Release() {
|
||||
if (id)
|
||||
delete id;
|
||||
id = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Surface::Surface() :
|
||||
hdc(0), hdcOwned(0), bitmap(0),
|
||||
x(0), y(0) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Surface::~Surface() {
|
||||
Release();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::Release() {
|
||||
if (bitmap) {
|
||||
((wxMemoryDC*)hdc)->SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
|
||||
delete bitmap;
|
||||
bitmap = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (hdcOwned) {
|
||||
delete hdc;
|
||||
hdc = 0;
|
||||
hdcOwned = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool Surface::Initialised() {
|
||||
return hdc != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::Init() {
|
||||
Release();
|
||||
hdc = new wxMemoryDC();
|
||||
hdcOwned = true;
|
||||
// **** ::SetTextAlign(hdc, TA_BASELINE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::Init(SurfaceID hdc_) {
|
||||
Release();
|
||||
hdc = hdc_;
|
||||
// **** ::SetTextAlign(hdc, TA_BASELINE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::InitPixMap(int width, int height, Surface *surface_) {
|
||||
Release();
|
||||
hdc = new wxMemoryDC(surface_->hdc);
|
||||
hdcOwned = true;
|
||||
bitmap = new wxBitmap(width, height);
|
||||
((wxMemoryDC*)hdc)->SelectObject(*bitmap);
|
||||
// **** ::SetTextAlign(hdc, TA_BASELINE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::PenColour(Colour fore) {
|
||||
hdc->SetPen(wxPen(fore.co, 1, wxSOLID));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::BrushColor(Colour back) {
|
||||
hdc->SetBrush(wxBrush(back.co, wxSOLID));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::SetFont(Font &font_) {
|
||||
|
||||
// I think the following check is valid.
|
||||
// It eliminates a crash for me. -- eric@sourcegear.com
|
||||
|
||||
if (font_.GetID())
|
||||
{
|
||||
hdc->SetFont(*font_.GetID());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Surface::LogPixelsY() {
|
||||
return hdc->GetPPI().y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::MoveTo(int x_, int y_) {
|
||||
x = x_;
|
||||
y = y_;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::LineTo(int x_, int y_) {
|
||||
hdc->DrawLine(x,y, x_,y_);
|
||||
x = x_;
|
||||
y = y_;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::Polygon(Point *pts, int npts, Colour fore,
|
||||
Colour back) {
|
||||
PenColour(fore);
|
||||
BrushColor(back);
|
||||
hdc->DrawPolygon(npts, (wxPoint*)pts);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::RectangleDraw(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back) {
|
||||
PenColour(fore);
|
||||
BrushColor(back);
|
||||
hdc->DrawRectangle(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Colour back) {
|
||||
BrushColor(back);
|
||||
hdc->SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
|
||||
hdc->DrawRectangle(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Surface &surfacePattern) {
|
||||
wxBrush br;
|
||||
if (surfacePattern.bitmap)
|
||||
br = wxBrush(*surfacePattern.bitmap);
|
||||
else // Something is wrong so display in red
|
||||
br = wxBrush(*wxRED, wxSOLID);
|
||||
hdc->SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
|
||||
hdc->SetBrush(br);
|
||||
hdc->DrawRectangle(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::RoundedRectangle(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back) {
|
||||
PenColour(fore);
|
||||
BrushColor(back);
|
||||
hdc->DrawRoundedRectangle(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc), 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::Ellipse(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back) {
|
||||
PenColour(fore);
|
||||
BrushColor(back);
|
||||
hdc->DrawEllipse(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::Copy(PRectangle rc, Point from, Surface &surfaceSource) {
|
||||
hdc->Blit(rc.left, rc.top, rc.Width(), rc.Height(),
|
||||
surfaceSource.hdc, from.x, from.y, wxCOPY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::DrawText(PRectangle rc, Font &font, int ybase,
|
||||
const char *s, int len, Colour fore, Colour back) {
|
||||
SetFont(font);
|
||||
hdc->SetTextForeground(fore.co);
|
||||
hdc->SetTextBackground(back.co);
|
||||
FillRectangle(rc, back);
|
||||
|
||||
// ybase is where the baseline should be, but wxWin uses the upper left
|
||||
// corner, so I need to calculate the real position for the text...
|
||||
hdc->DrawText(wxString(s, len), rc.left, ybase - font.ascent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::DrawTextClipped(PRectangle rc, Font &font, int ybase, const char *s, int len, Colour fore, Colour back) {
|
||||
SetFont(font);
|
||||
hdc->SetTextForeground(fore.co);
|
||||
hdc->SetTextBackground(back.co);
|
||||
FillRectangle(rc, back);
|
||||
hdc->SetClippingRegion(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
|
||||
|
||||
// see comments above
|
||||
hdc->DrawText(wxString(s, len), rc.left, ybase - font.ascent);
|
||||
hdc->DestroyClippingRegion();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Surface::WidthText(Font &font, const char *s, int len) {
|
||||
SetFont(font);
|
||||
int w;
|
||||
int h;
|
||||
hdc->GetTextExtent(wxString(s, len), &w, &h);
|
||||
return w;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::MeasureWidths(Font &font, const char *s, int len, int *positions) {
|
||||
SetFont(font);
|
||||
int totalWidth = 0;
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<len; i++) {
|
||||
int w;
|
||||
int h;
|
||||
hdc->GetTextExtent(s[i], &w, &h);
|
||||
totalWidth += w;
|
||||
positions[i] = totalWidth;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Surface::WidthChar(Font &font, char ch) {
|
||||
SetFont(font);
|
||||
int w;
|
||||
int h;
|
||||
hdc->GetTextExtent(ch, &w, &h);
|
||||
return w;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define EXTENT_TEST " `~!@#$%^&*()-_=+\\|[]{};:\"\'<,>.?/1234567890abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
|
||||
|
||||
int Surface::Ascent(Font &font) {
|
||||
SetFont(font);
|
||||
int w, h, d, e;
|
||||
hdc->GetTextExtent(EXTENT_TEST, &w, &h, &d, &e);
|
||||
font.ascent = h - d;
|
||||
return font.ascent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Surface::Descent(Font &font) {
|
||||
SetFont(font);
|
||||
int w, h, d, e;
|
||||
hdc->GetTextExtent(EXTENT_TEST, &w, &h, &d, &e);
|
||||
return d;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Surface::InternalLeading(Font &font) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Surface::ExternalLeading(Font &font) {
|
||||
SetFont(font);
|
||||
int w, h, d, e;
|
||||
hdc->GetTextExtent(EXTENT_TEST, &w, &h, &d, &e);
|
||||
return e;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Surface::Height(Font &font) {
|
||||
SetFont(font);
|
||||
return hdc->GetCharHeight();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Surface::AverageCharWidth(Font &font) {
|
||||
SetFont(font);
|
||||
return hdc->GetCharWidth();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Surface::SetPalette(Palette *pal, bool inBackGround) {
|
||||
return 0; // **** figure out what to do with palettes...
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::SetClip(PRectangle rc) {
|
||||
hdc->SetClippingRegion(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Surface::FlushCachedState() {
|
||||
// TODO Is there anything we need to do here? eric@sourcegear.com
|
||||
// TODO I had to add this method when I merged new Scintilla code
|
||||
// TODO from Neil.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Window::~Window() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Window::Destroy() {
|
||||
if (id)
|
||||
id->Destroy();
|
||||
id = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Window::HasFocus() {
|
||||
return wxWindow::FindFocus() == id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PRectangle Window::GetPosition() {
|
||||
wxRect rc(id->GetPosition(), id->GetSize());
|
||||
return PRectangleFromwxRect(rc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Window::SetPosition(PRectangle rc) {
|
||||
id->SetSize(rc.left, rc.top, rc.Width(), rc.Height());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Window::SetPositionRelative(PRectangle rc, Window) {
|
||||
SetPosition(rc); // ????
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PRectangle Window::GetClientPosition() {
|
||||
wxSize sz = id->GetClientSize();
|
||||
return PRectangle(0, 0, sz.x - 1, sz.y - 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Window::Show(bool show) {
|
||||
id->Show(show);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Window::InvalidateAll() {
|
||||
id->Refresh(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Window::InvalidateRectangle(PRectangle rc) {
|
||||
id->Refresh(false, &wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Window::SetFont(Font &font) {
|
||||
id->SetFont(*font.GetID());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Window::SetCursor(Cursor curs) {
|
||||
int cursorId;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (curs) {
|
||||
case cursorText:
|
||||
cursorId = wxCURSOR_IBEAM;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case cursorArrow:
|
||||
cursorId = wxCURSOR_ARROW;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case cursorUp:
|
||||
cursorId = wxCURSOR_ARROW; // ** no up arrow... wxCURSOR_UPARROW;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case cursorWait:
|
||||
cursorId = wxCURSOR_WAIT;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case cursorHoriz:
|
||||
cursorId = wxCURSOR_SIZEWE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case cursorVert:
|
||||
cursorId = wxCURSOR_SIZENS;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case cursorReverseArrow:
|
||||
cursorId = wxCURSOR_POINT_RIGHT;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
cursorId = wxCURSOR_ARROW;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id->SetCursor(wxCursor(cursorId));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void Window::SetTitle(const char *s) {
|
||||
id->SetTitle(s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ListBox::ListBox() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ListBox::~ListBox() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ListBox::Create(Window &parent, int ctrlID) {
|
||||
id = new wxListBox(parent.id, ctrlID, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
0, NULL, wxLB_SINGLE | wxLB_SORT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ListBox::Clear() {
|
||||
((wxListBox*)id)->Clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ListBox::Append(char *s) {
|
||||
((wxListBox*)id)->Append(s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int ListBox::Length() {
|
||||
return ((wxListBox*)id)->Number();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ListBox::Select(int n) {
|
||||
((wxListBox*)id)->SetSelection(n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int ListBox::GetSelection() {
|
||||
return ((wxListBox*)id)->GetSelection();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int ListBox::Find(const char *prefix) {
|
||||
return ((wxListBox*)id)->FindString(prefix);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ListBox::GetValue(int n, char *value, int len) {
|
||||
wxString text = ((wxListBox*)id)->GetString(n);
|
||||
strncpy(value, text.c_str(), len);
|
||||
value[len-1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ListBox::Sort() {
|
||||
// wxWindows keeps sorted so no need to sort
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Menu::Menu() : id(0) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Menu::CreatePopUp() {
|
||||
Destroy();
|
||||
id = new wxMenu();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Menu::Destroy() {
|
||||
if (id)
|
||||
delete id;
|
||||
id = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Menu::Show(Point pt, Window &w) {
|
||||
w.GetID()->PopupMenu(id, pt.x - 4, pt.y);
|
||||
Destroy();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Colour Platform::Chrome() {
|
||||
wxColour c;
|
||||
c = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE);
|
||||
return Colour(c.Red(), c.Green(), c.Blue());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Colour Platform::ChromeHighlight() {
|
||||
wxColour c;
|
||||
c = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHIGHLIGHT);
|
||||
return Colour(c.Red(), c.Green(), c.Blue());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char *Platform::DefaultFont() {
|
||||
return wxNORMAL_FONT->GetFaceName();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Platform::DefaultFontSize() {
|
||||
return 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int Platform::DoubleClickTime() {
|
||||
return 500; // **** ::GetDoubleClickTime();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Platform::DebugDisplay(const char *s) {
|
||||
wxLogDebug(s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Platform::IsKeyDown(int key) {
|
||||
return false; // I don't think we'll need this.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
long Platform::SendScintilla(WindowID w,
|
||||
unsigned int msg,
|
||||
unsigned long wParam,
|
||||
long lParam) {
|
||||
|
||||
wxStyledTextCtrl* stc = (wxStyledTextCtrl*)w;
|
||||
return stc->SendMsg(msg, wParam, lParam);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// These are utility functions not really tied to a platform
|
||||
|
||||
int Platform::Minimum(int a, int b) {
|
||||
if (a < b)
|
||||
return a;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Platform::Maximum(int a, int b) {
|
||||
if (a > b)
|
||||
return a;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define TRACE
|
||||
|
||||
void Platform::DebugPrintf(const char *format, ...) {
|
||||
#ifdef TRACE
|
||||
char buffer[2000];
|
||||
va_list pArguments;
|
||||
va_start(pArguments, format);
|
||||
vsprintf(buffer,format,pArguments);
|
||||
va_end(pArguments);
|
||||
Platform::DebugDisplay(buffer);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Platform::Clamp(int val, int minVal, int maxVal) {
|
||||
if (val > maxVal)
|
||||
val = maxVal;
|
||||
if (val < minVal)
|
||||
val = minVal;
|
||||
return val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
|
||||
This contrib is the wxStyledTextCtrl, which is a wrapper around the
|
||||
Scintilla edit control. (See www.scintilla.org)
|
||||
|
||||
There is still VERY MUCH to be done, most notable of which is a more
|
||||
advanced sample that exercises more of the code. (I havn't tested
|
||||
AutoComplete or CallTips, or most of the event types at all yet.) And
|
||||
also documentation, adding wrappers for some new scintilla
|
||||
functionality, building and testing on wxGTK, etc. Be patient, it all
|
||||
will get there soon.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Let me describe a bit about the architecture I am implementing...
|
||||
Obviously there is the Platform layer which implements the varioius
|
||||
platform classes by using wxWindows classes and filling in where
|
||||
needed. Then there is a ScintillaWX class that is derived from
|
||||
ScintillaBase and implements the necessary virtual methods that
|
||||
Scintilla needs to fully funciton. This class however is not meant to
|
||||
ever be used directly by wx programmers. I call it one end of the
|
||||
bridge between the wx and Scintilla worlds. The other end of the
|
||||
bridge is a class called wxStyledTextCtrl that looks, feels and acts
|
||||
like other classes in wxWindows. Here is a diagram:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+------------------+ +-------------------+
|
||||
| wxStyledTextCtrl |--bridge--| ScintillaWX |
|
||||
+------------------+ +-------------------+
|
||||
| ScintillaBase |
|
||||
+-------------------+
|
||||
| Editor |
|
||||
+-------------------+
|
||||
| PlatWX |
|
||||
+-------------------+
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxStyledTextCtrl derives from wxControl so it has a window that can be
|
||||
drawn upon. When a wxStyledTextCtrl is constructed it constructs a
|
||||
ScintillaWX for itself and passes itself to the scintilla object to be
|
||||
set as the wMain and wDraw attributes. All method calls on the STC
|
||||
are sent over the bridge in the form of calls to ScintiallWX::WndProc.
|
||||
All notifications are sent back over the bridge and turned into
|
||||
wxEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Robin
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,460 +0,0 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: ScintillaWX.cxx
|
||||
// Purpose: A wxWindows implementation of Scintilla. A class derived
|
||||
// from ScintillaBase that uses the "wx platform" defined in
|
||||
// PlatformWX.cxx This class is one end of a bridge between
|
||||
// the wx world and the Scintilla world. It needs a peer
|
||||
// object of type wxStyledTextCtrl to function.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Author: Robin Dunn
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created: 13-Jan-2000
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 by Total Control Software
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows license
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ScintillaWX.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/stc/stc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
const int H_SCROLL_MAX = 2000;
|
||||
const int H_SCROLL_STEP = 20;
|
||||
const int H_SCROLL_PAGE = 200;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Helper classes
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSTCTimer : public wxTimer {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSTCTimer(ScintillaWX* swx) {
|
||||
this->swx = swx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Notify() {
|
||||
swx->DoTick();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
ScintillaWX* swx;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxSTCDropTarget::OnDropText(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxString& data) {
|
||||
return swx->DoDropText(x, y, data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxDragResult wxSTCDropTarget::OnEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) {
|
||||
return swx->DoDragEnter(x, y, def);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxDragResult wxSTCDropTarget::OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) {
|
||||
return swx->DoDragOver(x, y, def);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSTCDropTarget::OnLeave() {
|
||||
swx->DoDragLeave();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Constructor/Destructor
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ScintillaWX::ScintillaWX(wxStyledTextCtrl* win) {
|
||||
capturedMouse = false;
|
||||
wMain = win;
|
||||
wDraw = win;
|
||||
stc = win;
|
||||
Initialise();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ScintillaWX::~ScintillaWX() {
|
||||
SetTicking(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// base class virtuals
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::Initialise() {
|
||||
//ScintillaBase::Initialise();
|
||||
dropTarget = new wxSTCDropTarget;
|
||||
dropTarget->SetScintilla(this);
|
||||
stc->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::Finalise() {
|
||||
ScintillaBase::Finalise();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::StartDrag() {
|
||||
wxDropSource source(wMain.GetID());
|
||||
wxTextDataObject data(dragChars);
|
||||
wxDragResult result;
|
||||
|
||||
source.SetData(data);
|
||||
result = source.DoDragDrop(TRUE);
|
||||
if (result == wxDragMove && dropWentOutside)
|
||||
ClearSelection();
|
||||
inDragDrop = FALSE;
|
||||
SetDragPosition(invalidPosition);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::SetTicking(bool on) {
|
||||
wxSTCTimer* steTimer;
|
||||
if (timer.ticking != on) {
|
||||
timer.ticking = on;
|
||||
if (timer.ticking) {
|
||||
steTimer = new wxSTCTimer(this);
|
||||
steTimer->Start(timer.tickSize);
|
||||
timer.tickerID = (int)steTimer;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
steTimer = (wxSTCTimer*)timer.tickerID;
|
||||
steTimer->Stop();
|
||||
delete steTimer;
|
||||
timer.tickerID = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
timer.ticksToWait = caret.period;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::SetMouseCapture(bool on) {
|
||||
if (on && !capturedMouse)
|
||||
wMain.GetID()->CaptureMouse();
|
||||
else if (!on && capturedMouse)
|
||||
wMain.GetID()->ReleaseMouse();
|
||||
capturedMouse = on;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool ScintillaWX::HaveMouseCapture() {
|
||||
return capturedMouse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::ScrollText(int linesToMove) {
|
||||
int dy = vs.lineHeight * (linesToMove);
|
||||
// TODO: calculate the rectangle to refreshed...
|
||||
wMain.GetID()->ScrollWindow(0, dy);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::SetVerticalScrollPos() {
|
||||
wMain.GetID()->SetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL, topLine);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::SetHorizontalScrollPos() {
|
||||
wMain.GetID()->SetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL, xOffset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool ScintillaWX::ModifyScrollBars(int nMax, int nPage) {
|
||||
bool modified = false;
|
||||
int sbMax = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollRange(wxVERTICAL);
|
||||
int sbThumb = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollThumb(wxVERTICAL);
|
||||
int sbPos = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (sbMax != nMax || sbThumb != nPage) {
|
||||
wMain.GetID()->SetScrollbar(wxVERTICAL, sbPos, nPage, nMax);
|
||||
modified = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sbMax = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollRange(wxHORIZONTAL);
|
||||
sbThumb = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollThumb(wxHORIZONTAL);
|
||||
if ((sbMax != H_SCROLL_MAX) || (sbThumb != H_SCROLL_STEP)) {
|
||||
wMain.GetID()->SetScrollbar(wxHORIZONTAL, 0, H_SCROLL_STEP, H_SCROLL_MAX);
|
||||
modified = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return modified;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::NotifyChange() {
|
||||
stc->NotifyChange();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::NotifyParent(SCNotification scn) {
|
||||
stc->NotifyParent(&scn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::Copy() {
|
||||
if (currentPos != anchor) {
|
||||
char* text = CopySelectionRange();
|
||||
textDO.SetText(text);
|
||||
wxTheClipboard->Open();
|
||||
wxTheClipboard->SetData(&textDO);
|
||||
wxTheClipboard->Close();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::Paste() {
|
||||
pdoc->BeginUndoAction();
|
||||
ClearSelection();
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextDataObject data;
|
||||
bool canPaste;
|
||||
|
||||
wxTheClipboard->Open();
|
||||
canPaste = wxTheClipboard->GetData(data);
|
||||
wxTheClipboard->Close();
|
||||
if (canPaste) {
|
||||
wxString str = data.GetText();
|
||||
int len = str.Length();
|
||||
pdoc->InsertString(currentPos, str.c_str(), len);
|
||||
SetEmptySelection(currentPos + len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pdoc->EndUndoAction();
|
||||
NotifyChange();
|
||||
Redraw();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool ScintillaWX::CanPaste() {
|
||||
wxTextDataObject data;
|
||||
bool canPaste;
|
||||
|
||||
wxTheClipboard->Open();
|
||||
canPaste = wxTheClipboard->GetData(data);
|
||||
wxTheClipboard->Close();
|
||||
|
||||
return canPaste;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::CreateCallTipWindow(PRectangle) {
|
||||
ct.wCallTip = new wxWindow(wDraw.GetID(), -1);
|
||||
ct.wDraw = ct.wCallTip;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd, bool enabled) {
|
||||
if (!label[0])
|
||||
popup.GetID()->AppendSeparator();
|
||||
else
|
||||
popup.GetID()->Append(cmd, label);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!enabled)
|
||||
popup.GetID()->Enable(cmd, enabled);
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: need to create event handler mappings for the cmd ID
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::ClaimSelection() {
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
LRESULT ScintillaWX::DefWndProc(UINT /*iMessage*/, WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LRESULT ScintillaWX::WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) {
|
||||
switch (iMessage) {
|
||||
case EM_CANPASTE:
|
||||
return CanPaste();
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return ScintillaBase::WndProc(iMessage, wParam, lParam);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Event delegates
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoPaint(wxDC* dc, wxRect rect) {
|
||||
|
||||
paintState = painting;
|
||||
Surface surfaceWindow;
|
||||
surfaceWindow.Init(dc);
|
||||
PRectangle rcPaint = PRectangleFromwxRect(rect);
|
||||
dc->BeginDrawing();
|
||||
Paint(&surfaceWindow, rcPaint);
|
||||
dc->EndDrawing();
|
||||
surfaceWindow.Release();
|
||||
if (paintState == paintAbandoned) {
|
||||
// Painting area was insufficient to cover new styling or brace highlight positions
|
||||
FullPaint();
|
||||
}
|
||||
paintState = notPainting;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoHScroll(int type, int pos) {
|
||||
int xPos = xOffset;
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP:
|
||||
xPos -= H_SCROLL_STEP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN:
|
||||
xPos += H_SCROLL_STEP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP:
|
||||
xPos -= H_SCROLL_PAGE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN:
|
||||
xPos += H_SCROLL_PAGE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP:
|
||||
xPos = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM:
|
||||
xPos = H_SCROLL_MAX;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK:
|
||||
xPos = pos;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
HorizontalScrollTo(xPos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoVScroll(int type, int pos) {
|
||||
int topLineNew = topLine;
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP:
|
||||
topLineNew -= 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN:
|
||||
topLineNew += 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP:
|
||||
topLineNew -= LinesToScroll();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN:
|
||||
topLineNew += LinesToScroll();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP:
|
||||
topLineNew = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM:
|
||||
topLineNew = MaxScrollPos();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK:
|
||||
topLineNew = pos;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ScrollTo(topLineNew);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoSize(int width, int height) {
|
||||
PRectangle rcClient(0,0,width,height);
|
||||
SetScrollBarsTo(rcClient);
|
||||
DropGraphics();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoLoseFocus(){
|
||||
DropCaret();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoGainFocus(){
|
||||
ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoSysColourChange() {
|
||||
InvalidateStyleData();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) {
|
||||
ButtonDown(pt, curTime, shift, ctrl, alt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoButtonUp(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool ctrl) {
|
||||
ButtonUp(pt, curTime, ctrl);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoButtonMove(Point pt) {
|
||||
ButtonMove(pt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoAddChar(char ch) {
|
||||
AddChar(ch);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int ScintillaWX::DoKeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) {
|
||||
return KeyDown(key, shift, ctrl, alt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoCommand(int ID) {
|
||||
Command(ID);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoContextMenu(Point pt) {
|
||||
ContextMenu(pt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
bool ScintillaWX::DoDropText(long x, long y, const wxString& data) {
|
||||
SetDragPosition(invalidPosition);
|
||||
int movePos = PositionFromLocation(Point(x,y));
|
||||
DropAt(movePos, data, dragResult == wxDragMove, FALSE); // TODO: rectangular?
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxDragResult ScintillaWX::DoDragEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) {
|
||||
return def;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxDragResult ScintillaWX::DoDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) {
|
||||
SetDragPosition(PositionFromLocation(Point(x, y)));
|
||||
dragResult = def;
|
||||
return def;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoDragLeave() {
|
||||
SetDragPosition(invalidPosition);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// Redraw all of text area. This paint will not be abandoned.
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::FullPaint() {
|
||||
paintState = painting;
|
||||
rcPaint = GetTextRectangle();
|
||||
wxClientDC dc(wMain.GetID());
|
||||
Surface surfaceWindow;
|
||||
surfaceWindow.Init(&dc);
|
||||
Paint(&surfaceWindow, rcPaint);
|
||||
surfaceWindow.Release();
|
||||
paintState = notPainting;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoScrollToLine(int line) {
|
||||
ScrollTo(line);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaWX::DoScrollToColumn(int column) {
|
||||
HorizontalScrollTo(column * vs.spaceWidth);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: ScintillaWX.h
|
||||
// Purpose: A wxWindows implementation of Scintilla. A class derived
|
||||
// from ScintillaBase that uses the "wx platform" defined in
|
||||
// PlatWX.cpp. This class is one end of a bridge between
|
||||
// the wx world and the Scintilla world. It needs a peer
|
||||
// object of type wxStyledTextCtrl to function.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Author: Robin Dunn
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created: 13-Jan-2000
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2000 by Total Control Software
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows license
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __ScintillaWX_h__
|
||||
#define __ScintillaWX_h__
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
|
||||
#include "SciLexer.h"
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
#include "Accessor.h"
|
||||
#include "KeyWords.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "ContractionState.h"
|
||||
#include "SVector.h"
|
||||
#include "CellBuffer.h"
|
||||
#include "CallTip.h"
|
||||
#include "KeyMap.h"
|
||||
#include "Indicator.h"
|
||||
#include "LineMarker.h"
|
||||
#include "Style.h"
|
||||
#include "ViewStyle.h"
|
||||
#include "AutoComplete.h"
|
||||
#include "Document.h"
|
||||
#include "Editor.h"
|
||||
#include "ScintillaBase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <wx/wx.h>
|
||||
#include <wx/dataobj.h>
|
||||
#include <wx/clipbrd.h>
|
||||
#include <wx/dnd.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxStyledTextCtrl; // forward
|
||||
class ScintillaWX;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Helper classes
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSTCDropTarget : public wxTextDropTarget {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
void SetScintilla(ScintillaWX* swx) {
|
||||
this->swx = swx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool OnDropText(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxString& data);
|
||||
wxDragResult OnEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
|
||||
wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
|
||||
void OnLeave();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
ScintillaWX* swx;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class ScintillaWX : public ScintillaBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
ScintillaWX(wxStyledTextCtrl* win);
|
||||
~ScintillaWX();
|
||||
|
||||
// base class virtuals
|
||||
virtual void Initialise();
|
||||
virtual void Finalise();
|
||||
virtual void StartDrag();
|
||||
virtual void SetTicking(bool on);
|
||||
virtual void SetMouseCapture(bool on);
|
||||
virtual bool HaveMouseCapture();
|
||||
virtual void ScrollText(int linesToMove);
|
||||
virtual void SetVerticalScrollPos();
|
||||
virtual void SetHorizontalScrollPos();
|
||||
virtual bool ModifyScrollBars(int nMax, int nPage);
|
||||
virtual void Copy();
|
||||
virtual void Paste();
|
||||
virtual void CreateCallTipWindow(PRectangle rc);
|
||||
virtual void AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd = 0, bool enabled = true);
|
||||
virtual void ClaimSelection();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual LRESULT DefWndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void NotifyChange();
|
||||
virtual void NotifyParent(SCNotification scn);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Event delegates
|
||||
void DoPaint(wxDC* dc, wxRect rect);
|
||||
void DoHScroll(int type, int pos);
|
||||
void DoVScroll(int type, int pos);
|
||||
void DoSize(int width, int height);
|
||||
void DoLoseFocus();
|
||||
void DoGainFocus();
|
||||
void DoSysColourChange();
|
||||
void DoButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
|
||||
void DoButtonUp(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool ctrl);
|
||||
void DoButtonMove(Point pt);
|
||||
void DoAddChar(char ch);
|
||||
int DoKeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
|
||||
void DoTick() { Tick(); }
|
||||
|
||||
bool DoDropText(long x, long y, const wxString& data);
|
||||
wxDragResult DoDragEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
|
||||
wxDragResult DoDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
|
||||
void DoDragLeave();
|
||||
|
||||
void DoCommand(int ID);
|
||||
void DoContextMenu(Point pt);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// helpers
|
||||
void FullPaint();
|
||||
bool CanPaste();
|
||||
bool GetHideSelection() { return hideSelection; }
|
||||
void DoScrollToLine(int line);
|
||||
void DoScrollToColumn(int column);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool capturedMouse;
|
||||
wxStyledTextCtrl* stc;
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextDataObject textDO;
|
||||
wxSTCDropTarget* dropTarget;
|
||||
wxDragResult dragResult;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="StcVC" - Package Owner=<4>
|
||||
# Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 5.00
|
||||
# ** DO NOT EDIT **
|
||||
|
||||
# TARGTYPE "Win32 (x86) Static Library" 0x0104
|
||||
|
||||
CFG=StcVC - Win32 Debug
|
||||
!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile. To build this project using NMAKE,
|
||||
!MESSAGE use the Export Makefile command and run
|
||||
!MESSAGE
|
||||
!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "StcVC.mak".
|
||||
!MESSAGE
|
||||
!MESSAGE You can specify a configuration when running NMAKE
|
||||
!MESSAGE by defining the macro CFG on the command line. For example:
|
||||
!MESSAGE
|
||||
!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "StcVC.mak" CFG="StcVC - Win32 Debug"
|
||||
!MESSAGE
|
||||
!MESSAGE Possible choices for configuration are:
|
||||
!MESSAGE
|
||||
!MESSAGE "StcVC - Win32 Release" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
|
||||
!MESSAGE "StcVC - Win32 Debug" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
|
||||
!MESSAGE
|
||||
|
||||
# Begin Project
|
||||
# PROP Scc_ProjName ""
|
||||
# PROP Scc_LocalPath ""
|
||||
CPP=cl.exe
|
||||
|
||||
!IF "$(CFG)" == "StcVC - Win32 Release"
|
||||
|
||||
# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
|
||||
# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
|
||||
# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Release"
|
||||
# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Release"
|
||||
# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
|
||||
# PROP Use_MFC 0
|
||||
# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
|
||||
# PROP Output_Dir "Release"
|
||||
# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Release"
|
||||
# PROP Target_Dir ""
|
||||
RSC=rc.exe
|
||||
# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x809
|
||||
# ADD RSC /l 0x809
|
||||
# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_WINDOWS" /YX /FD /c
|
||||
# ADD CPP /nologo /MD /W3 /GX /O1 /Ob2 /I "../../../include" /I "../../include" /I "scintilla/include" /I "scintilla/src" /D "WIN32" /D "_WINDOWS" /D "__WINDOWS__" /D "__WXMSW__" /D "__WIN95__" /D "__WIN32__" /D WINVER=0x0400 /D "STRICT" /D "__WX__" /D "SCI_LEXER" /FD /c
|
||||
# SUBTRACT CPP /YX
|
||||
BSC32=bscmake.exe
|
||||
# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
|
||||
# ADD BSC32 /nologo
|
||||
LIB32=link.exe -lib
|
||||
# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo
|
||||
# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\lib\stc.lib"
|
||||
|
||||
!ELSEIF "$(CFG)" == "StcVC - Win32 Debug"
|
||||
|
||||
# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
|
||||
# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
|
||||
# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Debug"
|
||||
# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
|
||||
# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
|
||||
# PROP Use_MFC 0
|
||||
# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
|
||||
# PROP Output_Dir "Debug"
|
||||
# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
|
||||
# PROP Target_Dir ""
|
||||
RSC=rc.exe
|
||||
# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x809
|
||||
# ADD RSC /l 0x809
|
||||
# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /Z7 /Od /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_WINDOWS" /YX /FD /c
|
||||
# ADD CPP /nologo /MDd /W3 /GX /Z7 /Od /I "../../../include" /I "../../include" /I "scintilla/include" /I "scintilla/src" /D "_DEBUG" /D DEBUG=1 /D "__WXDEBUG__" /D "WIN32" /D "_WINDOWS" /D "__WINDOWS__" /D "__WXMSW__" /D "__WIN95__" /D "__WIN32__" /D WINVER=0x0400 /D "STRICT" /D "__WX__" /D "SCI_LEXER" /FD /c
|
||||
# SUBTRACT CPP /YX
|
||||
BSC32=bscmake.exe
|
||||
# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
|
||||
# ADD BSC32 /nologo
|
||||
LIB32=link.exe -lib
|
||||
# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo
|
||||
# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\lib\stcd.lib"
|
||||
|
||||
!ENDIF
|
||||
|
||||
# Begin Target
|
||||
|
||||
# Name "StcVC - Win32 Release"
|
||||
# Name "StcVC - Win32 Debug"
|
||||
# Begin Group "Stc"
|
||||
|
||||
# PROP Default_Filter ""
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\PlatWX.cpp
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\ScintillaWX.cpp
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\ScintillaWX.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\stc.cpp
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# End Group
|
||||
# Begin Group "Scintilla"
|
||||
|
||||
# PROP Default_Filter ""
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\Accessor.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\AutoComplete.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\AutoComplete.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\CallTip.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\CallTip.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\CellBuffer.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\CellBuffer.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\ContractionState.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\ContractionState.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\Document.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\Document.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\Editor.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\Editor.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\Indicator.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\Indicator.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\KeyMap.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\KeyMap.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\KeyWords.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\LexCPP.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\LexHTML.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\LexOthers.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\LexPerl.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\LexPython.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\LexSQL.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\LexVB.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\LineMarker.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\LineMarker.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\PropSet.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\ScintillaBase.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\ScintillaBase.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\Style.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\Style.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\SVector.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\ViewStyle.cxx
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# Begin Source File
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=.\scintilla\src\ViewStyle.h
|
||||
# End Source File
|
||||
# End Group
|
||||
# End Target
|
||||
# End Project
|
||||
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Microsoft Developer Studio Workspace File, Format Version 6.00
|
||||
# WARNING: DO NOT EDIT OR DELETE THIS WORKSPACE FILE!
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
Project: "StcVC"=.\StcVC.dsp - Package Owner=<4>
|
||||
|
||||
Package=<5>
|
||||
{{{
|
||||
}}}
|
||||
|
||||
Package=<4>
|
||||
{{{
|
||||
}}}
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
Global:
|
||||
|
||||
Package=<5>
|
||||
{{{
|
||||
}}}
|
||||
|
||||
Package=<3>
|
||||
{{{
|
||||
}}}
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# File: makefile.b32
|
||||
# Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
# Created: 1999
|
||||
# Updated:
|
||||
# Copyright:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Makefile : Builds wxMMedia library for 32-bit BC++
|
||||
|
||||
# N.B. use:
|
||||
# make -f makefile.b32 stc.cfg
|
||||
# make -f makefile.b32
|
||||
|
||||
WXDIR = $(WXWIN)
|
||||
|
||||
SCINTILLA=.\scintilla
|
||||
S=$(SCINTILLA)\src
|
||||
|
||||
STCEXTRACPPFLAGS=-D__WX__ -DSCI_LEXER -I$(SCINTILLA)/include -I$(S)
|
||||
|
||||
LIBTARGET=$(WXDIR)\contrib\lib\stc.lib
|
||||
|
||||
OBJECTS = \
|
||||
Accessor.obj \
|
||||
AutoComplete.obj \
|
||||
CallTip.obj \
|
||||
CellBuffer.obj \
|
||||
ContractionState.obj\
|
||||
Document.obj \
|
||||
Editor.obj \
|
||||
Indicator.obj \
|
||||
KeyMap.obj \
|
||||
KeyWords.obj \
|
||||
LineMarker.obj \
|
||||
PropSet.obj \
|
||||
ScintillaBase.obj \
|
||||
Style.obj \
|
||||
ViewStyle.obj \
|
||||
\
|
||||
PlatWX.obj \
|
||||
ScintillaWX.obj \
|
||||
stc.obj \
|
||||
|
||||
!include $(WXDIR)\src\makelib.b32
|
||||
|
||||
CFG = stc.cfg
|
||||
CPPFLAGS=$(DLL_FLAGS) $(EXTRACPPFLAGS) @$(CFG)
|
||||
|
||||
{$(S)}.cxx.obj:
|
||||
bcc32 $(CPPFLAGS) -P -c {$< }
|
||||
|
||||
$(CFG): makefile.b32
|
||||
copy &&!
|
||||
-H=$(WXDIR)\src\msw\wx32.csm
|
||||
-3
|
||||
-d
|
||||
-a1 # byte alignment
|
||||
-R-
|
||||
-X
|
||||
-w-par
|
||||
-w-aus
|
||||
-w-hid # virtual function A hides virtual function B
|
||||
-WE
|
||||
-tWM
|
||||
|
||||
-I$(WXINC);$(BCCDIR)\include;$(WXDIR)/src/generic;$(WXDIR)/src/png;$(WXDIR)/src/jpeg;$(WXDIR)/src/zlib;$(WXDIR)/src/xpm;$(WXDIR)/src/tiff
|
||||
-I$(WXDIR)\include\wx\msw\gnuwin32
|
||||
|
||||
-L$(BCCDIR)\lib
|
||||
-D__WXWIN__
|
||||
-D__WXMSW__
|
||||
-D__WINDOWS__
|
||||
-DWIN32
|
||||
$(OPT)
|
||||
$(DEBUG_FLAGS)
|
||||
$(WIN95FLAG)
|
||||
$(STCEXTRACPPFLAGS)
|
||||
! $(CFG)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# File: makefile.g95 For stectrl
|
||||
# Author: Robin Dunn
|
||||
# Created: 1-Feb-2000
|
||||
# Updated:
|
||||
|
||||
WXDIR = ../../..
|
||||
|
||||
SCINTILLA=$(WXDIR)/contrib/src/stc/scintilla
|
||||
S=$(SCINTILLA)/src
|
||||
EXTRAINC=-D__WX__ -DSCI_LEXER -I$(SCINTILLA)/include -I$(S) -I. -I$(WXDIR)/contrib/include
|
||||
|
||||
OBJECTS = \
|
||||
$(S)/Accessor.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/AutoComplete.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/CallTip.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/CellBuffer.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/ContractionState.$(OBJSUFF)\
|
||||
$(S)/Document.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/Editor.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/Indicator.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/KeyMap.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/KeyWords.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/LineMarker.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/PropSet.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/ScintillaBase.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/Style.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
$(S)/ViewStyle.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
PlatWX.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
ScintillaWX.$(OBJSUFF) \
|
||||
stc.$(OBJSUFF)
|
||||
|
||||
LIBTARGET = $(WXDIR)/contrib/lib/libstc.a
|
||||
|
||||
include $(WXDIR)/src/makelib.g95
|
||||
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# File: makefile.vc For stectrl
|
||||
# Author: Robin Dunn
|
||||
# Created: 1-Feb-2000
|
||||
# Updated:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Set WXDIR for your system
|
||||
WXDIR = $(WXWIN)
|
||||
SCINTILLA=.\scintilla
|
||||
S=$(SCINTILLA)\src
|
||||
EXTRAINC=-D__WX__ -DSCI_LEXER -I$(SCINTILLA)/include -I$(S) -I. -I$(WXDIR)\contrib\include
|
||||
NOPCH=1
|
||||
|
||||
!include $(WXDIR)\src\makevc.env
|
||||
|
||||
OBJECTS = \
|
||||
$(D)\Accessor.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\AutoComplete.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\CallTip.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\CellBuffer.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\ContractionState.obj\
|
||||
$(D)\Document.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\Editor.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\Indicator.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\KeyMap.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\KeyWords.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\LineMarker.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\PropSet.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\ScintillaBase.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\Style.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\ViewStyle.obj \
|
||||
\
|
||||
$(D)\PlatWX.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\ScintillaWX.obj \
|
||||
$(D)\stc.obj \
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
LIBTARGET = $(WXDIR)\contrib\lib\stc$(LIBEXT).lib
|
||||
|
||||
all: $(D) $(LIBTARGET)
|
||||
|
||||
$(D) :
|
||||
mkdir $(D)
|
||||
|
||||
wx:
|
||||
cd $(WXDIR)\src\msw
|
||||
nmake -f makefile.vc FINAL=$(FINAL)
|
||||
cd $(THISDIR)
|
||||
|
||||
wxclean:
|
||||
cd $(WXDIR)\src\msw
|
||||
nmake -f makefile.vc clean
|
||||
cd $(THISDIR)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$(LIBTARGET): $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
-erase $(LIBTARGET)
|
||||
$(implib) @<<
|
||||
-out:$(LIBTARGET)
|
||||
-machine:$(CPU)
|
||||
$(OBJECTS)
|
||||
<<
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{$(S)}.cxx{$(D)}.obj:
|
||||
$(cc) @<<
|
||||
$(CPPFLAGS) /c /Fo$@ /Tp $<
|
||||
<<
|
||||
|
||||
{}.cpp{$(D)}.obj:
|
||||
$(cc) @<<
|
||||
$(CPPFLAGS) /c /Fo$@ /Tp $<
|
||||
<<
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
show:
|
||||
@echo $(CPPFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
-erase $(D)\*.obj
|
||||
-erase *.sbr
|
||||
-erase *.exe
|
||||
-erase *.res
|
||||
-erase *.map
|
||||
-erase *.pdb
|
||||
-erase $(LIBTARGET)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
|
||||
This directory contains copies of the scintilla/src and
|
||||
scintilla/include directories from the Scintilla/SCiTE source
|
||||
distribution. All other code needed to implement Scintilla on top of
|
||||
wxWindows is located in the directory above this one.
|
||||
|
||||
The current version of the Scintilla code is somewhere between 1.22
|
||||
and 1.23, (from their CVS.)
|
||||
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// Accessor.h - rapid easy access to contents of a Scintilla
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
enum { wsSpace = 1, wsTab = 2, wsSpaceTab = 4, wsInconsistent=8};
|
||||
|
||||
class Accessor {
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// bufferSize is a trade off between time taken to copy the characters and SendMessage overhead
|
||||
// slopSize positions the buffer before the desired position in case there is some backtracking
|
||||
enum {bufferSize=4000, slopSize=bufferSize/8};
|
||||
char buf[bufferSize+1];
|
||||
WindowID id;
|
||||
PropSet &props;
|
||||
int startPos;
|
||||
int endPos;
|
||||
int lenDoc;
|
||||
int offset; // Optional but including an offset makes GCC generate better code
|
||||
int codePage;
|
||||
bool InternalIsLeadByte(char ch);
|
||||
void Fill(int position);
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Accessor(WindowID id_, PropSet &props_, int offset_=0) :
|
||||
id(id_), props(props_), startPos(0x7FFFFFFF), endPos(0),
|
||||
lenDoc(-1), offset(offset_), codePage(0) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
void SetCodePage(int codePage_) { codePage = codePage_; }
|
||||
char operator[](int position) {
|
||||
position += offset;
|
||||
if (position < startPos || position >= endPos) {
|
||||
Fill(position);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return buf[position - startPos];
|
||||
}
|
||||
char SafeGetCharAt(int position, char chDefault=' ') {
|
||||
// Safe version of operator[], returning a defined value for invalid position
|
||||
position += offset;
|
||||
if (position < startPos || position >= endPos) {
|
||||
Fill(position);
|
||||
if (position < startPos || position >= endPos) {
|
||||
// Position is outside range of document
|
||||
return chDefault;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return buf[position - startPos];
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool IsLeadByte(char ch) {
|
||||
return codePage && InternalIsLeadByte(ch);
|
||||
}
|
||||
char StyleAt(int position);
|
||||
int GetLine(int position);
|
||||
int LineStart(int line);
|
||||
int LevelAt(int line);
|
||||
int Length();
|
||||
void Flush() {
|
||||
startPos = 0x7FFFFFFF;
|
||||
lenDoc = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
int GetLineState(int line);
|
||||
int SetLineState(int line, int state);
|
||||
PropSet &GetPropSet() { return props; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class StylingContext;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef bool (*PFNIsCommentLeader)(StylingContext &styler, int pos, int len);
|
||||
|
||||
class StylingContext : public Accessor {
|
||||
char styleBuf[bufferSize];
|
||||
int validLen;
|
||||
char chFlags;
|
||||
char chWhile;
|
||||
unsigned int startSeg;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
StylingContext(WindowID id_, PropSet &props_, int offset_=0) :
|
||||
Accessor(id_,props_,offset_), validLen(0), chFlags(0) {}
|
||||
void StartAt(unsigned int start, char chMask=31);
|
||||
void SetFlags(char chFlags_, char chWhile_) {chFlags = chFlags_; chWhile = chWhile_; };
|
||||
unsigned int GetStartSegment() { return startSeg; }
|
||||
void StartSegment(unsigned int pos);
|
||||
void ColourTo(unsigned int pos, int chAttr);
|
||||
int GetLine(int position);
|
||||
void SetLevel(int line, int level);
|
||||
void Flush();
|
||||
int IndentAmount(int line, int *flags, PFNIsCommentLeader pfnIsCommentLeader = 0);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// KeyWords.h - colourise for particular languages
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (*LexerFunction)(unsigned int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle,
|
||||
WordList *keywordlists[], StylingContext &styler);
|
||||
|
||||
class LexerModule {
|
||||
static LexerModule *base;
|
||||
LexerModule *next;
|
||||
int language;
|
||||
LexerFunction fn;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
LexerModule(int language_, LexerFunction fn_);
|
||||
static void Colourise(unsigned int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle,
|
||||
int language, WordList *keywordlists[], StylingContext &styler);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool iswordchar(char ch) {
|
||||
return isalnum(ch) || ch == '.' || ch == '_';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool iswordstart(char ch) {
|
||||
return isalnum(ch) || ch == '_';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool isoperator(char ch) {
|
||||
if (isalnum(ch))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
// '.' left out as it is used to make up numbers
|
||||
if (ch == '%' || ch == '^' || ch == '&' || ch == '*' ||
|
||||
ch == '(' || ch == ')' || ch == '-' || ch == '+' ||
|
||||
ch == '=' || ch == '|' || ch == '{' || ch == '}' ||
|
||||
ch == '[' || ch == ']' || ch == ':' || ch == ';' ||
|
||||
ch == '<' || ch == '>' || ch == ',' || ch == '/' ||
|
||||
ch == '?' || ch == '!' || ch == '.' || ch == '~')
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,395 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// Platform.h - interface to platform facilities
|
||||
// Also includes some basic utilities
|
||||
// Implemented in PlatGTK.cxx for GTK+/Linux, PlatWin.cxx for Windows, and PlatWX.cxx for wxWindows
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PLATFORM_H
|
||||
#define PLATFORM_H
|
||||
|
||||
// PLAT_GTK = GTK+ on Linux, PLAT_WIN = Win32 API on Win32 OS
|
||||
// PLAT_WX is wxWindows on any supported platform
|
||||
// Could also have PLAT_GTKWIN = GTK+ on Win32 OS in future
|
||||
|
||||
#define PLAT_GTK 0
|
||||
#define PLAT_WIN 0
|
||||
#define PLAT_WX 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__WX__)
|
||||
#undef PLAT_WX
|
||||
#define PLAT_WX 1
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined(GTK)
|
||||
#undef PLAT_GTK
|
||||
#define PLAT_GTK 1
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#undef PLAT_WIN
|
||||
#define PLAT_WIN 1
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Include the main header for each platform
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
|
||||
#include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WIN
|
||||
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0400 // Otherwise some required stuff gets ifdef'd out
|
||||
// Vassili Bourdo: shut up annoying Visual C++ warnings:
|
||||
#ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
#pragma warning(disable: 4800 4244 4309)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <windows.h>
|
||||
#include <richedit.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WX
|
||||
#include <wx/wx.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Underlying the implementation of the platform classes are platform specific types.
|
||||
// Sometimes these need to be passed around by client code so they are defined here
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
typedef GdkColor ColourID;
|
||||
typedef GdkFont* FontID;
|
||||
typedef GdkDrawable* SurfaceID;
|
||||
typedef GtkWidget* WindowID;
|
||||
typedef GtkItemFactory* MenuID;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WIN
|
||||
typedef COLORREF ColourID;
|
||||
typedef HFONT FontID;
|
||||
typedef HDC SurfaceID;
|
||||
typedef HWND WindowID;
|
||||
typedef HMENU MenuID;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WX
|
||||
typedef wxColour ColourID;
|
||||
typedef wxFont* FontID;
|
||||
typedef wxDC* SurfaceID;
|
||||
typedef wxWindow* WindowID;
|
||||
typedef wxMenu* MenuID;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK || PLAT_WX
|
||||
#define SHIFT_PRESSED 1
|
||||
#define LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED 2
|
||||
#define LEFT_ALT_PRESSED 4
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Point is exactly the same as the Win32 POINT and GTK+ GdkPoint so can be used interchangeably
|
||||
|
||||
class Point {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int x;
|
||||
int y;
|
||||
|
||||
Point(int x_=0, int y_=0) : x(x_), y(y_) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Other automatically defined methods (assignment, copy constructor, destructor) are fine
|
||||
|
||||
static Point FromLong(long lpoint);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// PRectangle is exactly the same as the Win32 RECT so can be used interchangeably
|
||||
// PRectangles contain their top and left sides, but not their right and bottom sides
|
||||
class PRectangle {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int left;
|
||||
int top;
|
||||
int right;
|
||||
int bottom;
|
||||
|
||||
PRectangle(int left_=0, int top_=0, int right_=0, int bottom_ = 0) :
|
||||
left(left_), top(top_), right(right_), bottom(bottom_) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Other automatically defined methods (assignment, copy constructor, destructor) are fine
|
||||
|
||||
bool Contains(Point pt) {
|
||||
return (pt.x >= left) && (pt.x <= right) &&
|
||||
(pt.y >= top) && (pt.y <= bottom);
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool Contains(PRectangle rc) {
|
||||
return (rc.left >= left) && (rc.right <= right) &&
|
||||
(rc.top >= top) && (rc.bottom <= bottom);
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool Intersects(PRectangle other) {
|
||||
return (right >= other.left) && (left <= other.right) &&
|
||||
(bottom >= other.top) && (top <= other.bottom);
|
||||
}
|
||||
int Width() { return right - left; }
|
||||
int Height() { return bottom - top; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WX
|
||||
wxRect wxRectFromPRectangle(PRectangle prc);
|
||||
PRectangle PRectangleFromwxRect(wxRect rc);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class Colour {
|
||||
ColourID co;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Colour(long lcol=0);
|
||||
Colour(unsigned int red, unsigned int green, unsigned int blue);
|
||||
bool operator==(const Colour &other) const;
|
||||
long AsLong() const;
|
||||
unsigned int GetRed();
|
||||
unsigned int GetGreen();
|
||||
unsigned int GetBlue();
|
||||
|
||||
friend class Surface;
|
||||
friend class Palette;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Colour pairs hold a desired colour and the colour that the graphics engine
|
||||
// allocates to approximate the desired colour.
|
||||
// To make palette management more automatic, ColourPairs could register at
|
||||
// construction time with a palette management object.
|
||||
struct ColourPair {
|
||||
Colour desired;
|
||||
Colour allocated;
|
||||
|
||||
ColourPair(Colour desired_=Colour(0,0,0)) {
|
||||
desired = desired_;
|
||||
allocated = desired;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class Window; // Forward declaration for Palette
|
||||
|
||||
class Palette {
|
||||
int used;
|
||||
enum {numEntries = 100};
|
||||
ColourPair entries[numEntries];
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
GdkColor *allocatedPalette;
|
||||
int allocatedLen;
|
||||
#elif PLAT_WIN
|
||||
HPALETTE hpal;
|
||||
#elif PLAT_WX
|
||||
// wxPalette* pal; // **** Is this needed?
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
public:
|
||||
bool allowRealization;
|
||||
|
||||
Palette();
|
||||
~Palette();
|
||||
|
||||
void Release();
|
||||
|
||||
// This method either adds a colour to the list of wanted colours (want==true)
|
||||
// or retrieves the allocated colour back to the ColourPair.
|
||||
// This is one method to make it easier to keep the code for wanting and retrieving in sync.
|
||||
void WantFind(ColourPair &cp, bool want);
|
||||
|
||||
void Allocate(Window &w);
|
||||
|
||||
friend class Surface;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class Font {
|
||||
FontID id;
|
||||
#if PLAT_WX
|
||||
int ascent;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// Private so Font objects can not be copied
|
||||
Font(const Font &) {}
|
||||
Font &operator=(const Font &) { id=0; return *this; }
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Font();
|
||||
~Font();
|
||||
|
||||
void Create(const char *faceName, int size, bool bold=false, bool italic=false);
|
||||
void Release();
|
||||
|
||||
FontID GetID() { return id; }
|
||||
// Alias another font - caller guarantees not to Release
|
||||
void SetID(FontID id_) { id = id_; }
|
||||
friend class Surface;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// A surface abstracts a place to draw
|
||||
class Surface {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
GdkDrawable *drawable;
|
||||
GdkGC *gc;
|
||||
GdkPixmap *ppixmap;
|
||||
int x;
|
||||
int y;
|
||||
bool inited;
|
||||
bool createdGC;
|
||||
#elif PLAT_WIN
|
||||
HDC hdc;
|
||||
bool hdcOwned;
|
||||
HPEN pen;
|
||||
HPEN penOld;
|
||||
HBRUSH brush;
|
||||
HBRUSH brushOld;
|
||||
HFONT font;
|
||||
HFONT fontOld;
|
||||
HBITMAP bitmap;
|
||||
HBITMAP bitmapOld;
|
||||
HPALETTE paletteOld;
|
||||
#elif PLAT_WX
|
||||
wxDC* hdc;
|
||||
bool hdcOwned;
|
||||
wxBitmap* bitmap;
|
||||
int x;
|
||||
int y;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Private so Surface objects can not be copied
|
||||
Surface(const Surface &) {}
|
||||
Surface &operator=(const Surface &) { return *this; }
|
||||
#if PLAT_WIN || PLAT_WX
|
||||
void BrushColor(Colour back);
|
||||
void SetFont(Font &font_);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Surface();
|
||||
~Surface();
|
||||
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
void Init(SurfaceID hdc_);
|
||||
void InitPixMap(int width, int height, Surface *surface_);
|
||||
|
||||
void Release();
|
||||
bool Initialised();
|
||||
void PenColour(Colour fore);
|
||||
int LogPixelsY();
|
||||
void MoveTo(int x_, int y_);
|
||||
void LineTo(int x_, int y_);
|
||||
void Polygon(Point *pts, int npts, Colour fore, Colour back);
|
||||
void RectangleDraw(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back);
|
||||
void FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Colour back);
|
||||
void FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Surface &surfacePattern);
|
||||
void RoundedRectangle(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back);
|
||||
void Ellipse(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back);
|
||||
void Copy(PRectangle rc, Point from, Surface &surfaceSource);
|
||||
|
||||
void DrawText(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, const char *s, int len, Colour fore, Colour back);
|
||||
void DrawTextClipped(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, const char *s, int len, Colour fore, Colour back);
|
||||
void MeasureWidths(Font &font_, const char *s, int len, int *positions);
|
||||
int WidthText(Font &font_, const char *s, int len);
|
||||
int WidthChar(Font &font_, char ch);
|
||||
int Ascent(Font &font_);
|
||||
int Descent(Font &font_);
|
||||
int InternalLeading(Font &font_);
|
||||
int ExternalLeading(Font &font_);
|
||||
int Height(Font &font_);
|
||||
int AverageCharWidth(Font &font_);
|
||||
|
||||
int SetPalette(Palette *pal, bool inBackGround);
|
||||
void SetClip(PRectangle rc);
|
||||
void FlushCachedState();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Class to hide the details of window manipulation
|
||||
// Does not own the window which will normally have a longer life than this object
|
||||
class Window {
|
||||
friend class ListBox;
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
WindowID id;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Window() : id(0) {}
|
||||
virtual ~Window();
|
||||
Window &operator=(WindowID id_) {
|
||||
id = id_;
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
WindowID GetID() { return id; }
|
||||
bool Created() { return id != 0; }
|
||||
void Destroy();
|
||||
bool HasFocus();
|
||||
PRectangle GetPosition();
|
||||
void SetPosition(PRectangle rc);
|
||||
void SetPositionRelative(PRectangle rc, Window relativeTo);
|
||||
PRectangle GetClientPosition();
|
||||
void Show(bool show=true);
|
||||
void InvalidateAll();
|
||||
void InvalidateRectangle(PRectangle rc);
|
||||
void SetFont(Font &font);
|
||||
enum Cursor { cursorText, cursorArrow, cursorUp, cursorWait, cursorHoriz, cursorVert, cursorReverseArrow };
|
||||
void SetCursor(Cursor curs);
|
||||
void SetTitle(const char *s);
|
||||
#if PLAT_WIN
|
||||
LRESULT SendMessage(UINT msg, WPARAM wParam=0, LPARAM lParam=0);
|
||||
int GetDlgCtrlID();
|
||||
HINSTANCE GetInstance();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ListBox : public Window {
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
WindowID list;
|
||||
WindowID scroller;
|
||||
int current;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
public:
|
||||
ListBox();
|
||||
virtual ~ListBox();
|
||||
ListBox &operator=(WindowID id_) {
|
||||
id = id_;
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void Create(Window &parent, int ctrlID);
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
void Append(char *s);
|
||||
int Length();
|
||||
void Select(int n);
|
||||
int GetSelection();
|
||||
int Find(const char *prefix);
|
||||
void GetValue(int n, char *value, int len);
|
||||
void Sort();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class Menu {
|
||||
MenuID id;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Menu();
|
||||
MenuID GetID() { return id; }
|
||||
void CreatePopUp();
|
||||
void Destroy();
|
||||
void Show(Point pt, Window &w);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Platform class used to retrieve system wide parameters such as double click speed
|
||||
// and chrome colour. Not a creatable object, more of a module with several functions.
|
||||
class Platform {
|
||||
// Private so Platform objects can not be copied
|
||||
Platform(const Platform &) {}
|
||||
Platform &operator=(const Platform &) { return *this; }
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Should be private because no new Platforms are ever created
|
||||
// but gcc warns about this
|
||||
Platform() {}
|
||||
~Platform() {}
|
||||
static Colour Chrome();
|
||||
static Colour ChromeHighlight();
|
||||
static const char *DefaultFont();
|
||||
static int DefaultFontSize();
|
||||
static unsigned int DoubleClickTime();
|
||||
static void DebugDisplay(const char *s);
|
||||
static bool IsKeyDown(int key);
|
||||
static long SendScintilla(
|
||||
WindowID w, unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam=0, long lParam=0);
|
||||
|
||||
// These are utility functions not really tied to a platform
|
||||
static int Minimum(int a, int b);
|
||||
static int Maximum(int a, int b);
|
||||
static void DebugPrintf(const char *format, ...);
|
||||
static int Clamp(int val, int minVal, int maxVal);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// PropSet.h - a java style properties file module
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PROPSET_H
|
||||
#define PROPSET_H
|
||||
|
||||
bool EqualCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b);
|
||||
|
||||
// Define another string class.
|
||||
// While it would be 'better' to use std::string, that doubles the executable size.
|
||||
|
||||
inline char *StringDup(const char *s) {
|
||||
if (!s)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
char *sNew = new char[strlen(s) + 1];
|
||||
if (sNew)
|
||||
strcpy(sNew, s);
|
||||
return sNew;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
class SString {
|
||||
char *s;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
SString() {
|
||||
s = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString(const SString &source) {
|
||||
s = StringDup(source.s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString(const char *s_) {
|
||||
s = StringDup(s_);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString(int i) {
|
||||
char number[100];
|
||||
sprintf(number, "%0d", i);
|
||||
//itoa(i, number, 10);
|
||||
s = StringDup(number);
|
||||
}
|
||||
~SString() {
|
||||
delete []s;
|
||||
s = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString &operator=(const SString &source) {
|
||||
if (this != &source) {
|
||||
delete []s;
|
||||
s = StringDup(source.s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool operator==(const SString &other) const {
|
||||
if ((s == 0) && (other.s == 0))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
if ((s == 0) || (other.s == 0))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return strcmp(s, other.s) == 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool operator==(const char *sother) const {
|
||||
if ((s == 0) && (sother == 0))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
if ((s == 0) || (sother == 0))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return strcmp(s, sother) == 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
const char *c_str() const {
|
||||
if (s)
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
int length() const {
|
||||
if (s)
|
||||
return strlen(s);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
char operator[](int i) {
|
||||
if (s)
|
||||
return s[i];
|
||||
else
|
||||
return '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString &operator +=(const char *sother) {
|
||||
int len = length();
|
||||
int lenOther = strlen(sother);
|
||||
char *sNew = new char[len + lenOther + 1];
|
||||
if (sNew) {
|
||||
if (s)
|
||||
memcpy(sNew, s, len);
|
||||
memcpy(sNew + len, sother, lenOther);
|
||||
sNew[len + lenOther] = '\0';
|
||||
delete []s;
|
||||
s = sNew;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
int value() {
|
||||
if (s)
|
||||
return atoi(s);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class PropSet {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
char **vals;
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
int used;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
PropSet *superPS;
|
||||
PropSet();
|
||||
~PropSet();
|
||||
void EnsureCanAddEntry();
|
||||
void Set(const char *key, const char *val);
|
||||
void Set(char *keyval);
|
||||
SString Get(const char *key);
|
||||
int GetInt(const char *key, int defaultValue=0);
|
||||
SString GetWild(const char *keybase, const char *filename);
|
||||
SString GetNewExpand(const char *keybase, const char *filename);
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
void ReadFromMemory(const char *data, int len);
|
||||
void Read(const char *filename);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// This is a fixed length list of strings suitable for display in combo boxes
|
||||
// as a memory of user entries
|
||||
template<int sz>
|
||||
class EntryMemory {
|
||||
SString entries[sz];
|
||||
public:
|
||||
void Insert(SString s) {
|
||||
for (int i=0;i<sz;i++) {
|
||||
if (entries[i] == s) {
|
||||
for (int j=i;j>0;j--) {
|
||||
entries[j] = entries[j-1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
entries[0] = s;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (int k=sz-1;k>0;k--) {
|
||||
entries[k] = entries[k-1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
entries[0] = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
int Length() const {
|
||||
int len = 0;
|
||||
for (int i=0;i<sz;i++)
|
||||
if (entries[i].length())
|
||||
len++;
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString At(int n) const {
|
||||
return entries[n];
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WordList {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Each word contains at least one character - a empty word acts as sentinal at the end.
|
||||
char **words;
|
||||
char *list;
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
bool onlyLineEnds; // Delimited by any white space or only line ends
|
||||
int starts[256];
|
||||
WordList(bool onlyLineEnds_ = false) :
|
||||
words(0), list(0), len(0), onlyLineEnds(onlyLineEnds_) {}
|
||||
~WordList() { Clear(); }
|
||||
operator bool() { return list; }
|
||||
const char *operator[](int ind) { return words[ind]; }
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
void Set(const char *s);
|
||||
char *Allocate(int size);
|
||||
void SetFromAllocated();
|
||||
bool InList(const char *s);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// SciLexer - interface to the added lexer functions in the SciLexer version of the edit control
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SCILEXER_H
|
||||
#define SCILEXER_H
|
||||
|
||||
// SciLexer features - not in standard Scintilla
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCLEX_CONTAINER 0
|
||||
#define SCLEX_NULL 1
|
||||
#define SCLEX_PYTHON 2
|
||||
#define SCLEX_CPP 3
|
||||
#define SCLEX_HTML 4
|
||||
#define SCLEX_XML 5
|
||||
#define SCLEX_PERL 6
|
||||
#define SCLEX_SQL 7
|
||||
#define SCLEX_VB 8
|
||||
#define SCLEX_PROPERTIES 9
|
||||
#define SCLEX_ERRORLIST 10
|
||||
#define SCLEX_MAKEFILE 11
|
||||
#define SCLEX_BATCH 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_PYTHON
|
||||
#define SCE_P_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_P_COMMENTLINE 1
|
||||
#define SCE_P_NUMBER 2
|
||||
#define SCE_P_STRING 3
|
||||
#define SCE_P_CHARACTER 4
|
||||
#define SCE_P_WORD 5
|
||||
#define SCE_P_TRIPLE 6
|
||||
#define SCE_P_TRIPLEDOUBLE 7
|
||||
#define SCE_P_CLASSNAME 8
|
||||
#define SCE_P_DEFNAME 9
|
||||
#define SCE_P_OPERATOR 10
|
||||
#define SCE_P_IDENTIFIER 11
|
||||
#define SCE_P_COMMENTBLOCK 12
|
||||
#define SCE_P_STRINGEOL 13
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_CPP, SCLEX_VB
|
||||
#define SCE_C_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_C_COMMENT 1
|
||||
#define SCE_C_COMMENTLINE 2
|
||||
#define SCE_C_COMMENTDOC 3
|
||||
#define SCE_C_NUMBER 4
|
||||
#define SCE_C_WORD 5
|
||||
#define SCE_C_STRING 6
|
||||
#define SCE_C_CHARACTER 7
|
||||
#define SCE_C_UUID 8
|
||||
#define SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR 9
|
||||
#define SCE_C_OPERATOR 10
|
||||
#define SCE_C_IDENTIFIER 11
|
||||
#define SCE_C_STRINGEOL 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_HTML, SCLEX_xML
|
||||
#define SCE_H_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_H_TAG 1
|
||||
#define SCE_H_TAGUNKNOWN 2
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ATTRIBUTE 3
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ATTRIBUTEUNKNOWN 4
|
||||
#define SCE_H_NUMBER 5
|
||||
#define SCE_H_DOUBLESTRING 6
|
||||
#define SCE_H_SINGLESTRING 7
|
||||
#define SCE_H_OTHER 8
|
||||
#define SCE_H_COMMENT 9
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ENTITY 10
|
||||
// XML and ASP
|
||||
#define SCE_H_TAGEND 11
|
||||
#define SCE_H_XMLSTART 12
|
||||
#define SCE_H_XMLEND 13
|
||||
#define SCE_H_SCRIPT 14
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ASP 15
|
||||
#define SCE_H_ASPAT 16
|
||||
// Embedded Javascript
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_START 40
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_DEFAULT 41
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENT 42
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENTLINE 43
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENTDOC 44
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_NUMBER 45
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_WORD 46
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_KEYWORD 47
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_DOUBLESTRING 48
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_SINGLESTRING 49
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_SYMBOLS 50
|
||||
#define SCE_HJ_STRINGEOL 51
|
||||
// ASP Javascript
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_START 55
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_DEFAULT 56
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_COMMENT 57
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_COMMENTLINE 58
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_COMMENTDOC 59
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_NUMBER 60
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_WORD 61
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_KEYWORD 62
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_DOUBLESTRING 63
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_SINGLESTRING 64
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_SYMBOLS 65
|
||||
#define SCE_HJA_STRINGEOL 66
|
||||
// Embedded VBScript
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_START 70
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_DEFAULT 71
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_COMMENTLINE 72
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_NUMBER 73
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_WORD 74
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_STRING 75
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_IDENTIFIER 76
|
||||
#define SCE_HB_STRINGEOL 77
|
||||
// ASP VBScript
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_START 80
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_DEFAULT 81
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_COMMENTLINE 82
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_NUMBER 83
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_WORD 84
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_STRING 85
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_IDENTIFIER 86
|
||||
#define SCE_HBA_STRINGEOL 87
|
||||
// Embedded Python
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_START 90
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_DEFAULT 91
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_COMMENTLINE 92
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_NUMBER 93
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_STRING 94
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_CHARACTER 95
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_WORD 96
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_TRIPLE 97
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_TRIPLEDOUBLE 98
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_CLASSNAME 99
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_DEFNAME 100
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_OPERATOR 101
|
||||
#define SCE_HP_IDENTIFIER 102
|
||||
// ASP Python
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_START 105
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_DEFAULT 106
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_COMMENTLINE 107
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_NUMBER 108
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_STRING 109
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_CHARACTER 110
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_WORD 111
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_TRIPLE 112
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_TRIPLEDOUBLE 113
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_CLASSNAME 114
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_DEFNAME 115
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_OPERATOR 116
|
||||
#define SCE_HPA_IDENTIFIER 117
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexical states for SCLEX_PERL
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_DEFAULT 0
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_HERE 1
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_COMMENTLINE 2
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_POD 3
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_NUMBER 4
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_WORD 5
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_STRING 6
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_CHARACTER 7
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_PUNCTUATION 8
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_PREPROCESSOR 9
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_OPERATOR 10
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_IDENTIFIER 11
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_SCALAR 12
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_ARRAY 13
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_HASH 14
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_SYMBOLTABLE 15
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_REF 16
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_REGEX 17
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_REGSUBST 18
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_LONGQUOTE 19
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_BACKTICKS 20
|
||||
#define SCE_PL_DATASECTION 21
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,423 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// Scintilla.h - interface to the edit control
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SCINTILLA_H
|
||||
#define SCINTILLA_H
|
||||
|
||||
// Compile-time configuration options
|
||||
#define MACRO_SUPPORT 1 // Comment out to remove macro hooks
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
#include <gdk/gdk.h>
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtkvbox.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCINTILLA(obj) GTK_CHECK_CAST (obj, scintilla_get_type (), ScintillaObject)
|
||||
#define SCINTILLA_CLASS(klass) GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAS T (klass, scintilla_get_type (), ScintillaClass)
|
||||
#define IS_SCINTILLA(obj) GTK_CHECK_TYPE (obj, scintilla_get_type ())
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _ScintillaObject ScintillaObject;
|
||||
typedef struct _ScintillaClass ScintillaClass;
|
||||
|
||||
struct _ScintillaObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkFixed vbox;
|
||||
void *pscin;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct _ScintillaClass
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkFixedClass parent_class;
|
||||
|
||||
void (* command) (ScintillaObject *ttt);
|
||||
void (* notify) (ScintillaObject *ttt);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
guint scintilla_get_type (void);
|
||||
GtkWidget* scintilla_new (void);
|
||||
void scintilla_set_id (ScintillaObject *sci,int id);
|
||||
long scintilla_send_message (ScintillaObject *sci,int iMessage,int wParam,int lParam);
|
||||
|
||||
#include "WinDefs.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WX
|
||||
#include "WinDefs.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Both GTK and Windows
|
||||
|
||||
#define INVALID_POSITION -1
|
||||
|
||||
// Define start of Scintilla messages to be greater than all edit (EM_*) messages
|
||||
// as many EM_ messages can be used.
|
||||
#define SCI_START 2000
|
||||
#define SCI_OPTIONAL_START 3000
|
||||
#define SCI_LEXER_START 4000
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_ADDTEXT SCI_START + 1
|
||||
#define SCI_ADDSTYLEDTEXT SCI_START + 2
|
||||
#define SCI_INSERTTEXT SCI_START + 3
|
||||
#define SCI_CLEARALL SCI_START + 4
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLENGTH SCI_START + 6
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCHARAT SCI_START + 7
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCURRENTPOS SCI_START + 8
|
||||
#define SCI_GETANCHOR SCI_START + 9
|
||||
#define SCI_GETSTYLEAT SCI_START + 10
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_REDO SCI_START + 11
|
||||
#define SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION SCI_START + 12
|
||||
#define SCI_SELECTALL SCI_START + 13
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSAVEPOINT SCI_START + 14
|
||||
#define SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT SCI_START + 15
|
||||
#define SCI_CANREDO SCI_START + 16
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE SCI_START + 17
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE SCI_START + 18
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_NONE 0
|
||||
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_AUTOSTART 1
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_GETVIEWWS SCI_START + 20
|
||||
#define SCI_SETVIEWWS SCI_START + 21
|
||||
#define SCI_CHANGEPOSITION SCI_START + 22
|
||||
#define SCI_GOTOLINE SCI_START + 24
|
||||
#define SCI_GOTOPOS SCI_START + 25
|
||||
#define SCI_SETANCHOR SCI_START + 26
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCURLINE SCI_START + 27
|
||||
#define SCI_GETENDSTYLED SCI_START + 28
|
||||
#define SCI_CONVERTEOLS SCI_START + 29
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_GETEOLMODE SCI_START + 30
|
||||
#define SCI_SETEOLMODE SCI_START + 31
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_EOL_CRLF 0
|
||||
#define SC_EOL_CR 1
|
||||
#define SC_EOL_LF 2
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_STARTSTYLING SCI_START + 32
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSTYLING SCI_START + 33
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW SCI_START + 35
|
||||
#define SCI_SETTABWIDTH SCI_START + 36
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCODEPAGE SCI_START + 37
|
||||
#define SCI_SETUSEPALETTE SCI_START + 39
|
||||
|
||||
#define MARKER_MAX 31
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_CIRCLE 0
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_ROUNDRECT 1
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_ARROW 2
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_SMALLRECT 3
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_SHORTARROW 4
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_EMPTY 5
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN 6
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_MINUS 7
|
||||
#define SC_MARK_PLUS 8
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERDEFINE SCI_START + 40
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERSETFORE SCI_START + 41
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERSETBACK SCI_START + 42
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERADD SCI_START + 43
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERDELETE SCI_START + 44
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERDELETEALL SCI_START + 45
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERGET SCI_START + 46
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERNEXT SCI_START + 47
|
||||
#define SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS SCI_START + 48
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER 30
|
||||
#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN 31
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_MASK_FOLDERS ((1<<SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER) | (1<<SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN))
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_MARGIN_SYMBOL 0
|
||||
#define SC_MARGIN_NUMBER 1
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN SCI_START + 240
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN SCI_START + 241
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN SCI_START + 242
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN SCI_START + 243
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINMASKN SCI_START + 244
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINMASKN SCI_START + 245
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN SCI_START + 246
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN SCI_START + 247
|
||||
|
||||
#define STYLE_DEFAULT 32
|
||||
#define STYLE_LINENUMBER 33
|
||||
#define STYLE_BRACELIGHT 34
|
||||
#define STYLE_BRACEBAD 35
|
||||
#define STYLE_CONTROLCHAR 36
|
||||
#define STYLE_MAX 127
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLECLEARALL SCI_START + 50
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETFORE SCI_START + 51
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETBACK SCI_START + 52
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETBOLD SCI_START + 53
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETITALIC SCI_START + 54
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETSIZE SCI_START + 55
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETFONT SCI_START + 56
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED SCI_START + 57
|
||||
#define SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT SCI_START + 58
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSELFORE SCI_START + 67
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSELBACK SCI_START + 68
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCARETFORE SCI_START + 69
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY SCI_START + 70
|
||||
#define SCI_CLEARCMDKEY SCI_START + 71
|
||||
#define SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS SCI_START + 72
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSTYLINGEX SCI_START + 73
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_GETCARETPERIOD SCI_START + 75
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCARETPERIOD SCI_START + 76
|
||||
#define SCI_SETWORDCHARS SCI_START + 77
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION SCI_START + 78
|
||||
#define SCI_ENDUNDOACTION SCI_START + 79
|
||||
|
||||
#define INDIC_MAX 7
|
||||
|
||||
#define INDIC_PLAIN 0
|
||||
#define INDIC_SQUIGGLE 1
|
||||
#define INDIC_TT 2
|
||||
|
||||
#define INDIC0_MASK 32
|
||||
#define INDIC1_MASK 64
|
||||
#define INDIC2_MASK 128
|
||||
#define INDICS_MASK (INDIC0_MASK | INDIC1_MASK | INDIC2_MASK)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_INDICSETSTYLE SCI_START + 80
|
||||
#define SCI_INDICGETSTYLE SCI_START + 81
|
||||
#define SCI_INDICSETFORE SCI_START + 82
|
||||
#define SCI_INDICGETFORE SCI_START + 83
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSTYLEBITS SCI_START + 90
|
||||
#define SCI_GETSTYLEBITS SCI_START + 91
|
||||
#define SCI_SETLINESTATE SCI_START + 92
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINESTATE SCI_START + 93
|
||||
#define SCI_GETMAXLINESTATE SCI_START + 94
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSHOW SCI_START + 100
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCCANCEL SCI_START + 101
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCACTIVE SCI_START + 102
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART SCI_START + 103
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE SCI_START + 104
|
||||
#define SCI_AUTOCSTOPS SCI_START + 105
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPSHOW SCI_START + 200
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL SCI_START + 201
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE SCI_START + 202
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART SCI_START + 203
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT SCI_START + 204
|
||||
#define SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK SCI_START + 205
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_FOLDLEVELBASE 0x400
|
||||
#define SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG 0x1000
|
||||
#define SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG 0x2000
|
||||
#define SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK 0x0FFF
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE SCI_START + 220
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE SCI_START + 221
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL SCI_START + 222
|
||||
#define SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL SCI_START + 223
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLASTCHILD SCI_START + 224
|
||||
#define SCI_GETFOLDPARENT SCI_START + 225
|
||||
#define SCI_SHOWLINES SCI_START + 226
|
||||
#define SCI_HIDELINES SCI_START + 227
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE SCI_START + 228
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED SCI_START + 229
|
||||
#define SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED SCI_START + 230
|
||||
#define SCI_TOGGLEFOLD SCI_START + 231
|
||||
#define SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE SCI_START + 232
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS SCI_START + 233
|
||||
|
||||
// Key messages
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEDOWN SCI_START + 300
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND SCI_START + 301
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEUP SCI_START + 302
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEUPEXTEND SCI_START + 303
|
||||
#define SCI_CHARLEFT SCI_START + 304
|
||||
#define SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND SCI_START + 305
|
||||
#define SCI_CHARRIGHT SCI_START + 306
|
||||
#define SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND SCI_START + 307
|
||||
#define SCI_WORDLEFT SCI_START + 308
|
||||
#define SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND SCI_START + 309
|
||||
#define SCI_WORDRIGHT SCI_START + 310
|
||||
#define SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND SCI_START + 311
|
||||
#define SCI_HOME SCI_START + 312
|
||||
#define SCI_HOMEEXTEND SCI_START + 313
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEEND SCI_START + 314
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEENDEXTEND SCI_START + 315
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCUMENTSTART SCI_START + 316
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND SCI_START + 317
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCUMENTEND SCI_START + 318
|
||||
#define SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND SCI_START + 319
|
||||
#define SCI_PAGEUP SCI_START + 320
|
||||
#define SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND SCI_START + 321
|
||||
#define SCI_PAGEDOWN SCI_START + 322
|
||||
#define SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND SCI_START + 323
|
||||
#define SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE SCI_START + 324
|
||||
#define SCI_CANCEL SCI_START + 325
|
||||
#define SCI_DELETEBACK SCI_START + 326
|
||||
#define SCI_TAB SCI_START + 327
|
||||
#define SCI_BACKTAB SCI_START + 328
|
||||
#define SCI_NEWLINE SCI_START + 329
|
||||
#define SCI_FORMFEED SCI_START + 330
|
||||
#define SCI_VCHOME SCI_START + 331
|
||||
#define SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND SCI_START + 332
|
||||
#define SCI_ZOOMIN SCI_START + 333
|
||||
#define SCI_ZOOMOUT SCI_START + 334
|
||||
#define SCI_DELWORDLEFT SCI_START + 335
|
||||
#define SCI_DELWORDRIGHT SCI_START + 336
|
||||
#define SCI_LINECUT SCI_START + 337
|
||||
#define SCI_LINEDELETE SCI_START + 338
|
||||
#define SCI_LINETRANSPOSE SCI_START + 339
|
||||
#define SCI_LOWERCASE SCI_START + 340
|
||||
#define SCI_UPPERCASE SCI_START + 341
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_LINELENGTH SCI_START + 350
|
||||
#define SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT SCI_START + 351
|
||||
#define SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT SCI_START + 352
|
||||
#define SCI_BRACEMATCH SCI_START + 353
|
||||
#define SCI_GETVIEWEOL SCI_START + 355
|
||||
#define SCI_SETVIEWEOL SCI_START + 356
|
||||
#define SCI_GETDOCPOINTER SCI_START + 357
|
||||
#define SCI_SETDOCPOINTER SCI_START + 358
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK SCI_START + 359
|
||||
|
||||
#define EDGE_NONE 0
|
||||
#define EDGE_LINE 1
|
||||
#define EDGE_BACKGROUND 2
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN SCI_START + 360
|
||||
#define SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN SCI_START + 361
|
||||
#define SCI_GETEDGEMODE SCI_START + 362
|
||||
#define SCI_SETEDGEMODE SCI_START + 363
|
||||
#define SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR SCI_START + 364
|
||||
#define SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR SCI_START + 365
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SEARCHANCHOR SCI_START + 366
|
||||
#define SCI_SEARCHNEXT SCI_START + 367
|
||||
#define SCI_SEARCHPREV SCI_START + 368
|
||||
|
||||
#define CARET_SLOP 0x01 // Show caret within N lines of edge when it's scrolled to view
|
||||
#define CARET_CENTER 0x02 // Center caret on screen when it's scrolled to view
|
||||
#define CARET_STRICT 0x04 // OR this with CARET_CENTER to reposition even when visible, or
|
||||
// OR this with CARET_SLOP to reposition whenever outside slop border
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETCARETPOLICY SCI_START + 369
|
||||
#define SCI_LINESONSCREEN SCI_START + 370
|
||||
#define SCI_USEPOPUP SCI_START + 371
|
||||
|
||||
// GTK+ Specific
|
||||
#define SCI_GRABFOCUS SCI_START + 400
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional module for macro recording
|
||||
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
|
||||
typedef void (tMacroRecorder)(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam,
|
||||
void *userData);
|
||||
#define SCI_STARTRECORD SCI_OPTIONAL_START + 1
|
||||
#define SCI_STOPRECORD SCI_OPTIONAL_START + 2
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_SETLEXER SCI_LEXER_START + 1
|
||||
#define SCI_GETLEXER SCI_LEXER_START + 2
|
||||
#define SCI_COLOURISE SCI_LEXER_START + 3
|
||||
#define SCI_SETPROPERTY SCI_LEXER_START + 4
|
||||
#define SCI_SETKEYWORDS SCI_LEXER_START + 5
|
||||
|
||||
// Notifications
|
||||
|
||||
// Type of modification and the action which caused the modification
|
||||
// These are defined as a bit mask to make it easy to specify which notifications are wanted.
|
||||
// One bit is set from each of SC_MOD_* and SC_PERFORMED_*.
|
||||
#define SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT 0x1
|
||||
#define SC_MOD_DELETETEXT 0x2
|
||||
#define SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE 0x4
|
||||
#define SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD 0x8
|
||||
#define SC_PERFORMED_USER 0x10
|
||||
#define SC_PERFORMED_UNDO 0x20
|
||||
#define SC_PERFORMED_REDO 0x40
|
||||
#define SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO 0x100
|
||||
#define SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER 0x200
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_MODEVENTMASKALL 0x377
|
||||
|
||||
struct SCNotification {
|
||||
NMHDR nmhdr;
|
||||
int position; // SCN_STYLENEEDED, SCN_MODIFIED
|
||||
int ch; // SCN_CHARADDED, SCN_KEY
|
||||
int modifiers; // SCN_KEY
|
||||
int modificationType; // SCN_MODIFIED
|
||||
const char *text; // SCN_MODIFIED
|
||||
int length; // SCN_MODIFIED
|
||||
int linesAdded; // SCN_MODIFIED
|
||||
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
|
||||
int message; // SCN_MACRORECORD
|
||||
int wParam; // SCN_MACRORECORD
|
||||
int lParam; // SCN_MACRORECORD
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int line; // SCN_MODIFIED
|
||||
int foldLevelNow; // SCN_MODIFIED
|
||||
int foldLevelPrev; // SCN_MODIFIED
|
||||
int margin; // SCN_MARGINCLICK
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCN_STYLENEEDED 2000
|
||||
#define SCN_CHARADDED 2001
|
||||
#define SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED 2002
|
||||
#define SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT 2003
|
||||
#define SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO 2004
|
||||
// GTK+ Specific to work around focus and accelerator problems:
|
||||
#define SCN_KEY 2005
|
||||
#define SCN_DOUBLECLICK 2006
|
||||
#define SCN_UPDATEUI 2007
|
||||
// The old name for SCN_UPDATEUI:
|
||||
#define SCN_CHECKBRACE 2007
|
||||
#define SCN_MODIFIED 2008
|
||||
// Optional module for macro recording
|
||||
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
|
||||
#define SCN_MACRORECORD 2009
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define SCN_MARGINCLICK 2010
|
||||
#define SCN_NEEDSHOWN 2011
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC_BUILD
|
||||
void Scintilla_RegisterClasses(HINSTANCE hInstance);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Deprecation section listing all API features that are deprecated and will
|
||||
// will be removed completely in a future version.
|
||||
// To enable these features define INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES
|
||||
|
||||
// Default style settings. These are deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFORE SCI_START + 60
|
||||
#define SCI_SETBACK SCI_START + 61
|
||||
#define SCI_SETBOLD SCI_START + 62
|
||||
#define SCI_SETITALIC SCI_START + 63
|
||||
#define SCI_SETSIZE SCI_START + 64
|
||||
#define SCI_SETFONT SCI_START + 65
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_APPENDUNDOSTARTACTION SCI_START + 74
|
||||
|
||||
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_MANUALSTART 2
|
||||
|
||||
// Deprecated in release 1.22
|
||||
#define SCI_SETMARGINWIDTH SCI_START + 34
|
||||
#define SCI_SETLINENUMBERWIDTH SCI_START + 38
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// WinDefs.h - the subset of definitions from Windows needed by Scintilla for GTK+
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WINDEFS_H
|
||||
#define WINDEFS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define WORD short
|
||||
#define WPARAM unsigned long
|
||||
#define LPARAM long
|
||||
#define LRESULT long
|
||||
#define DWORD long
|
||||
|
||||
#define UINT unsigned int
|
||||
#define LPSTR char *
|
||||
#define LONG long
|
||||
|
||||
/* RTF control */
|
||||
#define EM_CANPASTE (1074)
|
||||
#define EM_CANUNDO (198)
|
||||
#define EM_CHARFROMPOS (215)
|
||||
#define EM_DISPLAYBAND (1075)
|
||||
#define EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER (205)
|
||||
#define EM_EXGETSEL (1076)
|
||||
#define EM_EXLIMITTEXT (1077)
|
||||
#define EM_EXLINEFROMCHAR (1078)
|
||||
#define EM_EXSETSEL (1079)
|
||||
#define EM_FINDTEXT (1080)
|
||||
#define EM_FINDTEXTEX (1103)
|
||||
#define EM_FINDWORDBREAK (1100)
|
||||
#define EM_FMTLINES (200)
|
||||
#define EM_FORMATRANGE (1081)
|
||||
#define EM_GETCHARFORMAT (1082)
|
||||
#define EM_GETEVENTMASK (1083)
|
||||
#define EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE (206)
|
||||
#define EM_GETHANDLE (189)
|
||||
#define EM_GETLIMITTEXT (213)
|
||||
#define EM_GETLINE (196)
|
||||
#define EM_GETLINECOUNT (186)
|
||||
#define EM_GETMARGINS (212)
|
||||
#define EM_GETMODIFY (184)
|
||||
#define EM_GETIMECOLOR (1129)
|
||||
#define EM_GETIMEOPTIONS (1131)
|
||||
#define EM_GETOPTIONS (1102)
|
||||
#define EM_GETOLEINTERFACE (1084)
|
||||
#define EM_GETPARAFORMAT (1085)
|
||||
#define EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR (210)
|
||||
#define EM_GETPUNCTUATION (1125)
|
||||
#define EM_GETRECT (178)
|
||||
#define EM_GETSEL (176)
|
||||
#define EM_GETSELTEXT (1086)
|
||||
#define EM_GETTEXTRANGE (1099)
|
||||
#define EM_GETTHUMB (190)
|
||||
#define EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC (209)
|
||||
#define EM_GETWORDBREAKPROCEX (1104)
|
||||
#define EM_GETWORDWRAPMODE (1127)
|
||||
#define EM_HIDESELECTION (1087)
|
||||
#define EM_LIMITTEXT (197)
|
||||
#define EM_LINEFROMCHAR (201)
|
||||
#define EM_LINEINDEX (187)
|
||||
#define EM_LINELENGTH (193)
|
||||
#define EM_LINESCROLL (182)
|
||||
#define EM_PASTESPECIAL (1088)
|
||||
#define EM_POSFROMCHAR (214)
|
||||
#define EM_REPLACESEL (194)
|
||||
#define EM_REQUESTRESIZE (1089)
|
||||
#define EM_SCROLL (181)
|
||||
#define EM_SCROLLCARET (183)
|
||||
#define EM_SELECTIONTYPE (1090)
|
||||
#define EM_SETBKGNDCOLOR (1091)
|
||||
#define EM_SETCHARFORMAT (1092)
|
||||
#define EM_SETEVENTMASK (1093)
|
||||
#define EM_SETHANDLE (188)
|
||||
#define EM_SETIMECOLOR (1128)
|
||||
#define EM_SETIMEOPTIONS (1130)
|
||||
#define EM_SETLIMITTEXT (197)
|
||||
#define EM_SETMARGINS (211)
|
||||
#define EM_SETMODIFY (185)
|
||||
#define EM_SETOLECALLBACK (1094)
|
||||
#define EM_SETOPTIONS (1101)
|
||||
#define EM_SETPARAFORMAT (1095)
|
||||
#define EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR (204)
|
||||
#define EM_SETPUNCTUATION (1124)
|
||||
#define EM_SETREADONLY (207)
|
||||
#define EM_SETRECT (179)
|
||||
#define EM_SETRECTNP (180)
|
||||
#define EM_SETSEL (177)
|
||||
#define EM_SETTABSTOPS (203)
|
||||
#define EM_SETTARGETDEVICE (1096)
|
||||
#define EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC (208)
|
||||
#define EM_SETWORDBREAKPROCEX (1105)
|
||||
#define EM_SETWORDWRAPMODE (1126)
|
||||
#define EM_STREAMIN (1097)
|
||||
#define EM_STREAMOUT (1098)
|
||||
#define EM_UNDO (199)
|
||||
|
||||
#define WM_NULL (0)
|
||||
#define WM_CLEAR (771)
|
||||
#define WM_COMMAND (273)
|
||||
#define WM_COPY (769)
|
||||
#define WM_CUT (768)
|
||||
#define WM_GETTEXT (13)
|
||||
#define WM_GETTEXTLENGTH (14)
|
||||
#define WM_NOTIFY (78)
|
||||
#define WM_PASTE (770)
|
||||
#define WM_SETTEXT (12)
|
||||
#define WM_UNDO (772)
|
||||
|
||||
#define EN_CHANGE (768)
|
||||
#define EN_KILLFOCUS (512)
|
||||
#define EN_SETFOCUS (256)
|
||||
|
||||
#define EC_LEFTMARGIN 1
|
||||
#define EC_RIGHTMARGIN 2
|
||||
#define EC_USEFONTINFO 0xffff
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
#define VK_DOWN GDK_Down
|
||||
#define VK_UP GDK_Up
|
||||
#define VK_LEFT GDK_Left
|
||||
#define VK_RIGHT GDK_Right
|
||||
#define VK_HOME GDK_Home
|
||||
#define VK_END GDK_End
|
||||
#define VK_PRIOR GDK_Page_Up
|
||||
#define VK_NEXT GDK_Page_Down
|
||||
#define VK_DELETE GDK_Delete
|
||||
#define VK_INSERT GDK_Insert
|
||||
#define VK_ESCAPE GDK_Escape
|
||||
#define VK_BACK GDK_BackSpace
|
||||
#define VK_TAB GDK_Tab
|
||||
#define VK_RETURN GDK_Return
|
||||
#define VK_ADD GDK_KP_Add
|
||||
#define VK_SUBTRACT GDK_KP_Subtract
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WX
|
||||
#define VK_DOWN WXK_DOWN
|
||||
#define VK_UP WXK_UP
|
||||
#define VK_LEFT WXK_LEFT
|
||||
#define VK_RIGHT WXK_RIGHT
|
||||
#define VK_HOME WXK_HOME
|
||||
#define VK_END WXK_END
|
||||
#define VK_PRIOR WXK_PRIOR
|
||||
#define VK_NEXT WXK_NEXT
|
||||
#define VK_DELETE WXK_DELETE
|
||||
#define VK_INSERT WXK_INSERT
|
||||
#define VK_ESCAPE WXK_ESCAPE
|
||||
#define VK_BACK WXK_BACK
|
||||
#define VK_TAB WXK_TAB
|
||||
#define VK_RETURN WXK_RETURN
|
||||
#define VK_ADD WXK_ADD
|
||||
#define VK_SUBTRACT WXK_SUBTRACT
|
||||
|
||||
// Are these needed any more
|
||||
#define LPSTR char *
|
||||
#define LONG long
|
||||
#define LPDWORD (long *)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* SELCHANGE structure */
|
||||
#define SEL_EMPTY (0)
|
||||
#define SEL_TEXT (1)
|
||||
#define SEL_OBJECT (2)
|
||||
#define SEL_MULTICHAR (4)
|
||||
#define SEL_MULTIOBJECT (8)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FINDREPLACE structure */
|
||||
#define FR_MATCHCASE (0x4)
|
||||
#define FR_WHOLEWORD (0x2)
|
||||
#define FR_DOWN (0x1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SHIFT_PRESSED 1
|
||||
#define LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED 2
|
||||
#define LEFT_ALT_PRESSED 4
|
||||
|
||||
struct RECT {
|
||||
LONG left;
|
||||
LONG top;
|
||||
LONG right;
|
||||
LONG bottom;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct CHARRANGE {
|
||||
LONG cpMin;
|
||||
LONG cpMax;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct TEXTRANGE {
|
||||
CHARRANGE chrg;
|
||||
LPSTR lpstrText;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct FINDTEXTEX {
|
||||
CHARRANGE chrg;
|
||||
LPSTR lpstrText;
|
||||
CHARRANGE chrgText;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct NMHDR {
|
||||
WindowID hwndFrom;
|
||||
UINT idFrom;
|
||||
UINT code;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct FORMATRANGE {
|
||||
SurfaceID hdc;
|
||||
SurfaceID hdcTarget;
|
||||
RECT rc;
|
||||
RECT rcPage;
|
||||
CHARRANGE chrg;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAKELONG(a, b) ((a) | ((b) << 16))
|
||||
#define LOWORD(x) (x & 0xffff)
|
||||
#define HIWORD(x) (x >> 16)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// Accessor.cxx - rapid easy access to contents of a Scintilla
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
#include "Accessor.h"
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
|
||||
bool Accessor::InternalIsLeadByte(char ch) {
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
// TODO: support DBCS under GTK+
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#elif PLAT_WIN
|
||||
return IsDBCSLeadByteEx(codePage, ch);
|
||||
#elif PLAT_WX
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Accessor::Fill(int position) {
|
||||
if (lenDoc == -1)
|
||||
lenDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(id, WM_GETTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0);
|
||||
startPos = position - slopSize;
|
||||
if (startPos + bufferSize > lenDoc)
|
||||
startPos = lenDoc - bufferSize;
|
||||
if (startPos < 0)
|
||||
startPos = 0;
|
||||
endPos = startPos + bufferSize;
|
||||
if (endPos > lenDoc)
|
||||
endPos = lenDoc;
|
||||
|
||||
TEXTRANGE tr = {{startPos, endPos}, buf};
|
||||
Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_GETTEXTRANGE, 0, reinterpret_cast<LPARAM>(&tr));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char Accessor::StyleAt(int position) {
|
||||
return static_cast<char>(Platform::SendScintilla(
|
||||
id, SCI_GETSTYLEAT, position, 0));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Accessor::GetLine(int position) {
|
||||
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_LINEFROMCHAR, position, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Accessor::LineStart(int line) {
|
||||
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_LINEINDEX, line, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Accessor::LevelAt(int line) {
|
||||
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL, line, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Accessor::Length() {
|
||||
if (lenDoc == -1)
|
||||
lenDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(id, WM_GETTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0);
|
||||
return lenDoc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Accessor::GetLineState(int line) {
|
||||
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_GETLINESTATE, line);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Accessor::SetLineState(int line, int state) {
|
||||
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETLINESTATE, line, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StylingContext::StartAt(unsigned int start, char chMask) {
|
||||
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_STARTSTYLING, start, chMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StylingContext::StartSegment(unsigned int pos) {
|
||||
startSeg = pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StylingContext::ColourTo(unsigned int pos, int chAttr) {
|
||||
// Only perform styling if non empty range
|
||||
if (pos != startSeg - 1) {
|
||||
if (pos < startSeg) {
|
||||
Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad colour positions %d - %d\n", startSeg, pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (validLen + (pos - startSeg + 1) >= bufferSize)
|
||||
Flush();
|
||||
if (validLen + (pos - startSeg + 1) >= bufferSize) {
|
||||
// Too big for buffer so send directly
|
||||
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETSTYLING, pos - startSeg + 1, chAttr);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (chAttr != chWhile)
|
||||
chFlags = 0;
|
||||
chAttr |= chFlags;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = startSeg; i <= pos; i++) {
|
||||
styleBuf[validLen++] = chAttr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
startSeg = pos+1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int StylingContext::GetLine(int position) {
|
||||
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_LINEFROMCHAR, position, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StylingContext::SetLevel(int line, int level) {
|
||||
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL, line, level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StylingContext::Flush() {
|
||||
if (validLen > 0) {
|
||||
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETSTYLINGEX, validLen,
|
||||
reinterpret_cast<LPARAM>(styleBuf));
|
||||
validLen = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int StylingContext::IndentAmount(int line, int *flags, PFNIsCommentLeader pfnIsCommentLeader) {
|
||||
int end = Length();
|
||||
int spaceFlags = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Determines the indentation level of the current line and also checks for consistent
|
||||
// indentation compared to the previous line.
|
||||
// Indentation is judged consistent when the indentation whitespace of each line lines
|
||||
// the same or the indentation of one line is a prefix of the other.
|
||||
|
||||
int pos = LineStart(line);
|
||||
char ch = (*this)[pos];
|
||||
int indent = 0;
|
||||
bool inPrevPrefix = line > 0;
|
||||
int posPrev = inPrevPrefix ? LineStart(line-1) : 0;
|
||||
while ((ch == ' ' || ch == '\t') && (pos < end)) {
|
||||
if (inPrevPrefix) {
|
||||
char chPrev = (*this)[posPrev++];
|
||||
if (chPrev == ' ' || chPrev == '\t') {
|
||||
if (chPrev != ch)
|
||||
spaceFlags |= wsInconsistent;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
inPrevPrefix = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ch == ' ') {
|
||||
spaceFlags |= wsSpace;
|
||||
indent++;
|
||||
} else { // Tab
|
||||
spaceFlags |= wsTab;
|
||||
if (spaceFlags & wsSpace)
|
||||
spaceFlags |= wsSpaceTab;
|
||||
indent = (indent / 8 + 1) * 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ch = (*this)[++pos];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*flags = spaceFlags;
|
||||
indent += SC_FOLDLEVELBASE;
|
||||
// if completely empty line or the start of a comment...
|
||||
if (isspace(ch) || (pfnIsCommentLeader && (*pfnIsCommentLeader)(*this, pos, end-pos)) )
|
||||
return indent | SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return indent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// AutoComplete.cxx - defines the auto completion list box
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "AutoComplete.h"
|
||||
|
||||
AutoComplete::AutoComplete() {
|
||||
lb = 0;
|
||||
active = false;
|
||||
posStart = 0;
|
||||
strcpy(stopChars, "");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
AutoComplete::~AutoComplete() {
|
||||
lb.Destroy();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool AutoComplete::Active() {
|
||||
return active;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void AutoComplete::Start(Window &parent, int ctrlID, int position, int startLen_) {
|
||||
if (!lb.Created()) {
|
||||
lb.Create(parent, ctrlID);
|
||||
}
|
||||
lb.Clear();
|
||||
active = true;
|
||||
startLen = startLen_;
|
||||
posStart = position;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void AutoComplete::SetStopChars(const char *stopChars_) {
|
||||
strncpy(stopChars, stopChars_, sizeof(stopChars));
|
||||
stopChars[sizeof(stopChars) - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool AutoComplete::IsStopChar(char ch) {
|
||||
return ch && strchr(stopChars, ch);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int AutoComplete::SetList(const char *list) {
|
||||
int maxStrLen = 12;
|
||||
lb.Clear();
|
||||
char *words = new char[strlen(list) + 1];
|
||||
if (words) {
|
||||
strcpy(words, list);
|
||||
char *startword = words;
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
for (; words && words[i]; i++) {
|
||||
if (words[i] == ' ') {
|
||||
words[i] = '\0';
|
||||
lb.Append(startword);
|
||||
maxStrLen = Platform::Maximum(maxStrLen, strlen(startword));
|
||||
startword = words + i + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (startword) {
|
||||
lb.Append(startword);
|
||||
maxStrLen = Platform::Maximum(maxStrLen, strlen(startword));
|
||||
}
|
||||
delete []words;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lb.Sort();
|
||||
return maxStrLen;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void AutoComplete::Show() {
|
||||
lb.Show();
|
||||
lb.Select(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void AutoComplete::Cancel() {
|
||||
if (lb.Created()) {
|
||||
lb.Destroy();
|
||||
lb = 0;
|
||||
active = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void AutoComplete::Move(int delta) {
|
||||
int count = lb.Length();
|
||||
int current = lb.GetSelection();
|
||||
current += delta;
|
||||
if (current >= count)
|
||||
current = count - 1;
|
||||
if (current < 0)
|
||||
current = 0;
|
||||
lb.Select(current);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void AutoComplete::Select(const char *word) {
|
||||
int pos = lb.Find(word);
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Autocompleting at <%s> %d\n", wordCurrent, pos);
|
||||
if (pos != -1)
|
||||
lb.Select(pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// AutoComplete.h - defines the auto completion list box
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AUTOCOMPLETE_H
|
||||
#define AUTOCOMPLETE_H
|
||||
|
||||
class AutoComplete {
|
||||
bool active;
|
||||
char stopChars[256];
|
||||
public:
|
||||
ListBox lb;
|
||||
int posStart;
|
||||
int startLen;
|
||||
|
||||
AutoComplete();
|
||||
~AutoComplete();
|
||||
|
||||
// Is the auto completion list displayed?
|
||||
bool Active();
|
||||
|
||||
// Display the auto completion list positioned to be near a character position
|
||||
void Start(Window &parent, int ctrlID, int position, int startLen_);
|
||||
|
||||
// The stop chars are characters which, when typed, cause the auto completion list to disappear
|
||||
void SetStopChars(const char *stopChars_);
|
||||
bool IsStopChar(char ch);
|
||||
|
||||
// The list string contains a sequence of words separated by spaces
|
||||
int SetList(const char *list);
|
||||
|
||||
void Show();
|
||||
void Cancel();
|
||||
|
||||
// Move the current list element by delta, scrolling appropriately
|
||||
void Move(int delta);
|
||||
|
||||
// Select a list element that starts with word as the current element
|
||||
void Select(const char *word);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// CallTip.cxx - code for displaying call tips
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "CallTip.h"
|
||||
|
||||
CallTip::CallTip() {
|
||||
wCallTip = 0;
|
||||
inCallTipMode = false;
|
||||
posStartCallTip = 0;
|
||||
val = 0;
|
||||
startHighlight = 0;
|
||||
endHighlight = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
colourBG.desired = Colour(0xff, 0xff, 0xff);
|
||||
colourUnSel.desired = Colour(0x80, 0x80, 0x80);
|
||||
colourSel.desired = Colour(0, 0, 0x80);
|
||||
colourShade.desired = Colour(0, 0, 0);
|
||||
colourLight.desired = Colour(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CallTip::~CallTip() {
|
||||
wCallTip.Destroy();
|
||||
delete []val;
|
||||
val = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void CallTip::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) {
|
||||
pal.WantFind(colourBG, want);
|
||||
pal.WantFind(colourUnSel, want);
|
||||
pal.WantFind(colourSel, want);
|
||||
pal.WantFind(colourShade, want);
|
||||
pal.WantFind(colourLight, want);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void CallTip::PaintCT(Surface *surfaceWindow) {
|
||||
if (!val)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
PRectangle rcClientPos = wCallTip.GetClientPosition();
|
||||
PRectangle rcClientSize(0, 0, rcClientPos.right - rcClientPos.left,
|
||||
rcClientPos.bottom - rcClientPos.top);
|
||||
PRectangle rcClient(1, 1, rcClientSize.right - 1, rcClientSize.bottom - 1);
|
||||
|
||||
surfaceWindow->FillRectangle(rcClient, colourBG.allocated);
|
||||
// To make a nice small call tip window, it is only sized to fit most normal characters without accents
|
||||
int lineHeight = surfaceWindow->Height(font);
|
||||
int ascent = surfaceWindow->Ascent(font) - surfaceWindow->InternalLeading(font);
|
||||
|
||||
// For each line...
|
||||
// Draw the definition in three parts: before highlight, highlighted, after highlight
|
||||
int ytext = rcClient.top + ascent + 1;
|
||||
char *chunkVal = val;
|
||||
bool moreChunks = true;
|
||||
while (moreChunks) {
|
||||
char *chunkEnd = strchr(chunkVal, '\n');
|
||||
if (chunkEnd == NULL) {
|
||||
chunkEnd = chunkVal + strlen(chunkVal);
|
||||
moreChunks = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
int chunkOffset = chunkVal - val;
|
||||
int chunkLength = chunkEnd - chunkVal;
|
||||
int chunkEndOffset = chunkOffset + chunkLength;
|
||||
int thisStartHighlight = Platform::Maximum(startHighlight, chunkOffset);
|
||||
thisStartHighlight = Platform::Minimum(thisStartHighlight, chunkEndOffset);
|
||||
thisStartHighlight -= chunkOffset;
|
||||
int thisEndHighlight = Platform::Maximum(endHighlight, chunkOffset);
|
||||
thisEndHighlight = Platform::Minimum(thisEndHighlight, chunkEndOffset);
|
||||
thisEndHighlight -= chunkOffset;
|
||||
int x = 5;
|
||||
int xEnd = x + surfaceWindow->WidthText(font, chunkVal, thisStartHighlight);
|
||||
rcClient.left = x;
|
||||
rcClient.top = ytext - ascent - 1;
|
||||
rcClient.right = xEnd;
|
||||
surfaceWindow->DrawText(rcClient, font, ytext,
|
||||
chunkVal, thisStartHighlight,
|
||||
colourUnSel.allocated, colourBG.allocated);
|
||||
x = xEnd;
|
||||
|
||||
xEnd = x + surfaceWindow->WidthText(font, chunkVal + thisStartHighlight,
|
||||
thisEndHighlight - thisStartHighlight);
|
||||
rcClient.top = ytext;
|
||||
rcClient.left = x;
|
||||
rcClient.right = xEnd;
|
||||
surfaceWindow->DrawText(rcClient, font, ytext,
|
||||
chunkVal + thisStartHighlight, thisEndHighlight - thisStartHighlight,
|
||||
colourSel.allocated, colourBG.allocated);
|
||||
x = xEnd;
|
||||
|
||||
xEnd = x + surfaceWindow->WidthText(font, chunkVal + thisEndHighlight,
|
||||
chunkLength - thisEndHighlight);
|
||||
rcClient.left = x;
|
||||
rcClient.right = xEnd;
|
||||
surfaceWindow->DrawText(rcClient, font, ytext,
|
||||
chunkVal + thisEndHighlight, chunkLength - thisEndHighlight,
|
||||
colourUnSel.allocated, colourBG.allocated);
|
||||
chunkVal = chunkEnd + 1;
|
||||
ytext += lineHeight;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Draw a raised border around the edges of the window
|
||||
surfaceWindow->MoveTo(0, rcClientSize.bottom - 1);
|
||||
surfaceWindow->PenColour(colourShade.allocated);
|
||||
surfaceWindow->LineTo(rcClientSize.right - 1, rcClientSize.bottom - 1);
|
||||
surfaceWindow->LineTo(rcClientSize.right - 1, 0);
|
||||
surfaceWindow->PenColour(colourLight.allocated);
|
||||
surfaceWindow->LineTo(0, 0);
|
||||
surfaceWindow->LineTo(0, rcClientSize.bottom - 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PRectangle CallTip::CallTipStart(int pos, Point pt, const char *defn,
|
||||
const char *faceName, int size) {
|
||||
Surface surfaceMeasure;
|
||||
surfaceMeasure.Init();
|
||||
int deviceHeight = (size * surfaceMeasure.LogPixelsY()) / 72;
|
||||
font.Create(faceName, deviceHeight);
|
||||
if (val)
|
||||
delete []val;
|
||||
val = new char[strlen(defn) + 1];
|
||||
if (!val)
|
||||
return PRectangle();
|
||||
strcpy(val, defn);
|
||||
startHighlight = 0;
|
||||
endHighlight = 0;
|
||||
inCallTipMode = true;
|
||||
posStartCallTip = pos;
|
||||
// Look for multiple lines in the text
|
||||
// Only support \n here - simply means container must avoid \r!
|
||||
int width = 0;
|
||||
int numLines = 1;
|
||||
const char *newline;
|
||||
const char *look = val;
|
||||
while ((newline = strchr(look, '\n')) != NULL) {
|
||||
int thisWidth = surfaceMeasure.WidthText(font, look, newline - look);
|
||||
width = Platform::Maximum(width, thisWidth);
|
||||
look = newline + 1;
|
||||
numLines++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
int lastWidth = surfaceMeasure.WidthText(font, look, strlen(look));
|
||||
width = Platform::Maximum(width, lastWidth) + 10;
|
||||
int lineHeight = surfaceMeasure.Height(font);
|
||||
// Extra line for border and an empty line at top and bottom
|
||||
int height = lineHeight * numLines - surfaceMeasure.InternalLeading(font) + 2 + 2;
|
||||
return PRectangle(pt.x -5, pt.y + lineHeight + 1, pt.x + width - 5, pt.y + lineHeight + 1 + height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void CallTip::CallTipCancel() {
|
||||
inCallTipMode = false;
|
||||
if (wCallTip.Created()) {
|
||||
wCallTip.Destroy();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void CallTip::SetHighlight(int start, int end) {
|
||||
// Avoid flashing by checking something has really changed
|
||||
if ((start != startHighlight) || (end != endHighlight)) {
|
||||
startHighlight = start;
|
||||
endHighlight = end;
|
||||
if (wCallTip.Created()) {
|
||||
wCallTip.InvalidateAll();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// CallTip.h - interface to the call tip control
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CALLTIP_H
|
||||
#define CALLTIP_H
|
||||
|
||||
const char callClassName[] = "CallTip";
|
||||
|
||||
class CallTip {
|
||||
int startHighlight;
|
||||
int endHighlight;
|
||||
char *val;
|
||||
Font font;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Window wCallTip;
|
||||
Window wDraw;
|
||||
bool inCallTipMode;
|
||||
int posStartCallTip;
|
||||
ColourPair colourBG;
|
||||
ColourPair colourUnSel;
|
||||
ColourPair colourSel;
|
||||
ColourPair colourShade;
|
||||
ColourPair colourLight;
|
||||
|
||||
CallTip();
|
||||
~CallTip();
|
||||
|
||||
// Claim or accept palette entries for the colours required to paint a calltip
|
||||
void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want);
|
||||
|
||||
void PaintCT(Surface *surfaceWindow);
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup the calltip and return a rectangle of the area required
|
||||
PRectangle CallTipStart(int pos, Point pt, const char *defn,
|
||||
const char *faceName, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
void CallTipCancel();
|
||||
|
||||
// Set a range of characters to be displayed in a highlight style.
|
||||
// Commonly used to highlight the current parameter.
|
||||
void SetHighlight(int start, int end);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// CellBuffer.h - manages the text of the document
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CELLBUFFER_H
|
||||
#define CELLBUFFER_H
|
||||
|
||||
// This holds the marker identifier and the marker type to display.
|
||||
// MarkerHandleNumbers are members of lists.
|
||||
struct MarkerHandleNumber {
|
||||
int handle;
|
||||
int number;
|
||||
MarkerHandleNumber *next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// A marker handle set contains any number of MarkerHandleNumbers
|
||||
class MarkerHandleSet {
|
||||
MarkerHandleNumber *root;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
MarkerHandleSet();
|
||||
~MarkerHandleSet();
|
||||
int Length();
|
||||
int NumberFromHandle(int handle);
|
||||
int MarkValue(); // Bit set of marker numbers
|
||||
bool Contains(int handle);
|
||||
bool InsertHandle(int handle, int markerNum);
|
||||
void RemoveHandle(int handle);
|
||||
void RemoveNumber(int markerNum);
|
||||
void CombineWith(MarkerHandleSet *other);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Each line stores the starting position of the first character of the line in the cell buffer
|
||||
// and potentially a marker handle set. Often a line will not have any attached markers.
|
||||
struct LineData {
|
||||
int startPosition;
|
||||
MarkerHandleSet *handleSet;
|
||||
LineData() : startPosition(0), handleSet(0) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// The line vector contains information about each of the lines in a cell buffer.
|
||||
class LineVector {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { growSize = 4000 };
|
||||
int lines;
|
||||
LineData *linesData;
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
int *levels;
|
||||
int sizeLevels;
|
||||
|
||||
// Handles are allocated sequentially and should never have to be reused as 32 bit ints are very big.
|
||||
int handleCurrent;
|
||||
|
||||
LineVector();
|
||||
~LineVector();
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
void Expand(int sizeNew);
|
||||
void ExpandLevels(int sizeNew=-1);
|
||||
void InsertValue(int pos, int value);
|
||||
void SetValue(int pos, int value);
|
||||
void Remove(int pos);
|
||||
int LineFromPosition(int pos);
|
||||
|
||||
int AddMark(int line, int marker);
|
||||
void MergeMarkers(int pos);
|
||||
void DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum);
|
||||
void DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle);
|
||||
int LineFromHandle(int markerHandle);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Actions are used to store all the information required to perform one undo/redo step.
|
||||
enum actionType { insertAction, removeAction, startAction };
|
||||
|
||||
class Action {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
actionType at;
|
||||
int position;
|
||||
char *data;
|
||||
int lenData;
|
||||
|
||||
Action();
|
||||
~Action();
|
||||
void Create(actionType at_, int position_=0, char *data_=0, int lenData_=0);
|
||||
void Destroy();
|
||||
void Grab(Action *source);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum undoCollectionType { undoCollectNone, undoCollectAutoStart, undoCollectManualStart };
|
||||
|
||||
class UndoHistory {
|
||||
Action *actions;
|
||||
int lenActions;
|
||||
int maxAction;
|
||||
int currentAction;
|
||||
int undoSequenceDepth;
|
||||
int savePoint;
|
||||
|
||||
void EnsureUndoRoom();
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
UndoHistory();
|
||||
~UndoHistory();
|
||||
|
||||
void AppendAction(actionType at, int position, char *data, int length);
|
||||
|
||||
void BeginUndoAction();
|
||||
void EndUndoAction();
|
||||
void DropUndoSequence();
|
||||
void DeleteUndoHistory();
|
||||
|
||||
// The save point is a marker in the undo stack where the container has stated that
|
||||
// the buffer was saved. Undo and redo can move over the save point.
|
||||
void SetSavePoint();
|
||||
bool IsSavePoint() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// To perform an undo, StartUndo is called to retrieve the number of steps, then UndoStep is
|
||||
// called that many times. Similarly for redo.
|
||||
bool CanUndo() const;
|
||||
int StartUndo();
|
||||
const Action &UndoStep();
|
||||
bool CanRedo() const;
|
||||
int StartRedo();
|
||||
const Action &RedoStep();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Holder for an expandable array of characters that supports undo and line markers
|
||||
// Based on article "Data Structures in a Bit-Mapped Text Editor"
|
||||
// by Wilfred J. Hansen, Byte January 1987, page 183
|
||||
class CellBuffer {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
char *body;
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
int length;
|
||||
int part1len;
|
||||
int gaplen;
|
||||
char *part2body;
|
||||
bool readOnly;
|
||||
|
||||
undoCollectionType collectingUndo;
|
||||
UndoHistory uh;
|
||||
|
||||
LineVector lv;
|
||||
|
||||
SVector<int, 4000> lineStates;
|
||||
|
||||
void GapTo(int position);
|
||||
void RoomFor(int insertionLength);
|
||||
|
||||
inline char ByteAt(int position);
|
||||
void SetByteAt(int position, char ch);
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
CellBuffer(int initialLength = 4000);
|
||||
~CellBuffer();
|
||||
|
||||
// Retrieving positions outside the range of the buffer works and returns 0
|
||||
char CharAt(int position);
|
||||
void GetCharRange(char *buffer, int position, int lengthRetrieve);
|
||||
char StyleAt(int position);
|
||||
|
||||
int ByteLength();
|
||||
int Length();
|
||||
int Lines();
|
||||
int LineStart(int line);
|
||||
int LineFromPosition(int pos) { return lv.LineFromPosition(pos); }
|
||||
const char *InsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength);
|
||||
void InsertCharStyle(int position, char ch, char style);
|
||||
|
||||
// Setting styles for positions outside the range of the buffer is safe and has no effect.
|
||||
// True is returned if the style of a character changed.
|
||||
bool SetStyleAt(int position, char style, char mask=(char)0xff);
|
||||
bool SetStyleFor(int position, int length, char style, char mask);
|
||||
|
||||
const char *DeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength);
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsReadOnly();
|
||||
void SetReadOnly(bool set);
|
||||
|
||||
// The save point is a marker in the undo stack where the container has stated that
|
||||
// the buffer was saved. Undo and redo can move over the save point.
|
||||
void SetSavePoint();
|
||||
bool IsSavePoint();
|
||||
|
||||
// Line marker functions
|
||||
int AddMark(int line, int markerNum);
|
||||
void DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum);
|
||||
void DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle);
|
||||
int GetMark(int line);
|
||||
void DeleteAllMarks(int markerNum);
|
||||
int LineFromHandle(int markerHandle);
|
||||
|
||||
// Without undo
|
||||
void BasicInsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength);
|
||||
void BasicDeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength);
|
||||
|
||||
undoCollectionType SetUndoCollection(undoCollectionType collectUndo);
|
||||
bool IsCollectingUndo();
|
||||
void BeginUndoAction();
|
||||
void EndUndoAction();
|
||||
void DeleteUndoHistory();
|
||||
|
||||
// To perform an undo, StartUndo is called to retrieve the number of steps, then UndoStep is
|
||||
// called that many times. Similarly for redo.
|
||||
bool CanUndo();
|
||||
int StartUndo();
|
||||
const Action &UndoStep();
|
||||
bool CanRedo();
|
||||
int StartRedo();
|
||||
const Action &RedoStep();
|
||||
|
||||
int SetLineState(int line, int state);
|
||||
int GetLineState(int line);
|
||||
int GetMaxLineState();
|
||||
|
||||
int SetLevel(int line, int level);
|
||||
int GetLevel(int line);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define CELL_SIZE 2
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// ContractionState.cxx - manages visibility of lines for folding
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ContractionState.h"
|
||||
|
||||
OneLine::OneLine() {
|
||||
displayLine = 0;
|
||||
docLine = 0;
|
||||
visible = true;
|
||||
expanded = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ContractionState::ContractionState() {
|
||||
lines = 0;
|
||||
size = 0;
|
||||
linesInDoc = 1;
|
||||
linesInDisplay = 1;
|
||||
valid = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ContractionState::~ContractionState() {
|
||||
Clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ContractionState::MakeValid() const {
|
||||
if (!valid) {
|
||||
// Could be cleverer by keeping the index of the last still valid entry
|
||||
// rather than invalidating all.
|
||||
int linePrev = -1;
|
||||
int lineDisplay = 0;
|
||||
for (int line=0; line<linesInDoc; line++) {
|
||||
lines[line].displayLine = lineDisplay;
|
||||
if (lines[line].visible) {
|
||||
lines[lineDisplay].docLine = line;
|
||||
lineDisplay++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
valid = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ContractionState::Clear() {
|
||||
delete []lines;
|
||||
lines = 0;
|
||||
size = 0;
|
||||
linesInDoc = 1;
|
||||
linesInDisplay = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int ContractionState::LinesInDoc() const {
|
||||
return linesInDoc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int ContractionState::LinesDisplayed() const {
|
||||
return linesInDisplay;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int ContractionState::DisplayFromDoc(int lineDoc) const {
|
||||
if (size == 0) {
|
||||
return lineDoc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
MakeValid();
|
||||
if ((lineDoc >= 0) && (lineDoc < linesInDoc)) {
|
||||
return lines[lineDoc].displayLine;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int ContractionState::DocFromDisplay(int lineDisplay) const {
|
||||
if (lineDisplay <= 0)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
if (lineDisplay >= linesInDisplay)
|
||||
return linesInDoc-1;
|
||||
if (size == 0)
|
||||
return lineDisplay;
|
||||
MakeValid();
|
||||
return lines[lineDisplay].docLine;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ContractionState::Grow(int sizeNew) {
|
||||
OneLine *linesNew = new OneLine[sizeNew];
|
||||
if (linesNew) {
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
for (; i < size; i++) {
|
||||
linesNew[i] = lines[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (; i < sizeNew; i++) {
|
||||
linesNew[i].displayLine = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
delete []lines;
|
||||
lines = linesNew;
|
||||
size = sizeNew;
|
||||
valid = false;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
Platform::DebugPrintf("No memory available\n");
|
||||
// TODO: Blow up
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ContractionState::InsertLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount) {
|
||||
if (size == 0) {
|
||||
linesInDoc += lineCount;
|
||||
linesInDisplay += lineCount;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("InsertLine[%d] = %d\n", lineDoc);
|
||||
if ((linesInDoc + lineCount + 2) >= size) {
|
||||
Grow(linesInDoc + lineCount + growSize);
|
||||
}
|
||||
linesInDoc += lineCount;
|
||||
linesInDisplay += lineCount;
|
||||
for (int i = linesInDoc + 1; i >= lineDoc + lineCount; i--) {
|
||||
lines[i].visible = lines[i - lineCount].visible;
|
||||
lines[i].expanded = lines[i - lineCount].expanded;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (int d=0;d<lineCount;d++) {
|
||||
lines[lineDoc+d].visible = true; // Should inherit visibility from context ?
|
||||
lines[lineDoc+d].expanded = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
valid = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ContractionState::DeleteLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount) {
|
||||
if (size == 0) {
|
||||
linesInDoc -= lineCount;
|
||||
linesInDisplay -= lineCount;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
int delta = 0;
|
||||
for (int d=0;d<lineCount;d++)
|
||||
if (lines[lineDoc+d].visible)
|
||||
delta--;
|
||||
for (int i = lineDoc; i < linesInDoc-lineCount; i++) {
|
||||
lines[i].visible = lines[i + lineCount].visible;
|
||||
lines[i].expanded = lines[i + lineCount].expanded;
|
||||
}
|
||||
linesInDoc -= lineCount;
|
||||
linesInDisplay += delta;
|
||||
valid = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool ContractionState::GetVisible(int lineDoc) const {
|
||||
if (size == 0)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
if ((lineDoc >= 0) && (lineDoc < linesInDoc)) {
|
||||
return lines[lineDoc].visible;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool ContractionState::SetVisible(int lineDocStart, int lineDocEnd, bool visible) {
|
||||
if (size == 0) {
|
||||
Grow(linesInDoc + growSize);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// TODO: modify docLine members to mirror displayLine
|
||||
int delta = 0;
|
||||
// Change lineDocs
|
||||
if ((lineDocStart <= lineDocEnd) && (lineDocStart >= 0) && (lineDocEnd < linesInDoc)) {
|
||||
for (int line=lineDocStart; line <= lineDocEnd; line++) {
|
||||
if (lines[line].visible != visible) {
|
||||
delta += visible ? 1 : -1;
|
||||
lines[line].visible = visible;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lines[line].displayLine += delta;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (delta != 0) {
|
||||
for (int line=lineDocEnd+1; line <= linesInDoc; line++) {
|
||||
lines[line].displayLine += delta;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
linesInDisplay += delta;
|
||||
valid = false;
|
||||
return delta != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool ContractionState::GetExpanded(int lineDoc) const {
|
||||
if (size == 0)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
if ((lineDoc >= 0) && (lineDoc < linesInDoc)) {
|
||||
return lines[lineDoc].expanded;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool ContractionState::SetExpanded(int lineDoc, bool expanded) {
|
||||
if (size == 0) {
|
||||
Grow(linesInDoc + growSize);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((lineDoc >= 0) && (lineDoc < linesInDoc)) {
|
||||
if (lines[lineDoc].expanded != expanded) {
|
||||
lines[lineDoc].expanded = expanded;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// ContractionState.h - manages visibility of lines for folding
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CONTRACTIONSTATE_H
|
||||
#define CONTRACTIONSTATE_H
|
||||
|
||||
class OneLine {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int displayLine; // position within set of visible lines
|
||||
int docLine; // inverse of displayLine
|
||||
bool visible;
|
||||
bool expanded;
|
||||
|
||||
OneLine();
|
||||
virtual ~OneLine() {}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ContractionState {
|
||||
void Grow(int sizeNew);
|
||||
enum { growSize = 4000 };
|
||||
int linesInDoc;
|
||||
int linesInDisplay;
|
||||
mutable OneLine *lines;
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
mutable bool valid;
|
||||
void MakeValid() const;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
ContractionState();
|
||||
virtual ~ContractionState();
|
||||
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
int LinesInDoc() const;
|
||||
int LinesDisplayed() const;
|
||||
int DisplayFromDoc(int lineDoc) const;
|
||||
int DocFromDisplay(int lineDisplay) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void InsertLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount);
|
||||
void DeleteLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount);
|
||||
|
||||
bool GetVisible(int lineDoc) const;
|
||||
bool SetVisible(int lineDocStart, int lineDocEnd, bool visible);
|
||||
|
||||
bool GetExpanded(int lineDoc) const;
|
||||
bool SetExpanded(int lineDoc, bool expanded);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,797 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// Document.cxx - text document that handles notifications, DBCS, styling, words and end of line
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#include "SVector.h"
|
||||
#include "CellBuffer.h"
|
||||
#include "Document.h"
|
||||
|
||||
Document::Document() {
|
||||
refCount = 0;
|
||||
#ifdef unix
|
||||
eolMode = SC_EOL_LF;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
eolMode = SC_EOL_CRLF;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
dbcsCodePage = 0;
|
||||
stylingBits = 5;
|
||||
stylingBitsMask = 0x1F;
|
||||
stylingPos = 0;
|
||||
stylingMask = 0;
|
||||
for (int ch = 0; ch < 256; ch++) {
|
||||
wordchars[ch] = isalnum(ch) || ch == '_';
|
||||
}
|
||||
endStyled = 0;
|
||||
enteredCount = 0;
|
||||
tabInChars = 8;
|
||||
watchers = 0;
|
||||
lenWatchers = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Document::~Document() {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
|
||||
watchers[i].watcher->NotifyDeleted(this, watchers[i].userData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
delete []watchers;
|
||||
watchers = 0;
|
||||
lenWatchers = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase reference count and return its previous value.
|
||||
int Document::AddRef() {
|
||||
return refCount++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Decrease reference count and return its provius value.
|
||||
// Delete the document if reference count reaches zero.
|
||||
int Document::Release() {
|
||||
int curRefCount = --refCount;
|
||||
if (curRefCount == 0)
|
||||
delete this;
|
||||
return curRefCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::SetSavePoint() {
|
||||
cb.SetSavePoint();
|
||||
NotifySavePoint(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::AddMark(int line, int markerNum) {
|
||||
int prev = cb.AddMark(line, markerNum);
|
||||
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER, LineStart(line), 0, 0, 0);
|
||||
NotifyModified(mh);
|
||||
return prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum) {
|
||||
cb.DeleteMark(line, markerNum);
|
||||
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER, LineStart(line), 0, 0, 0);
|
||||
NotifyModified(mh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle) {
|
||||
cb.DeleteMarkFromHandle(markerHandle);
|
||||
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
||||
NotifyModified(mh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::DeleteAllMarks(int markerNum) {
|
||||
cb.DeleteAllMarks(markerNum);
|
||||
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
||||
NotifyModified(mh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::LineStart(int line) {
|
||||
return cb.LineStart(line);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::LineEnd(int line) {
|
||||
if (line == LinesTotal() - 1) {
|
||||
return LineStart(line + 1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
int position = LineStart(line + 1) - 1;
|
||||
// When line terminator is CR+LF, may need to go back one more
|
||||
if ((position > LineStart(line)) && (cb.CharAt(position - 1) == '\r')) {
|
||||
position--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return position;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::LineFromPosition(int pos) {
|
||||
return cb.LineFromPosition(pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::LineEndPosition(int position) {
|
||||
return LineEnd(LineFromPosition(position));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::VCHomePosition(int position) {
|
||||
int line = LineFromPosition(position);
|
||||
int startPosition = LineStart(line);
|
||||
int endLine = LineStart(line + 1) - 1;
|
||||
int startText = startPosition;
|
||||
while (startText < endLine && (cb.CharAt(startText) == ' ' || cb.CharAt(startText) == '\t' ) )
|
||||
startText++;
|
||||
if (position == startText)
|
||||
return startPosition;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return startText;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::SetLevel(int line, int level) {
|
||||
int prev = cb.SetLevel(line, level);
|
||||
if (prev != level) {
|
||||
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD, LineStart(line), 0, 0, 0);
|
||||
mh.line = line;
|
||||
mh.foldLevelNow = level;
|
||||
mh.foldLevelPrev = prev;
|
||||
NotifyModified(mh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static bool IsSubordinate(int levelStart, int levelTry) {
|
||||
if (levelTry & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (levelStart & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < (levelTry & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::GetLastChild(int lineParent, int level) {
|
||||
if (level == -1)
|
||||
level = GetLevel(lineParent) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK;
|
||||
int maxLine = LinesTotal();
|
||||
int lineMaxSubord = lineParent;
|
||||
while (lineMaxSubord < maxLine-1) {
|
||||
EnsureStyledTo(LineStart(lineMaxSubord+2));
|
||||
if (!IsSubordinate(level, GetLevel(lineMaxSubord+1)))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
lineMaxSubord++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (lineMaxSubord > lineParent) {
|
||||
if (level > (GetLevel(lineMaxSubord+1) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK)) {
|
||||
// Have chewed up some whitespace that belongs to a parent so seek back
|
||||
if ((lineMaxSubord > lineParent) && (GetLevel(lineMaxSubord) & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG)) {
|
||||
lineMaxSubord--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return lineMaxSubord;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::GetFoldParent(int line) {
|
||||
int level = GetLevel(line);
|
||||
int lineLook = line-1;
|
||||
while ((lineLook > 0) && (
|
||||
(!(GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG)) ||
|
||||
((GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) >= level))
|
||||
) {
|
||||
lineLook--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) &&
|
||||
((GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < level)) {
|
||||
return lineLook;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::ClampPositionIntoDocument(int pos) {
|
||||
return Platform::Clamp(pos, 0, Length());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Document::IsCrLf(int pos) {
|
||||
if (pos < 0)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (pos >= (Length() - 1))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\r') && (cb.CharAt(pos + 1) == '\n');
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Document::IsDBCS(int pos) {
|
||||
#if PLAT_WIN
|
||||
if (dbcsCodePage) {
|
||||
// Anchor DBCS calculations at start of line because start of line can
|
||||
// not be a DBCS trail byte.
|
||||
int startLine = pos;
|
||||
while (startLine > 0 && cb.CharAt(startLine) != '\r' && cb.CharAt(startLine) != '\n')
|
||||
startLine--;
|
||||
while (startLine <= pos) {
|
||||
if (IsDBCSLeadByteEx(dbcsCodePage, cb.CharAt(startLine))) {
|
||||
startLine++;
|
||||
if (startLine >= pos)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
startLine++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Normalise a position so that it is not halfway through a two byte character.
|
||||
// This can occur in two situations -
|
||||
// When lines are terminated with \r\n pairs which should be treated as one character.
|
||||
// When displaying DBCS text such as Japanese.
|
||||
// If moving, move the position in the indicated direction.
|
||||
int Document::MovePositionOutsideChar(int pos, int moveDir, bool checkLineEnd) {
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("NoCRLF %d %d\n", pos, moveDir);
|
||||
// If out of range, just return value - should be fixed up after
|
||||
if (pos < 0)
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
if (pos > Length())
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
|
||||
// Position 0 and Length() can not be between any two characters
|
||||
if (pos == 0)
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
if (pos == Length())
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
|
||||
// assert pos > 0 && pos < Length()
|
||||
if (checkLineEnd && IsCrLf(pos - 1)) {
|
||||
if (moveDir > 0)
|
||||
return pos + 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return pos - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Not between CR and LF
|
||||
|
||||
#if PLAT_WIN
|
||||
if (dbcsCodePage) {
|
||||
// Anchor DBCS calculations at start of line because start of line can
|
||||
// not be a DBCS trail byte.
|
||||
int startLine = pos;
|
||||
while (startLine > 0 && cb.CharAt(startLine) != '\r' && cb.CharAt(startLine) != '\n')
|
||||
startLine--;
|
||||
bool atLeadByte = false;
|
||||
while (startLine < pos) {
|
||||
if (atLeadByte)
|
||||
atLeadByte = false;
|
||||
else if (IsDBCSLeadByteEx(dbcsCodePage, cb.CharAt(startLine)))
|
||||
atLeadByte = true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
atLeadByte = false;
|
||||
startLine++;
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("DBCS %s\n", atlead ? "D" : "-");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (atLeadByte) {
|
||||
// Position is between a lead byte and a trail byte
|
||||
if (moveDir > 0)
|
||||
return pos + 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return pos - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::ModifiedAt(int pos) {
|
||||
if (endStyled > pos)
|
||||
endStyled = pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Document only modified by gateways DeleteChars, InsertStyledString, Undo, Redo, and SetStyleAt.
|
||||
// SetStyleAt does not change the persistent state of a document
|
||||
|
||||
// Unlike Undo, Redo, and InsertStyledString, the pos argument is a cell number not a char number
|
||||
void Document::DeleteChars(int pos, int len) {
|
||||
if (enteredCount == 0) {
|
||||
enteredCount++;
|
||||
if (cb.IsReadOnly())
|
||||
NotifyModifyAttempt();
|
||||
if (!cb.IsReadOnly()) {
|
||||
int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal();
|
||||
bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
|
||||
const char *text = cb.DeleteChars(pos*2, len * 2);
|
||||
if (startSavePoint && cb.IsCollectingUndo())
|
||||
NotifySavePoint(!startSavePoint);
|
||||
ModifiedAt(pos);
|
||||
int modFlags = SC_MOD_DELETETEXT | SC_PERFORMED_USER;
|
||||
DocModification mh(modFlags, pos, len, LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, text);
|
||||
NotifyModified(mh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
enteredCount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::InsertStyledString(int position, char *s, int insertLength) {
|
||||
if (enteredCount == 0) {
|
||||
enteredCount++;
|
||||
if (cb.IsReadOnly())
|
||||
NotifyModifyAttempt();
|
||||
if (!cb.IsReadOnly()) {
|
||||
int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal();
|
||||
bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
|
||||
const char *text = cb.InsertString(position, s, insertLength);
|
||||
if (startSavePoint && cb.IsCollectingUndo())
|
||||
NotifySavePoint(!startSavePoint);
|
||||
ModifiedAt(position / 2);
|
||||
|
||||
int modFlags = SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT | SC_PERFORMED_USER;
|
||||
DocModification mh(modFlags, position / 2, insertLength / 2, LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, text);
|
||||
NotifyModified(mh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
enteredCount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::Undo() {
|
||||
int newPos = 0;
|
||||
if (enteredCount == 0) {
|
||||
enteredCount++;
|
||||
bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
|
||||
int steps = cb.StartUndo();
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Steps=%d\n", steps);
|
||||
for (int step=0; step<steps; step++) {
|
||||
int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal();
|
||||
const Action &action = cb.UndoStep();
|
||||
int cellPosition = action.position / 2;
|
||||
ModifiedAt(cellPosition);
|
||||
newPos = cellPosition;
|
||||
|
||||
int modFlags = SC_PERFORMED_UNDO;
|
||||
// With undo, an insertion action becomes a deletion notification
|
||||
if (action.at == removeAction) {
|
||||
newPos += action.lenData;
|
||||
modFlags |= SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
modFlags |= SC_MOD_DELETETEXT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (step == steps-1)
|
||||
modFlags |= SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO;
|
||||
NotifyModified(DocModification(modFlags, cellPosition, action.lenData,
|
||||
LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, action.data));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool endSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
|
||||
if (startSavePoint != endSavePoint)
|
||||
NotifySavePoint(endSavePoint);
|
||||
enteredCount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return newPos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::Redo() {
|
||||
int newPos = 0;
|
||||
if (enteredCount == 0) {
|
||||
enteredCount++;
|
||||
bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
|
||||
int steps = cb.StartRedo();
|
||||
for (int step=0; step<steps; step++) {
|
||||
int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal();
|
||||
const Action &action = cb.RedoStep();
|
||||
int cellPosition = action.position / 2;
|
||||
ModifiedAt(cellPosition);
|
||||
newPos = cellPosition;
|
||||
|
||||
int modFlags = SC_PERFORMED_REDO;
|
||||
if (action.at == insertAction) {
|
||||
newPos += action.lenData;
|
||||
modFlags |= SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
modFlags |= SC_MOD_DELETETEXT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (step == steps-1)
|
||||
modFlags |= SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO;
|
||||
NotifyModified(DocModification(modFlags, cellPosition, action.lenData,
|
||||
LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, action.data));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool endSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
|
||||
if (startSavePoint != endSavePoint)
|
||||
NotifySavePoint(endSavePoint);
|
||||
enteredCount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return newPos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::InsertChar(int pos, char ch) {
|
||||
char chs[2];
|
||||
chs[0] = ch;
|
||||
chs[1] = 0;
|
||||
InsertStyledString(pos*2, chs, 2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Insert a null terminated string
|
||||
void Document::InsertString(int position, const char *s) {
|
||||
InsertString(position, s, strlen(s));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Insert a string with a length
|
||||
void Document::InsertString(int position, const char *s, int insertLength) {
|
||||
char *sWithStyle = new char[insertLength * 2];
|
||||
if (sWithStyle) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < insertLength; i++) {
|
||||
sWithStyle[i*2] = s[i];
|
||||
sWithStyle[i*2 + 1] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
InsertStyledString(position*2, sWithStyle, insertLength*2);
|
||||
delete []sWithStyle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::ChangeChar(int pos, char ch) {
|
||||
DeleteChars(pos, 1);
|
||||
InsertChar(pos, ch);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::DelChar(int pos) {
|
||||
if (IsCrLf(pos)) {
|
||||
DeleteChars(pos, 2);
|
||||
} else if (IsDBCS(pos)) {
|
||||
DeleteChars(pos, 2);
|
||||
} else if (pos < Length()) {
|
||||
DeleteChars(pos, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::DelCharBack(int pos) {
|
||||
if (pos <= 0) {
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
} else if (IsCrLf(pos - 2)) {
|
||||
DeleteChars(pos - 2, 2);
|
||||
return pos - 2;
|
||||
} else if (IsDBCS(pos - 1)) {
|
||||
DeleteChars(pos - 2, 2);
|
||||
return pos - 2;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
DeleteChars(pos - 1, 1);
|
||||
return pos - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::Indent(bool forwards, int lineBottom, int lineTop) {
|
||||
if (forwards) {
|
||||
// Indent by a tab
|
||||
for (int line = lineBottom; line >= lineTop; line--) {
|
||||
InsertChar(LineStart(line), '\t');
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// Dedent - suck white space off the front of the line to dedent by equivalent of a tab
|
||||
for (int line = lineBottom; line >= lineTop; line--) {
|
||||
int ispc = 0;
|
||||
while (ispc < tabInChars && cb.CharAt(LineStart(line) + ispc) == ' ')
|
||||
ispc++;
|
||||
int posStartLine = LineStart(line);
|
||||
if (ispc == tabInChars) {
|
||||
DeleteChars(posStartLine, ispc);
|
||||
} else if (cb.CharAt(posStartLine + ispc) == '\t') {
|
||||
DeleteChars(posStartLine, ispc + 1);
|
||||
} else { // Hit a non-white
|
||||
DeleteChars(posStartLine, ispc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::ConvertLineEnds(int eolModeSet) {
|
||||
BeginUndoAction();
|
||||
for (int pos = 0; pos < Length(); pos++) {
|
||||
if (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\r') {
|
||||
if (cb.CharAt(pos+1) == '\n') {
|
||||
if (eolModeSet != SC_EOL_CRLF) {
|
||||
DeleteChars(pos, 2);
|
||||
if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CR)
|
||||
InsertString(pos, "\r", 1);
|
||||
else
|
||||
InsertString(pos, "\n", 1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (eolModeSet != SC_EOL_CR) {
|
||||
DeleteChars(pos, 1);
|
||||
if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CRLF) {
|
||||
InsertString(pos, "\r\n", 2);
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
InsertString(pos, "\n", 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\n') {
|
||||
if (eolModeSet != SC_EOL_LF) {
|
||||
DeleteChars(pos, 1);
|
||||
if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CRLF) {
|
||||
InsertString(pos, "\r\n", 2);
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
InsertString(pos, "\r", 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
EndUndoAction();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Document::IsWordChar(unsigned char ch) {
|
||||
return wordchars[ch];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::ExtendWordSelect(int pos, int delta) {
|
||||
if (delta < 0) {
|
||||
while (pos > 0 && IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)))
|
||||
pos--;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
while (pos < (Length()) && IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos)))
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::NextWordStart(int pos, int delta) {
|
||||
if (delta < 0) {
|
||||
while (pos > 0 && (cb.CharAt(pos - 1) == ' ' || cb.CharAt(pos - 1) == '\t'))
|
||||
pos--;
|
||||
if (isspace(cb.CharAt(pos - 1))) { // Back up to previous line
|
||||
while (pos > 0 && isspace(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)))
|
||||
pos--;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
bool startAtWordChar = IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos - 1));
|
||||
while (pos > 0 && !isspace(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)) && (startAtWordChar == IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos - 1))))
|
||||
pos--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
bool startAtWordChar = IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos));
|
||||
while (pos < (Length()) && isspace(cb.CharAt(pos)))
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
while (pos < (Length()) && !isspace(cb.CharAt(pos)) && (startAtWordChar == IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos))))
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
while (pos < (Length()) && (cb.CharAt(pos) == ' ' || cb.CharAt(pos) == '\t'))
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Document::IsWordAt(int start, int end) {
|
||||
int lengthDoc = Length();
|
||||
if (start > 0) {
|
||||
char ch = CharAt(start - 1);
|
||||
if (IsWordChar(ch))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (end < lengthDoc - 1) {
|
||||
char ch = CharAt(end);
|
||||
if (IsWordChar(ch))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Find text in document, supporting both forward and backward
|
||||
// searches (just pass minPos > maxPos to do a backward search)
|
||||
// Has not been tested with backwards DBCS searches yet.
|
||||
long Document::FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, bool caseSensitive, bool word) {
|
||||
bool forward = minPos <= maxPos;
|
||||
int increment = forward ? 1 : -1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Range endpoints should not be inside DBCS characters, but just in case, move them.
|
||||
int startPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(minPos, increment, false);
|
||||
int endPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(maxPos, increment, false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute actual search ranges needed
|
||||
int lengthFind = strlen(s);
|
||||
int endSearch = 0;
|
||||
if (startPos <= endPos) {
|
||||
endSearch = endPos - lengthFind + 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
endSearch = endPos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Find %d %d %s %d\n", startPos, endPos, ft->lpstrText, lengthFind);
|
||||
char firstChar = s[0];
|
||||
if (!caseSensitive)
|
||||
firstChar = toupper(firstChar);
|
||||
int pos = startPos;
|
||||
while (forward ? (pos < endSearch) : (pos >= endSearch)) {
|
||||
char ch = CharAt(pos);
|
||||
if (caseSensitive) {
|
||||
if (ch == firstChar) {
|
||||
bool found = true;
|
||||
for (int posMatch = 1; posMatch < lengthFind && found; posMatch++) {
|
||||
ch = CharAt(pos + posMatch);
|
||||
if (ch != s[posMatch])
|
||||
found = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (found) {
|
||||
if ((!word) || IsWordAt(pos, pos + lengthFind))
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (toupper(ch) == firstChar) {
|
||||
bool found = true;
|
||||
for (int posMatch = 1; posMatch < lengthFind && found; posMatch++) {
|
||||
ch = CharAt(pos + posMatch);
|
||||
if (toupper(ch) != toupper(s[posMatch]))
|
||||
found = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (found) {
|
||||
if ((!word) || IsWordAt(pos, pos + lengthFind))
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
pos += increment;
|
||||
if (dbcsCodePage) {
|
||||
// Ensure trying to match from start of character
|
||||
pos = MovePositionOutsideChar(pos, increment, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Not found\n");
|
||||
return - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Document::LinesTotal() {
|
||||
return cb.Lines();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::ChangeCase(Range r, bool makeUpperCase) {
|
||||
for (int pos=r.start; pos<r.end; pos++) {
|
||||
char ch = CharAt(pos);
|
||||
if (dbcsCodePage && IsDBCS(pos)) {
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (makeUpperCase) {
|
||||
if (islower(ch)) {
|
||||
ChangeChar(pos, toupper(ch));
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (isupper(ch)) {
|
||||
ChangeChar(pos, tolower(ch));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::SetWordChars(unsigned char *chars) {
|
||||
int ch;
|
||||
for (ch = 0; ch < 256; ch++) {
|
||||
wordchars[ch] = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (chars) {
|
||||
while (*chars) {
|
||||
wordchars[*chars] = true;
|
||||
chars++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
for (ch = 0; ch < 256; ch++) {
|
||||
wordchars[ch] = isalnum(ch) || ch == '_';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::SetStylingBits(int bits) {
|
||||
stylingBits = bits;
|
||||
stylingBitsMask = 0;
|
||||
for (int bit=0; bit<stylingBits; bit++) {
|
||||
stylingBitsMask <<= 1;
|
||||
stylingBitsMask |= 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::StartStyling(int position, char mask) {
|
||||
stylingPos = position;
|
||||
stylingMask = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::SetStyleFor(int length, char style) {
|
||||
if (enteredCount == 0) {
|
||||
enteredCount++;
|
||||
int prevEndStyled = endStyled;
|
||||
if (cb.SetStyleFor(stylingPos, length, style, stylingMask)) {
|
||||
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE | SC_PERFORMED_USER,
|
||||
prevEndStyled, length);
|
||||
NotifyModified(mh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
stylingPos += length;
|
||||
endStyled = stylingPos;
|
||||
enteredCount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::SetStyles(int length, char *styles) {
|
||||
if (enteredCount == 0) {
|
||||
enteredCount++;
|
||||
int prevEndStyled = endStyled;
|
||||
bool didChange = false;
|
||||
for (int iPos = 0; iPos < length; iPos++, stylingPos++) {
|
||||
if (cb.SetStyleAt(stylingPos, styles[iPos], stylingMask)) {
|
||||
didChange = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
endStyled = stylingPos;
|
||||
if (didChange) {
|
||||
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE | SC_PERFORMED_USER,
|
||||
prevEndStyled, endStyled - prevEndStyled);
|
||||
NotifyModified(mh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
enteredCount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Document::EnsureStyledTo(int pos) {
|
||||
// Ask the watchers to style, and stop as soon as one responds.
|
||||
for (int i = 0; pos > GetEndStyled() && i < lenWatchers; i++)
|
||||
watchers[i].watcher->NotifyStyleNeeded(this, watchers[i].userData, pos);
|
||||
return pos <= GetEndStyled();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Document::AddWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
|
||||
if ((watchers[i].watcher == watcher) &&
|
||||
(watchers[i].userData == userData))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
WatcherWithUserData *pwNew = new WatcherWithUserData[lenWatchers + 1];
|
||||
if (!pwNew)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < lenWatchers; j++)
|
||||
pwNew[j] = watchers[j];
|
||||
pwNew[lenWatchers].watcher = watcher;
|
||||
pwNew[lenWatchers].userData = userData;
|
||||
delete []watchers;
|
||||
watchers = pwNew;
|
||||
lenWatchers++;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Document::RemoveWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
|
||||
if ((watchers[i].watcher == watcher) &&
|
||||
(watchers[i].userData == userData)) {
|
||||
if (lenWatchers == 1) {
|
||||
delete []watchers;
|
||||
watchers = 0;
|
||||
lenWatchers = 0;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
WatcherWithUserData *pwNew = new WatcherWithUserData[lenWatchers];
|
||||
if (!pwNew)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < lenWatchers - 1; j++) {
|
||||
pwNew[j] = (j < i) ? watchers[j] : watchers[j + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
delete []watchers;
|
||||
watchers = pwNew;
|
||||
lenWatchers--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::NotifyModifyAttempt() {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
|
||||
watchers[i].watcher->NotifyModifyAttempt(this, watchers[i].userData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::NotifySavePoint(bool atSavePoint) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
|
||||
watchers[i].watcher->NotifySavePoint(this, watchers[i].userData, atSavePoint);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Document::NotifyModified(DocModification mh) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
|
||||
watchers[i].watcher->NotifyModified(this, mh, watchers[i].userData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// Document.h - text document that handles notifications, DBCS, styling, words and end of line
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DOCUMENT_H
|
||||
#define DOCUMENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
// A Position is a position within a document between two characters or at the beginning or end.
|
||||
// Sometimes used as a character index where it identifies the character after the position.
|
||||
typedef int Position;
|
||||
const Position invalidPosition = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
// The range class represents a range of text in a document.
|
||||
// The two values are not sorted as one end may be more significant than the other
|
||||
// as is the case for the selection where the end position is the position of the caret.
|
||||
// If either position is invalidPosition then the range is invalid and most operations will fail.
|
||||
class Range {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Position start;
|
||||
Position end;
|
||||
|
||||
Range(Position pos=0) :
|
||||
start(pos), end(pos) {
|
||||
};
|
||||
Range(Position start_, Position end_) :
|
||||
start(start_), end(end_) {
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool Valid() const {
|
||||
return (start != invalidPosition) && (end != invalidPosition);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Contains(Position pos) const {
|
||||
if (start < end) {
|
||||
return (pos >= start && pos <= end);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return (pos <= start && pos >= end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Contains(Range other) const {
|
||||
return Contains(other.start) && Contains(other.end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Overlaps(Range other) const {
|
||||
return
|
||||
Contains(other.start) ||
|
||||
Contains(other.end) ||
|
||||
other.Contains(start) ||
|
||||
other.Contains(end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class DocWatcher;
|
||||
class DocModification;
|
||||
|
||||
class Document {
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Used to pair watcher pointer with user data
|
||||
class WatcherWithUserData {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
DocWatcher *watcher;
|
||||
void *userData;
|
||||
WatcherWithUserData() {
|
||||
watcher = 0;
|
||||
userData = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int refCount;
|
||||
CellBuffer cb;
|
||||
bool wordchars[256];
|
||||
int stylingPos;
|
||||
int stylingMask;
|
||||
int endStyled;
|
||||
int enteredCount;
|
||||
|
||||
WatcherWithUserData *watchers;
|
||||
int lenWatchers;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int stylingBits;
|
||||
int stylingBitsMask;
|
||||
|
||||
int eolMode;
|
||||
int dbcsCodePage;
|
||||
int tabInChars;
|
||||
|
||||
Document();
|
||||
virtual ~Document();
|
||||
|
||||
int AddRef();
|
||||
int Release();
|
||||
|
||||
int LineFromPosition(int pos);
|
||||
int ClampPositionIntoDocument(int pos);
|
||||
bool IsCrLf(int pos);
|
||||
int MovePositionOutsideChar(int pos, int moveDir, bool checkLineEnd=true);
|
||||
|
||||
// Gateways to modifying document
|
||||
void DeleteChars(int pos, int len);
|
||||
void InsertStyledString(int position, char *s, int insertLength);
|
||||
int Undo();
|
||||
int Redo();
|
||||
bool CanUndo() { return cb.CanUndo(); }
|
||||
bool CanRedo() { return cb.CanRedo(); }
|
||||
void DeleteUndoHistory() { cb.DeleteUndoHistory(); }
|
||||
undoCollectionType SetUndoCollection(undoCollectionType collectUndo) {
|
||||
return cb.SetUndoCollection(collectUndo);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void BeginUndoAction() { cb.BeginUndoAction(); }
|
||||
void EndUndoAction() { cb.EndUndoAction(); }
|
||||
void SetSavePoint();
|
||||
bool IsSavePoint() { return cb.IsSavePoint(); }
|
||||
void Indent(bool forwards, int lineBottom, int lineTop);
|
||||
void ConvertLineEnds(int eolModeSet);
|
||||
void SetReadOnly(bool set) { cb.SetReadOnly(set); }
|
||||
|
||||
void InsertChar(int pos, char ch);
|
||||
void InsertString(int position, const char *s);
|
||||
void InsertString(int position, const char *s, int insertLength);
|
||||
void ChangeChar(int pos, char ch);
|
||||
void DelChar(int pos);
|
||||
int DelCharBack(int pos);
|
||||
|
||||
char CharAt(int position) { return cb.CharAt(position); }
|
||||
void GetCharRange(char *buffer, int position, int lengthRetrieve) {
|
||||
cb.GetCharRange(buffer, position, lengthRetrieve);
|
||||
}
|
||||
char StyleAt(int position) { return cb.StyleAt(position); }
|
||||
int GetMark(int line) { return cb.GetMark(line); }
|
||||
int AddMark(int line, int markerNum);
|
||||
void DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum);
|
||||
void DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle);
|
||||
void DeleteAllMarks(int markerNum);
|
||||
int LineFromHandle(int markerHandle) { return cb.LineFromHandle(markerHandle); }
|
||||
int LineStart(int line);
|
||||
int LineEnd(int line);
|
||||
int LineEndPosition(int position);
|
||||
int VCHomePosition(int position);
|
||||
|
||||
int SetLevel(int line, int level);
|
||||
int GetLevel(int line) { return cb.GetLevel(line); }
|
||||
int GetLastChild(int lineParent, int level=-1);
|
||||
int GetFoldParent(int line);
|
||||
|
||||
void Indent(bool forwards);
|
||||
int ExtendWordSelect(int pos, int delta);
|
||||
int NextWordStart(int pos, int delta);
|
||||
int Length() { return cb.Length(); }
|
||||
long FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, bool caseSensitive, bool word);
|
||||
long FindText(WORD iMessage,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
int LinesTotal();
|
||||
|
||||
void ChangeCase(Range r, bool makeUpperCase);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetWordChars(unsigned char *chars);
|
||||
void SetStylingBits(int bits);
|
||||
void StartStyling(int position, char mask);
|
||||
void SetStyleFor(int length, char style);
|
||||
void SetStyles(int length, char *styles);
|
||||
int GetEndStyled() { return endStyled; }
|
||||
bool EnsureStyledTo(int pos);
|
||||
|
||||
int SetLineState(int line, int state) { return cb.SetLineState(line, state); }
|
||||
int GetLineState(int line) { return cb.GetLineState(line); }
|
||||
int GetMaxLineState() { return cb.GetMaxLineState(); }
|
||||
|
||||
bool AddWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData);
|
||||
bool RemoveWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData);
|
||||
const WatcherWithUserData *GetWatchers() const { return watchers; }
|
||||
int GetLenWatchers() const { return lenWatchers; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool IsDBCS(int pos);
|
||||
bool IsWordChar(unsigned char ch);
|
||||
bool IsWordAt(int start, int end);
|
||||
void ModifiedAt(int pos);
|
||||
|
||||
void NotifyModifyAttempt();
|
||||
void NotifySavePoint(bool atSavePoint);
|
||||
void NotifyModified(DocModification mh);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// To optimise processing of document modifications by DocWatchers, a hint is passed indicating the
|
||||
// scope of the change.
|
||||
// If the DocWatcher is a document view then this can be used to optimise screen updating.
|
||||
class DocModification {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int modificationType;
|
||||
int position;
|
||||
int length;
|
||||
int linesAdded; // Negative if lines deleted
|
||||
const char *text; // Only valid for changes to text, not for changes to style
|
||||
int line;
|
||||
int foldLevelNow;
|
||||
int foldLevelPrev;
|
||||
|
||||
DocModification(int modificationType_, int position_=0, int length_=0,
|
||||
int linesAdded_=0, const char *text_=0) :
|
||||
modificationType(modificationType_),
|
||||
position(position_),
|
||||
length(length_),
|
||||
linesAdded(linesAdded_),
|
||||
text(text_),
|
||||
line(0),
|
||||
foldLevelNow(0),
|
||||
foldLevelPrev(0) {}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// A class that wants to receive notifications from a Document must be derived from DocWatcher
|
||||
// and implement the notification methods. It can then be added to the watcher list with AddWatcher.
|
||||
class DocWatcher {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~DocWatcher() {}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void NotifyModifyAttempt(Document *doc, void *userData) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void NotifySavePoint(Document *doc, void *userData, bool atSavePoint) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void NotifyModified(Document *doc, DocModification mh, void *userData) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void NotifyDeleted(Document *doc, void *userData) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void NotifyStyleNeeded(Document *doc, void *userData, int endPos) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,287 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// Editor.h - defines the main editor class
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef EDITOR_H
|
||||
#define EDITOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
class Caret {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
bool active;
|
||||
bool on;
|
||||
int period;
|
||||
|
||||
Caret();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class Timer {
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
bool ticking;
|
||||
int ticksToWait;
|
||||
enum {tickSize = 100};
|
||||
int tickerID;
|
||||
|
||||
Timer();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class LineLayout {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Drawing is only performed for maxLineLength characters on each line.
|
||||
enum {maxLineLength = 4000};
|
||||
int numCharsInLine;
|
||||
char chars[maxLineLength];
|
||||
char styles[maxLineLength];
|
||||
char indicators[maxLineLength];
|
||||
int positions[maxLineLength];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class Editor : public DocWatcher {
|
||||
protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
|
||||
|
||||
// On GTK+, Scintilla is a container widget holding two scroll bars and a drawing area
|
||||
// whereas on Windows there is just one window with both scroll bars turned on.
|
||||
// Therefore, on GTK+ the following are separate windows but only one window on Windows.
|
||||
Window wMain; // The Scintilla parent window
|
||||
Window wDraw; // The text drawing area
|
||||
|
||||
// Style resources may be expensive to allocate so are cached between uses.
|
||||
// When a style attribute is changed, this cache is flushed.
|
||||
bool stylesValid;
|
||||
ViewStyle vs;
|
||||
Palette palette;
|
||||
|
||||
bool hideSelection;
|
||||
bool inOverstrike;
|
||||
|
||||
// In bufferedDraw mode, graphics operations are drawn to a pixmap and then copied to
|
||||
// the screen. This avoids flashing but is about 30% slower.
|
||||
bool bufferedDraw;
|
||||
|
||||
int xOffset; // Horizontal scrolled amount in pixels
|
||||
int xCaretMargin; // Ensure this many pixels visible on both sides of caret
|
||||
|
||||
Surface pixmapLine;
|
||||
Surface pixmapSelMargin;
|
||||
Surface pixmapSelPattern;
|
||||
// Intellimouse support - currently only implemented for Windows
|
||||
unsigned int ucWheelScrollLines;
|
||||
short cWheelDelta; //wheel delta from roll
|
||||
|
||||
KeyMap kmap;
|
||||
|
||||
Caret caret;
|
||||
Timer timer;
|
||||
|
||||
Point lastClick;
|
||||
unsigned int lastClickTime;
|
||||
enum { selChar, selWord, selLine } selectionType;
|
||||
Point ptMouseLast;
|
||||
bool firstExpose;
|
||||
bool inDragDrop;
|
||||
bool dropWentOutside;
|
||||
int posDrag;
|
||||
int posDrop;
|
||||
int lastXChosen;
|
||||
int lineAnchor;
|
||||
int originalAnchorPos;
|
||||
int currentPos;
|
||||
int anchor;
|
||||
int topLine;
|
||||
int posTopLine;
|
||||
|
||||
bool needUpdateUI;
|
||||
Position braces[2];
|
||||
int bracesMatchStyle;
|
||||
|
||||
int edgeState;
|
||||
int theEdge;
|
||||
|
||||
enum { notPainting, painting, paintAbandoned } paintState;
|
||||
PRectangle rcPaint;
|
||||
bool paintingAllText;
|
||||
|
||||
int modEventMask;
|
||||
|
||||
char *dragChars;
|
||||
int lenDrag;
|
||||
bool dragIsRectangle;
|
||||
enum { selStream, selRectangle, selRectangleFixed } selType;
|
||||
int xStartSelect;
|
||||
int xEndSelect;
|
||||
|
||||
int caretPolicy;
|
||||
int caretSlop;
|
||||
|
||||
int searchAnchor;
|
||||
|
||||
int displayPopupMenu;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
|
||||
int recordingMacro;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
int foldFlags;
|
||||
ContractionState cs;
|
||||
|
||||
Document *pdoc;
|
||||
|
||||
Editor();
|
||||
virtual ~Editor();
|
||||
virtual void Initialise() = 0;
|
||||
virtual void Finalise();
|
||||
|
||||
void InvalidateStyleData();
|
||||
void InvalidateStyleRedraw();
|
||||
virtual void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want);
|
||||
void RefreshStyleData();
|
||||
void DropGraphics();
|
||||
|
||||
PRectangle GetClientRectangle();
|
||||
PRectangle GetTextRectangle();
|
||||
|
||||
int LinesOnScreen();
|
||||
int LinesToScroll();
|
||||
int MaxScrollPos();
|
||||
Point LocationFromPosition(unsigned int pos);
|
||||
int XFromPosition(unsigned int pos);
|
||||
int PositionFromLocation(Point pt);
|
||||
int PositionFromLineX(int line, int x);
|
||||
int LineFromLocation(Point pt);
|
||||
void SetTopLine(int topLineNew);
|
||||
|
||||
void RedrawRect(PRectangle rc);
|
||||
void Redraw();
|
||||
void RedrawSelMargin();
|
||||
PRectangle RectangleFromRange(int start, int end);
|
||||
void InvalidateRange(int start, int end);
|
||||
|
||||
int CurrentPosition();
|
||||
bool SelectionEmpty();
|
||||
int SelectionStart(int line=-1);
|
||||
int SelectionEnd(int line=-1);
|
||||
void SetSelection(int currentPos_, int anchor_);
|
||||
void SetSelection(int currentPos_);
|
||||
void SetEmptySelection(int currentPos_);
|
||||
int MovePositionTo(int newPos, bool extend = false);
|
||||
int MovePositionSoVisible(int pos, int moveDir);
|
||||
void SetLastXChosen();
|
||||
|
||||
void ScrollTo(int line);
|
||||
virtual void ScrollText(int linesToMove);
|
||||
void HorizontalScrollTo(int xPos);
|
||||
void EnsureCaretVisible(bool useMargin=true);
|
||||
void ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition();
|
||||
void DropCaret();
|
||||
void InvalidateCaret();
|
||||
|
||||
void PaintSelMargin(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc);
|
||||
void LayoutLine(int line, Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vstyle, LineLayout &ll);
|
||||
void DrawLine(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, int line, int xStart,
|
||||
PRectangle rcLine, LineLayout &ll);
|
||||
void Paint(Surface *surfaceWindow, PRectangle rcArea);
|
||||
long FormatRange(bool draw, FORMATRANGE *pfr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetVerticalScrollPos() = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetHorizontalScrollPos() = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool ModifyScrollBars(int nMax, int nPage) = 0;
|
||||
void SetScrollBarsTo(PRectangle rsClient);
|
||||
void SetScrollBars();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void AddChar(char ch);
|
||||
void ClearSelection();
|
||||
void ClearAll();
|
||||
void Cut();
|
||||
void PasteRectangular(int pos, const char *ptr, int len);
|
||||
virtual void Copy() = 0;
|
||||
virtual void Paste() = 0;
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
void SelectAll();
|
||||
void Undo();
|
||||
void Redo();
|
||||
void DelChar();
|
||||
void DelCharBack();
|
||||
virtual void ClaimSelection() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void NotifyChange() = 0;
|
||||
virtual void NotifyFocus(bool focus);
|
||||
virtual void NotifyParent(SCNotification scn) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void NotifyStyleNeeded(int endStyleNeeded);
|
||||
void NotifyChar(char ch);
|
||||
void NotifySavePoint(bool isSavePoint);
|
||||
void NotifyModifyAttempt();
|
||||
virtual void NotifyDoubleClick(Point pt, bool shift);
|
||||
void NotifyUpdateUI();
|
||||
bool NotifyMarginClick(Point pt, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
|
||||
void NotifyNeedShown(int pos, int len);
|
||||
|
||||
void NotifyModifyAttempt(Document *document, void *userData);
|
||||
void NotifySavePoint(Document *document, void *userData, bool atSavePoint);
|
||||
void NotifyModified(Document *document, DocModification mh, void *userData);
|
||||
void NotifyDeleted(Document *document, void *userData);
|
||||
void NotifyStyleNeeded(Document *doc, void *userData, int endPos);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
|
||||
void NotifyMacroRecord(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void PageMove(int direction, bool extend=false);
|
||||
void ChangeCaseOfSelection(bool makeUpperCase);
|
||||
void LineTranspose();
|
||||
virtual int KeyCommand(UINT iMessage);
|
||||
virtual int KeyDefault(int /* key */, int /*modifiers*/);
|
||||
int KeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
|
||||
|
||||
bool GetWhitespaceVisible();
|
||||
void SetWhitespaceVisible(bool view);
|
||||
|
||||
void Indent(bool forwards);
|
||||
|
||||
long FindText(UINT iMessage,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
void SearchAnchor();
|
||||
long SearchText(UINT iMessage,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
void GoToLine(int lineNo);
|
||||
|
||||
char *CopyRange(int start, int end);
|
||||
int SelectionRangeLength();
|
||||
char *CopySelectionRange();
|
||||
void CopySelectionIntoDrag();
|
||||
void SetDragPosition(int newPos);
|
||||
virtual void StartDrag();
|
||||
void DropAt(int position, const char *value, bool moving, bool rectangular);
|
||||
// PositionInSelection returns 0 if position in selection, -1 if position before selection, and 1 if after.
|
||||
// Before means either before any line of selection or before selection on its line, with a similar meaning to after
|
||||
int PositionInSelection(int pos);
|
||||
bool PointInSelection(Point pt);
|
||||
bool PointInSelMargin(Point pt);
|
||||
virtual void ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
|
||||
void ButtonMove(Point pt);
|
||||
void ButtonUp(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool ctrl);
|
||||
|
||||
void Tick();
|
||||
virtual void SetTicking(bool on) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetMouseCapture(bool on) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool HaveMouseCapture() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
void CheckForChangeOutsidePaint(Range r);
|
||||
int BraceMatch(int position, int maxReStyle);
|
||||
void SetBraceHighlight(Position pos0, Position pos1, int matchStyle);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetDocPointer(Document *document);
|
||||
|
||||
void Expand(int &line, bool doExpand);
|
||||
void ToggleContraction(int line);
|
||||
void EnsureLineVisible(int line);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual LRESULT DefWndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Public so scintilla_send_message can use it
|
||||
virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
// Public so scintilla_set_id can use it
|
||||
int ctrlID;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// Indicator.cxx - defines the style of indicators which are text decorations such as underlining
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#include "Indicator.h"
|
||||
|
||||
void Indicator::Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc) {
|
||||
surface->PenColour(fore.allocated);
|
||||
int ymid = (rc.bottom + rc.top) / 2;
|
||||
if (style == INDIC_SQUIGGLE) {
|
||||
surface->MoveTo(rc.left, rc.top);
|
||||
int x = rc.left + 2;
|
||||
int y = 2;
|
||||
while (x < rc.right) {
|
||||
surface->LineTo(x, rc.top + y);
|
||||
x += 2;
|
||||
y = 2 - y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
surface->LineTo(rc.right, rc.top + y); // Finish the line
|
||||
} else if (style == INDIC_TT) {
|
||||
surface->MoveTo(rc.left, ymid);
|
||||
int x = rc.left + 5;
|
||||
while (x < rc.right) {
|
||||
surface->LineTo(x, ymid);
|
||||
surface->MoveTo(x-3, ymid);
|
||||
surface->LineTo(x-3, ymid+2);
|
||||
x++;
|
||||
surface->MoveTo(x, ymid);
|
||||
x += 5;
|
||||
}
|
||||
surface->LineTo(rc.right, ymid); // Finish the line
|
||||
if (x - 3 <= rc.right) {
|
||||
surface->MoveTo(x-3, ymid);
|
||||
surface->LineTo(x-3, ymid+2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else { // Either INDIC_PLAIN or unknown
|
||||
surface->MoveTo(rc.left, ymid);
|
||||
surface->LineTo(rc.right, ymid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// Indicator.h - defines the style of indicators which are text decorations such as underlining
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INDICATOR_H
|
||||
#define INDICATOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
class Indicator {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int style;
|
||||
ColourPair fore;
|
||||
Indicator() : style(INDIC_PLAIN), fore(Colour(0,0,0)) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
void Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// KeyMap.cxx - defines a mapping between keystrokes and commands
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "KeyMap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
KeyMap::KeyMap() : kmap(0), len(0), alloc(0) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; MapDefault[i].key; i++) {
|
||||
AssignCmdKey(MapDefault[i].key,
|
||||
MapDefault[i].modifiers,
|
||||
MapDefault[i].msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
KeyMap::~KeyMap() {
|
||||
Clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void KeyMap::Clear() {
|
||||
delete []kmap;
|
||||
kmap = 0;
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
alloc = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void KeyMap::AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, UINT msg) {
|
||||
if ((len+1) >= alloc) {
|
||||
KeyToCommand *ktcNew = new KeyToCommand[alloc + 5];
|
||||
if (!ktcNew)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
for (int k=0;k<len;k++)
|
||||
ktcNew[k] = kmap[k];
|
||||
alloc += 5;
|
||||
delete []kmap;
|
||||
kmap = ktcNew;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (int keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < len; keyIndex++) {
|
||||
if ((key == kmap[keyIndex].key) && (modifiers == kmap[keyIndex].modifiers)) {
|
||||
kmap[keyIndex].msg = msg;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
kmap[len].key = key;
|
||||
kmap[len].modifiers = modifiers;
|
||||
kmap[len].msg = msg;
|
||||
len++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
UINT KeyMap::Find(int key, int modifiers) {
|
||||
for (int i=0; i < len; i++) {
|
||||
if ((key == kmap[i].key) && (modifiers == kmap[i].modifiers)) {
|
||||
return kmap[i].msg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
KeyToCommand KeyMap::MapDefault[] = {
|
||||
VK_DOWN, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEDOWN,
|
||||
VK_DOWN, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND,
|
||||
VK_UP, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEUP,
|
||||
VK_UP, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEUPEXTEND,
|
||||
VK_LEFT, SCI_NORM, SCI_CHARLEFT,
|
||||
VK_LEFT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND,
|
||||
VK_LEFT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDLEFT,
|
||||
VK_LEFT, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND,
|
||||
VK_RIGHT, SCI_NORM, SCI_CHARRIGHT,
|
||||
VK_RIGHT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND,
|
||||
VK_RIGHT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDRIGHT,
|
||||
VK_RIGHT, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND,
|
||||
VK_HOME, SCI_NORM, SCI_VCHOME,
|
||||
VK_HOME, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND,
|
||||
VK_HOME, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DOCUMENTSTART,
|
||||
VK_HOME, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND,
|
||||
VK_END, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEEND,
|
||||
VK_END, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEENDEXTEND,
|
||||
VK_END, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DOCUMENTEND,
|
||||
VK_END, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND,
|
||||
VK_PRIOR, SCI_NORM, SCI_PAGEUP,
|
||||
VK_PRIOR, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND,
|
||||
VK_NEXT, SCI_NORM, SCI_PAGEDOWN,
|
||||
VK_NEXT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND,
|
||||
VK_DELETE, SCI_NORM, WM_CLEAR,
|
||||
VK_DELETE, SCI_SHIFT, WM_CUT,
|
||||
VK_DELETE, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DELWORDRIGHT,
|
||||
VK_INSERT, SCI_NORM, SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE,
|
||||
VK_INSERT, SCI_SHIFT, WM_PASTE,
|
||||
VK_INSERT, SCI_CTRL, WM_COPY,
|
||||
VK_ESCAPE, SCI_NORM, SCI_CANCEL,
|
||||
VK_BACK, SCI_NORM, SCI_DELETEBACK,
|
||||
VK_BACK, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DELWORDLEFT,
|
||||
'Z', SCI_CTRL, WM_UNDO,
|
||||
'Y', SCI_CTRL, SCI_REDO,
|
||||
'X', SCI_CTRL, WM_CUT,
|
||||
'C', SCI_CTRL, WM_COPY,
|
||||
'V', SCI_CTRL, WM_PASTE,
|
||||
'A', SCI_CTRL, SCI_SELECTALL,
|
||||
VK_TAB, SCI_NORM, SCI_TAB,
|
||||
VK_TAB, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_BACKTAB,
|
||||
VK_RETURN, SCI_NORM, SCI_NEWLINE,
|
||||
VK_ADD, SCI_CTRL, SCI_ZOOMIN,
|
||||
VK_SUBTRACT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_ZOOMOUT,
|
||||
//'L', SCI_CTRL, SCI_FORMFEED,
|
||||
'L', SCI_CTRL, SCI_LINECUT,
|
||||
'L', SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_LINEDELETE,
|
||||
'T', SCI_CTRL, SCI_LINETRANSPOSE,
|
||||
'U', SCI_CTRL, SCI_LOWERCASE,
|
||||
'U', SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_UPPERCASE,
|
||||
0,0,0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// KeyMap.h - defines a mapping between keystrokes and commands
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef KEYTOCOMMAND_H
|
||||
#define KEYTOCOMMAND_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCI_NORM 0
|
||||
#define SCI_SHIFT SHIFT_PRESSED
|
||||
#define SCI_CTRL LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
|
||||
#define SCI_ALT LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
|
||||
#define SCI_CSHIFT (SCI_CTRL | SCI_SHIFT)
|
||||
#define SCI_ASHIFT (SCI_ALT | SCI_SHIFT)
|
||||
|
||||
class KeyToCommand {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int key;
|
||||
int modifiers;
|
||||
UINT msg;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class KeyMap {
|
||||
KeyToCommand *kmap;
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
int alloc;
|
||||
static KeyToCommand MapDefault[];
|
||||
public:
|
||||
KeyMap();
|
||||
~KeyMap();
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
void AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, UINT msg);
|
||||
UINT Find(int key, int modifiers); // 0 returned on failure
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// KeyWords.cxx - colourise for particular languages
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
#include "Accessor.h"
|
||||
#include "KeyWords.h"
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#include "SciLexer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
LexerModule *LexerModule::base = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
LexerModule::LexerModule(int language_, LexerFunction fn_) :
|
||||
language(language_), fn(fn_) {
|
||||
next = base;
|
||||
base = this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void LexerModule::Colourise(unsigned int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle,
|
||||
int language, WordList *keywordlists[], StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
LexerModule *lm = base;
|
||||
while (lm) {
|
||||
if (lm->language == language) {
|
||||
lm->fn(startPos, lengthDoc, initStyle, keywordlists, styler);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lm = lm->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Unknown language
|
||||
// Null language means all style bytes are 0 so just mark the end - no need to fill in.
|
||||
if (lengthDoc > 0) {
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos + lengthDoc - 1);
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos + lengthDoc - 1);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(startPos + lengthDoc - 1, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// LexCPP.cxx - lexer for C++, C, Java, and Javascript
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
#include "Accessor.h"
|
||||
#include "KeyWords.h"
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#include "SciLexer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static bool classifyWordCpp(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, WordList &keywords, StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
char s[100];
|
||||
bool wordIsNumber = isdigit(styler[start]) || (styler[start] == '.');
|
||||
bool wordIsUUID = false;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < end - start + 1 && i < 30; i++) {
|
||||
s[i] = styler[start + i];
|
||||
s[i + 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
char chAttr = SCE_C_IDENTIFIER;
|
||||
if (wordIsNumber)
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_C_NUMBER;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (keywords.InList(s)) {
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
wordIsUUID = strcmp(s, "uuid") == 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(end, chAttr);
|
||||
return wordIsUUID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, WordList *keywordlists[],
|
||||
StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
|
||||
WordList &keywords = *keywordlists[0];
|
||||
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
|
||||
bool fold = styler.GetPropSet().GetInt("fold");
|
||||
int lineCurrent = styler.GetLine(startPos);
|
||||
int levelPrev = styler.LevelAt(lineCurrent) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK;
|
||||
int levelCurrent = levelPrev;
|
||||
|
||||
int state = initStyle;
|
||||
char chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
char chNext = styler[startPos];
|
||||
unsigned int lengthDoc = startPos + length;
|
||||
int visChars = 0;
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
bool lastWordWasUUID = false;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = startPos; i <= lengthDoc; i++) {
|
||||
char ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((fold) && ((ch == '\r' && chNext != '\n') || (ch == '\n'))) {
|
||||
int lev = levelPrev;
|
||||
if (visChars == 0)
|
||||
lev |= SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG;
|
||||
if ((levelCurrent > levelPrev) && (visChars > 0))
|
||||
lev |= SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG;
|
||||
styler.SetLevel(lineCurrent, lev);
|
||||
lineCurrent++;
|
||||
visChars = 0;
|
||||
levelPrev = levelCurrent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!isspace(ch))
|
||||
visChars++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (styler.IsLeadByte(ch)) {
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2);
|
||||
chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
i += 1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_STRINGEOL) {
|
||||
if (ch != '\r' && ch != '\n') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
if (iswordstart(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
if (lastWordWasUUID) {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_UUID;
|
||||
lastWordWasUUID = false;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '/' && chNext == '*') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
if (styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2) == '*')
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTDOC;
|
||||
else
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENT;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '/' && chNext == '/') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_CHARACTER;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '#') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR;
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_C_OPERATOR);
|
||||
if ((ch == '{') || (ch == '}')) {
|
||||
levelCurrent += (ch == '{') ? 1 : -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_WORD) {
|
||||
if (!iswordchar(ch)) {
|
||||
lastWordWasUUID = classifyWordCpp(styler.GetStartSegment(), i - 1, keywords, styler);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
if (ch == '/' && chNext == '*') {
|
||||
if (styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2) == '*')
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTDOC;
|
||||
else
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENT;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '/' && chNext == '/') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_CHARACTER;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '#') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR;
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_C_OPERATOR);
|
||||
if ((ch == '{') || (ch == '}')) {
|
||||
levelCurrent += (ch == '{') ? 1 : -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR) {
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') && (chPrev != '\\')) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_COMMENT) {
|
||||
if (ch == '/' && chPrev == '*') {
|
||||
if (((i > styler.GetStartSegment() + 2) || (
|
||||
(initStyle == SCE_C_COMMENT) &&
|
||||
(styler.GetStartSegment() == static_cast<unsigned int>(startPos))))) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_COMMENTDOC) {
|
||||
if (ch == '/' && chPrev == '*') {
|
||||
if (((i > styler.GetStartSegment() + 3) || (
|
||||
(initStyle == SCE_C_COMMENTDOC) &&
|
||||
(styler.GetStartSegment() == static_cast<unsigned int>(startPos))))) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_COMMENTLINE) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_STRING) {
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') && (chPrev != '\\')) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRINGEOL;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\\') {
|
||||
if (chNext == '\"' || chNext == '\'' || chNext == '\\') {
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_CHARACTER) {
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') && (chPrev != '\\')) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRINGEOL;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\\') {
|
||||
if (chNext == '\"' || chNext == '\'' || chNext == '\\') {
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_UUID) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n' || ch == ')') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i-1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_DEFAULT) { // One of the above succeeded
|
||||
if (ch == '/' && chNext == '*') {
|
||||
if (styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2) == '*')
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTDOC;
|
||||
else
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENT;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '/' && chNext == '/') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_CHARACTER;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '#') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR;
|
||||
} else if (iswordstart(ch)) {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_C_OPERATOR);
|
||||
if ((ch == '{') || (ch == '}')) {
|
||||
levelCurrent += (ch == '{') ? 1 : -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
chPrev = ch;
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(lengthDoc - 1, state);
|
||||
|
||||
// Fill in the real level of the next line, keeping the current flags as they will be filled in later
|
||||
if (fold) {
|
||||
int flagsNext = styler.LevelAt(lineCurrent) & ~SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK;
|
||||
//styler.SetLevel(lineCurrent, levelCurrent | flagsNext);
|
||||
styler.SetLevel(lineCurrent, levelPrev | flagsNext);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LexerModule lmCPP(SCLEX_CPP, ColouriseCppDoc);
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// LexOthers.cxx - lexers for properties files, batch files, make files and error lists
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
#include "Accessor.h"
|
||||
#include "KeyWords.h"
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#include "SciLexer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColouriseBatchLine(char *lineBuffer, int endLine, StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
if (0 == strncmp(lineBuffer, "REM", 3)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 1);
|
||||
} else if (0 == strncmp(lineBuffer, "rem", 3)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 1);
|
||||
} else if (0 == strncmp(lineBuffer, "SET", 3)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 2);
|
||||
} else if (0 == strncmp(lineBuffer, "set", 3)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 2);
|
||||
} else if (lineBuffer[0] == ':') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 3);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endLine, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColouriseBatchDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int, WordList *[], StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
char lineBuffer[1024];
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
unsigned int linePos = 0;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = startPos; i < startPos + length; i++) {
|
||||
lineBuffer[linePos++] = styler[i];
|
||||
if (styler[i] == '\r' || styler[i] == '\n' || (linePos >= sizeof(lineBuffer) - 1)) {
|
||||
ColouriseBatchLine(lineBuffer, i, styler);
|
||||
linePos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (linePos > 0)
|
||||
ColouriseBatchLine(lineBuffer, startPos + length, styler);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColourisePropsLine(char *lineBuffer, int lengthLine, int startLine, int endPos, StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
while (isspace(lineBuffer[i]) && (i < lengthLine)) // Skip initial spaces
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
if (lineBuffer[i] == '#' || lineBuffer[i] == '!' || lineBuffer[i] == ';') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 1);
|
||||
} else if (lineBuffer[i] == '[') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 2);
|
||||
} else if (lineBuffer[i] == '@') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(startLine+i, 4);
|
||||
if (lineBuffer[++i] == '=')
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(startLine+i, 3);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 0);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
while (lineBuffer[i] != '=' && (i < lengthLine)) // Search the '=' character
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
if (lineBuffer[i] == '=') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(startLine+i-1, 0);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(startLine+i, 3);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 0);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColourisePropsDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int, WordList *[], StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
char lineBuffer[1024];
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
unsigned int linePos = 0;
|
||||
int startLine = startPos;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = startPos; i <= startPos + length; i++) {
|
||||
lineBuffer[linePos++] = styler[i];
|
||||
if ((styler[i] == '\r' && styler.SafeGetCharAt(i+1) != '\n') ||
|
||||
styler[i] == '\n' ||
|
||||
(linePos >= sizeof(lineBuffer) - 1)) {
|
||||
lineBuffer[linePos] = '\0';
|
||||
ColourisePropsLine(lineBuffer, linePos, startLine, i, styler);
|
||||
linePos = 0;
|
||||
startLine = i+1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (linePos > 0)
|
||||
ColourisePropsLine(lineBuffer, linePos, startLine, startPos + length, styler);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColouriseMakeLine(char *lineBuffer, int lengthLine, int endPos, StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
while (isspace(lineBuffer[i]) && (i < lengthLine))
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
if (lineBuffer[i] == '#' || lineBuffer[i] == '!') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColouriseMakeDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int, WordList *[], StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
char lineBuffer[1024];
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
unsigned int linePos = 0;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = startPos; i <= startPos + length; i++) {
|
||||
lineBuffer[linePos++] = styler[i];
|
||||
if (styler[i] == '\r' || styler[i] == '\n' || (linePos >= sizeof(lineBuffer) - 1)) {
|
||||
ColouriseMakeLine(lineBuffer, linePos, i, styler);
|
||||
linePos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (linePos > 0)
|
||||
ColouriseMakeLine(lineBuffer, linePos, startPos + length, styler);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColouriseErrorListLine(char *lineBuffer, int lengthLine, int endPos, StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
if (lineBuffer[0] == '>') {
|
||||
// Command or return status
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 4);
|
||||
} else if (strstr(lineBuffer, "File \"") && strstr(lineBuffer, ", line ")) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 1);
|
||||
} else if (0 == strncmp(lineBuffer, "Error ", strlen("Error "))) {
|
||||
// Borland error message
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 5);
|
||||
} else if (0 == strncmp(lineBuffer, "Warning ", strlen("Warning "))) {
|
||||
// Borland warning message
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 5);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// Look for <filename>:<line>:message
|
||||
// Look for <filename>(line)message
|
||||
// Look for <filename>(line,pos)message
|
||||
int state = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < lengthLine; i++) {
|
||||
if (state == 0 && lineBuffer[i] == ':' && isdigit(lineBuffer[i + 1])) {
|
||||
state = 1;
|
||||
} else if (state == 0 && lineBuffer[i] == '(') {
|
||||
state = 10;
|
||||
} else if (state == 1 && isdigit(lineBuffer[i])) {
|
||||
state = 2;
|
||||
} else if (state == 2 && lineBuffer[i] == ':') {
|
||||
state = 3;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
} else if (state == 2 && !isdigit(lineBuffer[i])) {
|
||||
state = 99;
|
||||
} else if (state == 10 && isdigit(lineBuffer[i])) {
|
||||
state = 11;
|
||||
} else if (state == 11 && lineBuffer[i] == ',') {
|
||||
state = 14;
|
||||
} else if (state == 11 && lineBuffer[i] == ')') {
|
||||
state = 12;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
} else if (state == 12 && lineBuffer[i] == ':') {
|
||||
state = 13;
|
||||
} else if (state == 14 && lineBuffer[i] == ')') {
|
||||
state = 15;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
} else if (((state == 11) || (state == 14)) && !((lineBuffer[i] == ' ') || isdigit(lineBuffer[i]))) {
|
||||
state = 99;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (state == 3) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 2);
|
||||
} else if ((state == 14) || (state == 15)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 3);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(endPos, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColouriseErrorListDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int, WordList *[], StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
char lineBuffer[1024];
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
unsigned int linePos = 0;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = startPos; i <= startPos + length; i++) {
|
||||
lineBuffer[linePos++] = styler[i];
|
||||
if (styler[i] == '\r' || styler[i] == '\n' || (linePos >= sizeof(lineBuffer) - 1)) {
|
||||
ColouriseErrorListLine(lineBuffer, linePos, i, styler);
|
||||
linePos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (linePos > 0)
|
||||
ColouriseErrorListLine(lineBuffer, linePos, startPos + length, styler);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LexerModule lmProps(SCLEX_PROPERTIES, ColourisePropsDoc);
|
||||
LexerModule lmErrorList(SCLEX_ERRORLIST, ColouriseErrorListDoc);
|
||||
LexerModule lmMake(SCLEX_MAKEFILE, ColouriseMakeDoc);
|
||||
LexerModule lmBatch(SCLEX_BATCH, ColouriseBatchDoc);
|
||||
@@ -1,488 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// LexPerl.cxx - lexer for subset of Perl
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
#include "Accessor.h"
|
||||
#include "KeyWords.h"
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#include "SciLexer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool isPerlOperator(char ch) {
|
||||
if (isalnum(ch))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
// '.' left out as it is used to make up numbers
|
||||
if (ch == '%' || ch == '^' || ch == '&' || ch == '*' || ch == '\\' ||
|
||||
ch == '(' || ch == ')' || ch == '-' || ch == '+' ||
|
||||
ch == '=' || ch == '|' || ch == '{' || ch == '}' ||
|
||||
ch == '[' || ch == ']' || ch == ':' || ch == ';' ||
|
||||
ch == '<' || ch == '>' || ch == ',' || ch == '/' ||
|
||||
ch == '?' || ch == '!' || ch == '.' || ch == '~')
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int classifyWordPerl(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, WordList &keywords, StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
char s[100];
|
||||
bool wordIsNumber = isdigit(styler[start]) || (styler[start] == '.');
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < end - start + 1 && i < 30; i++) {
|
||||
s[i] = styler[start + i];
|
||||
s[i + 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
char chAttr = SCE_PL_IDENTIFIER;
|
||||
if (wordIsNumber)
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_PL_NUMBER;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (keywords.InList(s))
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_PL_WORD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(end, chAttr);
|
||||
return chAttr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static bool isEndVar(char ch) {
|
||||
return !isalnum(ch) && ch != '#' && ch != '$' &&
|
||||
ch != '_' && ch != '\'';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static bool isMatch(StylingContext &styler, int lengthDoc, int pos, const char *val) {
|
||||
if ((pos + static_cast<int>(strlen(val))) >= lengthDoc) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (*val) {
|
||||
if (*val != styler[pos++]) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
val++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static bool isOKQuote(char ch) {
|
||||
if (isalnum(ch))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (isspace(ch))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (iscntrl(ch))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static char opposite(char ch) {
|
||||
if (ch == '(')
|
||||
return ')';
|
||||
if (ch == '[')
|
||||
return ']';
|
||||
if (ch == '{')
|
||||
return '}';
|
||||
if (ch == '<')
|
||||
return '>';
|
||||
return ch;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColourisePerlDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
WordList *keywordlists[], StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Lexer for perl often has to backtrack to start of current style to determine
|
||||
// which characters are being used as quotes, how deeply nested is the
|
||||
// start position and what the termination string is for here documents
|
||||
|
||||
WordList &keywords = *keywordlists[0];
|
||||
|
||||
char sooked[100];
|
||||
int quotes = 0;
|
||||
char quoteDown = 'd';
|
||||
char quoteUp = 'd';
|
||||
int quoteRep = 1;
|
||||
int sookedpos = 0;
|
||||
bool preferRE = true;
|
||||
sooked[sookedpos] = '\0';
|
||||
int state = initStyle;
|
||||
int lengthDoc = startPos + length;
|
||||
// If in a long distance lexical state, seek to the beginning to find quote characters
|
||||
if (state == SCE_PL_HERE || state == SCE_PL_REGEX ||
|
||||
state == SCE_PL_REGSUBST || state == SCE_PL_LONGQUOTE) {
|
||||
while ((startPos > 1) && (styler.StyleAt(startPos - 1) == state)) {
|
||||
startPos--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
char chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
char chNext = styler[startPos];
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
for (int i = startPos; i <= lengthDoc; i++) {
|
||||
char ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
char chNext2 = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (styler.IsLeadByte(ch)) {
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2);
|
||||
chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
i += 1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state == SCE_PL_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
if (iswordstart(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
if (ch == 's' && !isalnum(chNext)) {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_REGSUBST;
|
||||
quotes = 0;
|
||||
quoteUp = '\0';
|
||||
quoteDown = '\0';
|
||||
quoteRep = 2;
|
||||
} else if (ch == 'm' && !isalnum(chNext)) {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_REGEX;
|
||||
quotes = 0;
|
||||
quoteUp = '\0';
|
||||
quoteDown = '\0';
|
||||
quoteRep = 1;
|
||||
} else if (ch == 't' && chNext == 'r' && !isalnum(chNext2)) {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_REGSUBST;
|
||||
quotes = 0;
|
||||
quoteUp = '\0';
|
||||
quoteDown = '\0';
|
||||
quoteRep = 2;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
chNext = chNext2;
|
||||
} else if (ch == 'q' && (chNext == 'q' || chNext == 'r' || chNext == 'w' || chNext == 'x') && !isalnum(chNext2)) {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_LONGQUOTE;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
chNext = chNext2;
|
||||
quotes = 0;
|
||||
quoteUp = '\0';
|
||||
quoteDown = '\0';
|
||||
quoteRep = 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_WORD;
|
||||
preferRE = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '#') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
if (chPrev == '&') {
|
||||
// Archaic call
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_CHARACTER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '`') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_BACKTICKS;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '$') {
|
||||
preferRE = false;
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
if (isalnum(chNext) || chNext == '#' || chNext == '$' || chNext == '_') {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_SCALAR;
|
||||
} else if (chNext != '{' && chNext != '[') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_PL_SCALAR);
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
chNext = ' ';
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_PL_SCALAR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '@') {
|
||||
preferRE = false;
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
if (isalpha(chNext) || chNext == '#' || chNext == '$' || chNext == '_') {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_ARRAY;
|
||||
} else if (chNext != '{' && chNext != '[') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_PL_ARRAY);
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_PL_ARRAY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '%') {
|
||||
preferRE = false;
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
if (isalpha(chNext) || chNext == '#' || chNext == '$' || chNext == '_') {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_HASH;
|
||||
} else if (chNext != '{' && chNext != '[') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_PL_HASH);
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_PL_HASH);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '*') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_SYMBOLTABLE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '/' && preferRE) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_REGEX;
|
||||
quoteUp = '/';
|
||||
quoteDown = '/';
|
||||
quotes = 1;
|
||||
quoteRep = 1;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '<' && chNext == '<') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_HERE;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = chNext2;
|
||||
quotes = 0;
|
||||
sookedpos = 0;
|
||||
sooked[sookedpos] = '\0';
|
||||
} else if (ch == '=' && isalpha(chNext)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_POD;
|
||||
quotes = 0;
|
||||
sookedpos = 0;
|
||||
sooked[sookedpos] = '\0';
|
||||
} else if (isPerlOperator(ch)) {
|
||||
if (ch == ')' || ch == ']')
|
||||
preferRE = false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
preferRE = true;
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_PL_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_WORD) {
|
||||
if (!iswordchar(ch) && ch != '\'') { // Archaic Perl has quotes inside names
|
||||
if (isMatch(styler, lengthDoc, styler.GetStartSegment(), "__DATA__")) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_PL_DATASECTION);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DATASECTION;
|
||||
} else if (isMatch(styler, lengthDoc, styler.GetStartSegment(), "__END__")) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_PL_DATASECTION);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DATASECTION;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (classifyWordPerl(styler.GetStartSegment(), i - 1, keywords, styler) == SCE_PL_WORD)
|
||||
preferRE = true;
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
if (ch == '#') {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_CHARACTER;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '<' && chNext == '<') {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_HERE;
|
||||
quotes = 0;
|
||||
sookedpos = 0;
|
||||
sooked[sookedpos] = '\0';
|
||||
} else if (isPerlOperator(ch)) {
|
||||
if (ch == ')' || ch == ']')
|
||||
preferRE = false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
preferRE = true;
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_PL_OPERATOR);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (state == SCE_PL_COMMENTLINE) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_HERE) {
|
||||
if (isalnum(ch) && quotes < 2) {
|
||||
sooked[sookedpos++] = ch;
|
||||
sooked[sookedpos] = '\0';
|
||||
if (quotes == 0)
|
||||
quotes = 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (quotes > 1 && isMatch(styler, lengthDoc, i, sooked)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i + sookedpos - 1, SCE_PL_HERE);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
i += sookedpos;
|
||||
chNext = ' ';
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_STRING) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\\') {
|
||||
if (chNext == '\"' || chNext == '\'' || chNext == '\\') {
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_CHARACTER) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\\') {
|
||||
if (chNext == '\"' || chNext == '\'' || chNext == '\\') {
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_BACKTICKS) {
|
||||
if (ch == '`') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_POD) {
|
||||
if (ch == '=') {
|
||||
if (isMatch(styler, lengthDoc, i, "=cut")) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1 + 4, state);
|
||||
i += 4;
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
chNext = ' ';
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_SCALAR) {
|
||||
if (isEndVar(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_ARRAY) {
|
||||
if (isEndVar(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_HASH) {
|
||||
if (isEndVar(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_SYMBOLTABLE) {
|
||||
if (isEndVar(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_REF) {
|
||||
if (isEndVar(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_REGEX) {
|
||||
if (!quoteUp && !isspace(ch)) {
|
||||
quoteUp = ch;
|
||||
quoteDown = opposite(ch);
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (ch == quoteDown && chPrev != '\\') {
|
||||
quotes--;
|
||||
if (quotes == 0) {
|
||||
quoteRep--;
|
||||
if (quoteUp == quoteDown) {
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!isalpha(chNext)) {
|
||||
if (quoteRep <= 0) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == quoteUp && chPrev != '\\') {
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
} else if (!isalpha(chNext)) {
|
||||
if (quoteRep <= 0) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_REGSUBST) {
|
||||
if (!quoteUp && !isspace(ch)) {
|
||||
quoteUp = ch;
|
||||
quoteDown = opposite(ch);
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (ch == quoteDown && chPrev != '\\') {
|
||||
quotes--;
|
||||
if (quotes == 0) {
|
||||
quoteRep--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!isalpha(chNext)) {
|
||||
if (quoteRep <= 0) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (quoteUp == quoteDown) {
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == quoteUp && chPrev != '\\') {
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
} else if (!isalpha(chNext)) {
|
||||
if (quoteRep <= 0) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_PL_LONGQUOTE) {
|
||||
if (!quoteDown && !isspace(ch)) {
|
||||
quoteUp = ch;
|
||||
quoteDown = opposite(quoteUp);
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
} else if (ch == quoteDown) {
|
||||
quotes--;
|
||||
if (quotes == 0) {
|
||||
quoteRep--;
|
||||
if (quoteRep <= 0) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_DEFAULT;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (quoteUp == quoteDown) {
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == quoteUp) {
|
||||
quotes++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state == SCE_PL_DEFAULT) { // One of the above succeeded
|
||||
if (ch == '#') {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_CHARACTER;
|
||||
} else if (iswordstart(ch)) {
|
||||
state = SCE_PL_WORD;
|
||||
preferRE = false;
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_PL_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
chPrev = ch;
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(lengthDoc, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LexerModule lmPerl(SCLEX_PERL, ColourisePerlDoc);
|
||||
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// LexPython.cxx - lexer for Python
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
#include "Accessor.h"
|
||||
#include "KeyWords.h"
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#include "SciLexer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static void classifyWordPy(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, WordList &keywords, StylingContext &styler, char *prevWord) {
|
||||
char s[100];
|
||||
bool wordIsNumber = isdigit(styler[start]);
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < end - start + 1 && i < 30; i++) {
|
||||
s[i] = styler[start + i];
|
||||
s[i + 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
char chAttr = SCE_P_IDENTIFIER;
|
||||
if (0 == strcmp(prevWord, "class"))
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_P_CLASSNAME;
|
||||
else if (0 == strcmp(prevWord, "def"))
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_P_DEFNAME;
|
||||
else if (wordIsNumber)
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_P_NUMBER;
|
||||
else if (keywords.InList(s))
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_P_WORD;
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(end, chAttr);
|
||||
strcpy(prevWord, s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static bool IsPyComment(StylingContext &styler, int pos, int len) {
|
||||
return len>0 && styler[pos]=='#';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColourisePyDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
WordList *keywordlists[], StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Python uses a different mask because bad indentation is marked by oring with 32
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos, 127);
|
||||
|
||||
WordList &keywords = *keywordlists[0];
|
||||
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Python coloured\n");
|
||||
bool fold = styler.GetPropSet().GetInt("fold");
|
||||
int whingeLevel = styler.GetPropSet().GetInt("tab.timmy.whinge.level");
|
||||
char prevWord[200];
|
||||
prevWord[0] = '\0';
|
||||
if (length == 0)
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
int lineCurrent = styler.GetLine(startPos);
|
||||
int spaceFlags = 0;
|
||||
// TODO: Need to check previous line for indentation for both folding and bad indentation
|
||||
int indentCurrent = styler.IndentAmount(lineCurrent, &spaceFlags, IsPyComment);
|
||||
|
||||
int state = initStyle & 31;
|
||||
char chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
char chPrev2 = ' ';
|
||||
char chNext = styler[startPos];
|
||||
char chNext2 = styler[startPos];
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
int lengthDoc = startPos + length;
|
||||
bool atStartLine = true;
|
||||
for (int i = startPos; i <= lengthDoc; i++) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (atStartLine) {
|
||||
if (whingeLevel == 1) {
|
||||
styler.SetFlags((spaceFlags & wsInconsistent) ? 64 : 0, state);
|
||||
} else if (whingeLevel == 2) {
|
||||
styler.SetFlags((spaceFlags & wsSpaceTab) ? 64 : 0, state);
|
||||
} else if (whingeLevel == 3) {
|
||||
styler.SetFlags((spaceFlags & wsSpace) ? 64 : 0, state);
|
||||
} else if (whingeLevel == 4) {
|
||||
styler.SetFlags((spaceFlags & wsTab) ? 64 : 0, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
atStartLine = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
chNext2 = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' && chNext != '\n') || (ch == '\n') || (i == lengthDoc)) {
|
||||
if ((state == SCE_P_DEFAULT) || (state == SCE_P_TRIPLE) || (state == SCE_P_TRIPLEDOUBLE)) {
|
||||
// Perform colourisation of white space and triple quoted strings at end of each line to allow
|
||||
// tab marking to work inside white space and triple quoted strings
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int lev = indentCurrent;
|
||||
int indentNext = styler.IndentAmount(lineCurrent + 1, &spaceFlags, IsPyComment);
|
||||
if (!(indentCurrent & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG)) {
|
||||
// Only non whitespace lines can be headers
|
||||
if ((indentCurrent & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < (indentNext & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK)) {
|
||||
lev |= SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG;
|
||||
} else if (indentNext & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG) {
|
||||
// Line after is blank so check the next - maybe should continue further?
|
||||
int spaceFlags2 = 0;
|
||||
int indentNext2 = styler.IndentAmount(lineCurrent + 2, &spaceFlags2, IsPyComment);
|
||||
if ((indentCurrent & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < (indentNext2 & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK)) {
|
||||
lev |= SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
indentCurrent = indentNext;
|
||||
if (fold) {
|
||||
styler.SetLevel(lineCurrent, lev);
|
||||
}
|
||||
lineCurrent++;
|
||||
atStartLine = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (styler.IsLeadByte(ch)) {
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2);
|
||||
chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
chPrev2 = ' ';
|
||||
i += 1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state == SCE_P_STRINGEOL) {
|
||||
if (ch != '\r' && ch != '\n') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_P_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (state == SCE_P_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
if (iswordstart(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_P_WORD;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '#') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = chNext == '#' ? SCE_P_COMMENTBLOCK : SCE_P_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
if (chNext == '\"' && chNext2 == '\"') {
|
||||
i += 2;
|
||||
state = SCE_P_TRIPLEDOUBLE;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
state = SCE_P_STRING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
if (chNext == '\'' && chNext2 == '\'') {
|
||||
i += 2;
|
||||
state = SCE_P_TRIPLE;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
state = SCE_P_CHARACTER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_P_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_P_WORD) {
|
||||
if (!iswordchar(ch)) {
|
||||
classifyWordPy(styler.GetStartSegment(), i - 1, keywords, styler, prevWord);
|
||||
state = SCE_P_DEFAULT;
|
||||
if (ch == '#') {
|
||||
state = chNext == '#' ? SCE_P_COMMENTBLOCK : SCE_P_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
if (chNext == '\"' && chNext2 == '\"') {
|
||||
i += 2;
|
||||
state = SCE_P_TRIPLEDOUBLE;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
state = SCE_P_STRING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
if (chNext == '\'' && chNext2 == '\'') {
|
||||
i += 2;
|
||||
state = SCE_P_TRIPLE;
|
||||
ch = ' ';
|
||||
chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
state = SCE_P_CHARACTER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_P_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (state == SCE_P_COMMENTLINE || state == SCE_P_COMMENTBLOCK) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_P_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_P_STRING) {
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') && (chPrev != '\\')) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_P_STRINGEOL;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\\') {
|
||||
if (chNext == '\"' || chNext == '\'' || chNext == '\\') {
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_P_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_P_CHARACTER) {
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') && (chPrev != '\\')) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_P_STRINGEOL;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\\') {
|
||||
if (chNext == '\"' || chNext == '\'' || chNext == '\\') {
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_P_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_P_TRIPLE) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\'' && chPrev == '\'' && chPrev2 == '\'') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_P_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_P_TRIPLEDOUBLE) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\"' && chPrev == '\"' && chPrev2 == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_P_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
chPrev2 = chPrev;
|
||||
chPrev = ch;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (state == SCE_P_WORD) {
|
||||
classifyWordPy(styler.GetStartSegment(), lengthDoc, keywords, styler, prevWord);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(lengthDoc, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LexerModule lmPython(SCLEX_PYTHON, ColourisePyDoc);
|
||||
@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// LexSQL.cxx - lexer for SQL
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
#include "Accessor.h"
|
||||
#include "KeyWords.h"
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#include "SciLexer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static void classifyWordSQL(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, WordList &keywords, StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
char s[100];
|
||||
bool wordIsNumber = isdigit(styler[start]) || (styler[start] == '.');
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < end - start + 1 && i < 30; i++) {
|
||||
s[i] = toupper(styler[start + i]);
|
||||
s[i + 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
char chAttr = SCE_C_IDENTIFIER;
|
||||
if (wordIsNumber)
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_C_NUMBER;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (keywords.InList(s))
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(end, chAttr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColouriseSQLDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length,
|
||||
int initStyle, WordList *keywordlists[], StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
|
||||
WordList &keywords = *keywordlists[0];
|
||||
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
|
||||
bool fold = styler.GetPropSet().GetInt("fold");
|
||||
int lineCurrent = styler.GetLine(startPos);
|
||||
int spaceFlags = 0;
|
||||
int indentCurrent = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
int state = initStyle;
|
||||
char chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
char chNext = styler[startPos];
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
unsigned int lengthDoc = startPos + length;
|
||||
bool prevCr = false;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = startPos; i <= lengthDoc; i++) {
|
||||
char ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r' && chNext != '\n') || (ch == '\n')) {
|
||||
indentCurrent = styler.IndentAmount(lineCurrent, &spaceFlags);
|
||||
int lev = indentCurrent;
|
||||
if (!(indentCurrent & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG)) {
|
||||
// Only non whitespace lines can be headers
|
||||
int indentNext = styler.IndentAmount(lineCurrent + 1, &spaceFlags);
|
||||
if (indentCurrent < (indentNext & ~SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG)) {
|
||||
lev |= SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (fold) {
|
||||
styler.SetLevel(lineCurrent, lev);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (styler.IsLeadByte(ch)) {
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2);
|
||||
chPrev = ' ';
|
||||
i += 1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
if (iswordstart(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '/' && chNext == '*') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENT;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '-' && chNext == '-') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_C_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_WORD) {
|
||||
if (!iswordchar(ch)) {
|
||||
classifyWordSQL(styler.GetStartSegment(), i - 1, keywords, styler);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
if (ch == '/' && chNext == '*') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENT;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '-' && chNext == '-') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_C_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_COMMENT) {
|
||||
if (ch == '/' && chPrev == '*') {
|
||||
if (((i > (styler.GetStartSegment() + 2)) || ((initStyle == SCE_C_COMMENT) &&
|
||||
(styler.GetStartSegment() == startPos)))) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_COMMENTLINE) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_STRING) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
if ( chNext == '\'' ) {
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_DEFAULT) { // One of the above succeeded
|
||||
if (ch == '/' && chNext == '*') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENT;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '-' && chNext == '-') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (iswordstart(ch)) {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
} else if (isoperator(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, SCE_C_OPERATOR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
chPrev = ch;
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(lengthDoc - 1, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LexerModule lmSQL(SCLEX_SQL, ColouriseSQLDoc);
|
||||
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// LexVB.cxx - lexer for Visual Basic and VBScript
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
#include "Accessor.h"
|
||||
#include "KeyWords.h"
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#include "SciLexer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static int classifyWordVB(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, WordList &keywords, StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
|
||||
char s[100];
|
||||
bool wordIsNumber = isdigit(styler[start]) || (styler[start] == '.');
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < end - start + 1 && i < 30; i++) {
|
||||
s[i] = tolower(styler[start + i]);
|
||||
s[i + 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
char chAttr = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
if (wordIsNumber)
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_C_NUMBER;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (keywords.InList(s)) {
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
if (strcmp(s, "rem") == 0)
|
||||
chAttr = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(end, chAttr);
|
||||
if (chAttr == SCE_C_COMMENTLINE)
|
||||
return SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ColouriseVBDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle,
|
||||
WordList *keywordlists[], StylingContext &styler) {
|
||||
|
||||
WordList &keywords = *keywordlists[0];
|
||||
|
||||
styler.StartAt(startPos);
|
||||
|
||||
int state = initStyle;
|
||||
char chNext = styler[startPos];
|
||||
styler.StartSegment(startPos);
|
||||
int lengthDoc = startPos + length;
|
||||
for (int i = startPos; i < lengthDoc; i++) {
|
||||
char ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (styler.IsLeadByte(ch)) {
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2);
|
||||
i += 1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
if (iswordstart(ch)) {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_WORD) {
|
||||
if (!iswordchar(ch)) {
|
||||
state = classifyWordVB(styler.GetStartSegment(), i - 1, keywords, styler);
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_COMMENTLINE) {
|
||||
if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i - 1, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state == SCE_C_STRING) {
|
||||
// VB doubles quotes to preserve them
|
||||
if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(i, state);
|
||||
state = SCE_C_DEFAULT;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
ch = chNext;
|
||||
chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (state == SCE_C_DEFAULT) { // One of the above succeeded
|
||||
if (ch == '\'') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_COMMENTLINE;
|
||||
} else if (ch == '\"') {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_STRING;
|
||||
} else if (iswordstart(ch)) {
|
||||
state = SCE_C_WORD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
styler.ColourTo(lengthDoc, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LexerModule lmVB(SCLEX_VB, ColouriseVBDoc);
|
||||
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// LineMarker.cxx - defines the look of a line marker in the margin
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#include "LineMarker.h"
|
||||
|
||||
void LineMarker::Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc) {
|
||||
int minDim = Platform::Minimum(rc.Width(), rc.Height());
|
||||
minDim--; // Ensure does not go beyond edge
|
||||
int centreX = (rc.right + rc.left) / 2;
|
||||
int centreY = (rc.bottom + rc.top) / 2;
|
||||
int dimOn2 = minDim / 2;
|
||||
int dimOn4 = minDim / 4;
|
||||
if (rc.Width() > (rc.Height() * 2)) {
|
||||
// Wide column is line number so move to left to try to avoid overlapping number
|
||||
centreX = rc.left + dimOn2 + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (markType == SC_MARK_ROUNDRECT) {
|
||||
PRectangle rcRounded = rc;
|
||||
rcRounded.left = rc.left + 1;
|
||||
rcRounded.right = rc.right - 1;
|
||||
surface->RoundedRectangle(rcRounded, fore.allocated, back.allocated);
|
||||
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_CIRCLE) {
|
||||
PRectangle rcCircle;
|
||||
rcCircle.left = centreX - dimOn2;
|
||||
rcCircle.top = centreY - dimOn2;
|
||||
rcCircle.right = centreX + dimOn2;
|
||||
rcCircle.bottom = centreY + dimOn2;
|
||||
surface->Ellipse(rcCircle, fore.allocated, back.allocated);
|
||||
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_ARROW) {
|
||||
Point pts[] = {
|
||||
Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY - dimOn2),
|
||||
Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY + dimOn2),
|
||||
Point(centreX + dimOn2 - dimOn4, centreY),
|
||||
};
|
||||
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
|
||||
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
|
||||
|
||||
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN) {
|
||||
Point pts[] = {
|
||||
Point(centreX - dimOn2, centreY - dimOn4),
|
||||
Point(centreX + dimOn2, centreY - dimOn4),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn2 - dimOn4),
|
||||
};
|
||||
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
|
||||
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
|
||||
|
||||
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_PLUS) {
|
||||
int armSize = dimOn2-2;
|
||||
Point xpts[] = {
|
||||
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY - armSize),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY - armSize),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY),
|
||||
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY),
|
||||
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY + armSize),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY + armSize),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY),
|
||||
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY),
|
||||
};
|
||||
Point pts[] = {
|
||||
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY - 1),
|
||||
Point(centreX - 1, centreY - 1),
|
||||
Point(centreX - 1, centreY - armSize),
|
||||
Point(centreX + 1, centreY - armSize),
|
||||
Point(centreX + 1, centreY - 1),
|
||||
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY -1),
|
||||
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY +1),
|
||||
Point(centreX + 1, centreY + 1),
|
||||
Point(centreX + 1, centreY + armSize),
|
||||
Point(centreX - 1, centreY + armSize),
|
||||
Point(centreX - 1, centreY + 1),
|
||||
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY + 1),
|
||||
};
|
||||
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
|
||||
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
|
||||
|
||||
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_MINUS) {
|
||||
int armSize = dimOn2-2;
|
||||
Point pts[] = {
|
||||
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY - 1),
|
||||
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY -1),
|
||||
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY +1),
|
||||
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY + 1),
|
||||
};
|
||||
Point xpts[] = {
|
||||
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY),
|
||||
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY),
|
||||
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY),
|
||||
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY),
|
||||
};
|
||||
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
|
||||
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
|
||||
|
||||
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_SMALLRECT) {
|
||||
PRectangle rcSmall;
|
||||
rcSmall.left = rc.left + 1;
|
||||
rcSmall.top = rc.top + 2;
|
||||
rcSmall.right = rc.right - 1;
|
||||
rcSmall.bottom = rc.bottom - 2;
|
||||
surface->RectangleDraw(rcSmall, fore.allocated, back.allocated);
|
||||
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_EMPTY) {
|
||||
// An invisible marker so don't draw anything
|
||||
} else { // SC_MARK_SHORTARROW
|
||||
Point pts[] = {
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn2),
|
||||
Point(centreX + dimOn2, centreY),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY - dimOn2),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY - dimOn4),
|
||||
Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY - dimOn4),
|
||||
Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY + dimOn4),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn4),
|
||||
Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn2),
|
||||
};
|
||||
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
|
||||
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// LineMarker.h - defines the look of a line marker in the margin
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LINEMARKER_H
|
||||
#define LINEMARKER_H
|
||||
|
||||
class LineMarker {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int markType;
|
||||
ColourPair fore;
|
||||
ColourPair back;
|
||||
LineMarker() {
|
||||
markType = SC_MARK_CIRCLE;
|
||||
fore = Colour(0,0,0);
|
||||
back = Colour(0xff,0xff,0xff);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,404 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
|
||||
// PropSet.cxx - a java style properties file module
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
// Maintain a dictionary of properties
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
|
||||
bool EqualCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b) {
|
||||
#if PLAT_GTK
|
||||
return 0 == strcasecmp(a, b);
|
||||
#elif PLAT_WIN
|
||||
return 0 == stricmp(a, b);
|
||||
#elif PLAT_WX
|
||||
return 0 == wxStricmp(a, b);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Get a line of input. If end of line escaped with '\\' then continue reading.
|
||||
static bool GetFullLine(const char *&fpc, int &lenData, char *s, int len) {
|
||||
bool continuation = true;
|
||||
s[0] = '\0';
|
||||
while ((len > 1) && lenData > 0) {
|
||||
char ch = *fpc;
|
||||
fpc++;
|
||||
lenData--;
|
||||
if ((ch == '\r') || (ch == '\n')) {
|
||||
if (!continuation) {
|
||||
if ((lenData > 0) && (ch == '\r') && ((*fpc) == '\n')) {
|
||||
// munch the second half of a crlf
|
||||
fpc++;
|
||||
lenData--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*s++ = '\0';
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if ((ch == '\\') && (lenData > 0) && ((*fpc == '\r') || (*fpc == '\n'))) {
|
||||
continuation = true;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
continuation = false;
|
||||
*s++ = ch;
|
||||
*s = '\0';
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PropSet::PropSet() {
|
||||
superPS = 0;
|
||||
size = 10;
|
||||
used = 0;
|
||||
vals = new char * [size];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PropSet::~PropSet() {
|
||||
superPS = 0;
|
||||
Clear();
|
||||
delete []vals;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void PropSet::EnsureCanAddEntry() {
|
||||
if (used >= size - 2) {
|
||||
int newsize = size + 10;
|
||||
char **newvals = new char * [newsize];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < used; i++) {
|
||||
newvals[i] = vals[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
delete []vals;
|
||||
vals = newvals;
|
||||
size = newsize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void PropSet::Set(const char *key, const char *val) {
|
||||
EnsureCanAddEntry();
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < used; i += 2) {
|
||||
if (EqualCaseInsensitive(vals[i], key)) {
|
||||
// Replace current value
|
||||
delete [](vals[i + 1]);
|
||||
vals[i + 1] = StringDup(val);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Not found
|
||||
vals[used++] = StringDup(key);
|
||||
vals[used++] = StringDup(val);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void PropSet::Set(char *keyval) {
|
||||
char *eqat = strchr(keyval, '=');
|
||||
if (eqat) {
|
||||
*eqat = '\0';
|
||||
Set(keyval, eqat + 1);
|
||||
*eqat = '=';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SString PropSet::Get(const char *key) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < used; i += 2) {
|
||||
if (EqualCaseInsensitive(vals[i], key)) {
|
||||
return vals[i + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (superPS) {
|
||||
// Failed here, so try in base property set
|
||||
return superPS->Get(key);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int PropSet::GetInt(const char *key, int defaultValue) {
|
||||
SString val = Get(key);
|
||||
if (val.length())
|
||||
return Get(key).value();
|
||||
else
|
||||
return defaultValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool isprefix(const char *target, const char *prefix) {
|
||||
while (*target && *prefix) {
|
||||
if (toupper(*target) != toupper(*prefix))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
target++;
|
||||
prefix++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*prefix)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool issuffix(const char *target, const char *suffix) {
|
||||
int lentarget = strlen(target);
|
||||
int lensuffix = strlen(suffix);
|
||||
if (lensuffix > lentarget)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
for (int i = lensuffix - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
|
||||
if (toupper(target[i + lentarget - lensuffix]) != toupper(suffix[i]))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SString PropSet::GetWild(const char *keybase, const char *filename) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < used; i += 2) {
|
||||
if (isprefix(vals[i], keybase)) {
|
||||
char *orgkeyfile = vals[i] + strlen(keybase);
|
||||
char *keyfile = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (strstr(orgkeyfile, "$(") == orgkeyfile) {
|
||||
char *cpendvar = strchr(orgkeyfile, ')');
|
||||
if (cpendvar) {
|
||||
int lenvar = cpendvar - orgkeyfile - 2; // Subtract the $()
|
||||
char *var = static_cast<char *>(malloc(lenvar + 1));
|
||||
strncpy(var, orgkeyfile + 2, lenvar);
|
||||
var[lenvar] = '\0';
|
||||
SString s = Get(var);
|
||||
free(var);
|
||||
keyfile = strdup(s.c_str());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
char *keyptr = keyfile;
|
||||
|
||||
if (keyfile == NULL)
|
||||
keyfile = orgkeyfile;
|
||||
|
||||
for (; ; ) {
|
||||
char *del = strchr(keyfile, ';');
|
||||
if (del == NULL)
|
||||
del = keyfile + strlen(keyfile);
|
||||
char delchr = *del;
|
||||
*del = '\0';
|
||||
if (*keyfile == '*') {
|
||||
if (issuffix(filename, keyfile + 1)) {
|
||||
*del = delchr;
|
||||
free(keyptr);
|
||||
return vals[i + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (EqualCaseInsensitive(keyfile, filename)) {
|
||||
*del = delchr;
|
||||
free(keyptr);
|
||||
return vals[i + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (delchr == '\0')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
*del = delchr;
|
||||
keyfile = del + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(keyptr);
|
||||
|
||||
if (EqualCaseInsensitive(vals[i], keybase)) {
|
||||
return vals[i + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (superPS) {
|
||||
// Failed here, so try in base property set
|
||||
return superPS->GetWild(keybase, filename);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SString PropSet::GetNewExpand(const char *keybase, const char *filename) {
|
||||
char *base = StringDup(GetWild(keybase, filename).c_str());
|
||||
char *cpvar = strstr(base, "$(");
|
||||
while (cpvar) {
|
||||
char *cpendvar = strchr(cpvar, ')');
|
||||
if (cpendvar) {
|
||||
int lenvar = cpendvar - cpvar - 2; // Subtract the $()
|
||||
char *var = new char[lenvar + 1];
|
||||
strncpy(var, cpvar + 2, lenvar);
|
||||
var[lenvar] = '\0';
|
||||
SString val = GetWild(var, filename);
|
||||
int newlenbase = strlen(base) + val.length() - lenvar;
|
||||
char *newbase = new char[newlenbase];
|
||||
strncpy(newbase, base, cpvar - base);
|
||||
strcpy(newbase + (cpvar - base), val.c_str());
|
||||
strcpy(newbase + (cpvar - base) + val.length(), cpendvar + 1);
|
||||
delete []var;
|
||||
delete []base;
|
||||
base = newbase;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cpvar = strstr(base, "$(");
|
||||
}
|
||||
SString sret = base;
|
||||
delete []base;
|
||||
return sret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void PropSet::Clear() {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < used; i++) {
|
||||
delete [](vals[i]);
|
||||
vals[i] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
used = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void PropSet::ReadFromMemory(const char *data, int len) {
|
||||
if (len > 0) {
|
||||
const char *pd = data;
|
||||
char linebuf[60000];
|
||||
while (GetFullLine(pd, len, linebuf, sizeof(linebuf))) {
|
||||
if (isalpha(linebuf[0]))
|
||||
Set(linebuf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// If there is a final line:
|
||||
if (isalpha(linebuf[0]))
|
||||
Set(linebuf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void PropSet::Read(const char *filename) {
|
||||
//printf("Opening properties <%s>\n", filename);
|
||||
Clear();
|
||||
char propsData[60000];
|
||||
FILE *rcfile = fopen(filename, "rb");
|
||||
if (rcfile) {
|
||||
int lenFile = fread(propsData, 1, sizeof(propsData), rcfile);
|
||||
fclose(rcfile);
|
||||
ReadFromMemory(propsData, lenFile);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
//printf("Could not open <%s>\n", filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static bool iswordsep(char ch, bool onlyLineEnds) {
|
||||
if (!isspace(ch))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (!onlyLineEnds)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
return ch == '\r' || ch == '\n';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Creates an array that points into each word in the string and puts \0 terminators
|
||||
// after each word.
|
||||
static char **ArrayFromWordList(char *wordlist, bool onlyLineEnds = false) {
|
||||
char prev = '\n';
|
||||
int words = 0;
|
||||
for (int j = 0; wordlist[j]; j++) {
|
||||
if (!iswordsep(wordlist[j], onlyLineEnds) && iswordsep(prev, onlyLineEnds))
|
||||
words++;
|
||||
prev = wordlist[j];
|
||||
}
|
||||
char **keywords = new char * [words + 1];
|
||||
if (keywords) {
|
||||
words = 0;
|
||||
prev = '\0';
|
||||
int len = strlen(wordlist);
|
||||
for (int k = 0; k < len; k++) {
|
||||
if (!iswordsep(wordlist[k], onlyLineEnds)) {
|
||||
if (!prev) {
|
||||
keywords[words] = &wordlist[k];
|
||||
words++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
wordlist[k] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
prev = wordlist[k];
|
||||
}
|
||||
keywords[words] = &wordlist[len];
|
||||
}
|
||||
return keywords;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void WordList::Clear() {
|
||||
if (words) {
|
||||
delete []words;
|
||||
delete []list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
words = 0;
|
||||
list = 0;
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void WordList::Set(const char *s) {
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
list = StringDup(s);
|
||||
words = ArrayFromWordList(list, onlyLineEnds);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *WordList::Allocate(int size) {
|
||||
list = new char[size + 1];
|
||||
list[size] = '\0';
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void WordList::SetFromAllocated() {
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
words = ArrayFromWordList(list, onlyLineEnds);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Shell sort based upon public domain C implementation by Raymond Gardner 1991
|
||||
// Used here because of problems with mingw qsort.
|
||||
static void SortWordList(char **words, unsigned int len) {
|
||||
unsigned int gap = len / 2;
|
||||
|
||||
while (gap > 0) {
|
||||
unsigned int i = gap;
|
||||
while (i < len) {
|
||||
unsigned int j = i;
|
||||
char **a = words + j;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
j -= gap;
|
||||
char **b = a;
|
||||
a -= gap;
|
||||
if (strcmp(*a, *b) > 0) {
|
||||
char *tmp = *a;
|
||||
*a = *b;
|
||||
*b = tmp;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (j >= gap);
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gap = gap / 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool WordList::InList(const char *s) {
|
||||
if (0 == words)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (len == 0) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; words[i][0]; i++)
|
||||
len++;
|
||||
SortWordList(words, len);
|
||||
for (int k = 0; k < (sizeof(starts) / sizeof(starts[0])); k++)
|
||||
starts[k] = -1;
|
||||
for (int l = len - 1; l >= 0; l--) {
|
||||
unsigned char indexChar = words[l][0];
|
||||
starts[indexChar] = l;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
unsigned char firstChar = s[0];
|
||||
int j = starts[firstChar];
|
||||
if (j >= 0) {
|
||||
while (words[j][0] == firstChar) {
|
||||
if (s[1] == words[j][1]) {
|
||||
const char *a = words[j] + 1;
|
||||
const char *b = s + 1;
|
||||
while (*a && *a == *b) {
|
||||
a++;
|
||||
b++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!*a && !*b)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
j++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// SVector.h - a simple expandable vector
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-1999 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@hare.net.au>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SVECTOR_H
|
||||
#define SVECTOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
// A simple expandable vector.
|
||||
// T must support assignment.
|
||||
// Storage not allocated for elements until an element is used.
|
||||
// This makes it very lightweight unless used so is a good match for optional features.
|
||||
template<class T, int sizeIncrement>
|
||||
class SVector {
|
||||
T *v;
|
||||
unsigned int size; // Number of elements allocated
|
||||
unsigned int len; // Number of elements in vector
|
||||
bool allocFailure; // A memory allocation call has failed
|
||||
|
||||
// Internally allocate more elements than the user wants to avoid
|
||||
// thrashng the memory allocator
|
||||
void SizeTo(int newSize) {
|
||||
if (newSize < sizeIncrement)
|
||||
newSize += sizeIncrement;
|
||||
else
|
||||
newSize = (newSize * 3) / 2;
|
||||
T* newv = new T[newSize];
|
||||
if (!newv) {
|
||||
allocFailure = true;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
size = newSize;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i=0; i<len; i++) {
|
||||
newv[i] = v[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
delete []v;
|
||||
v = newv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
SVector() {
|
||||
allocFailure = false;
|
||||
v = 0;
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
size = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
~SVector() {
|
||||
Free();
|
||||
}
|
||||
SVector(const SVector &other) {
|
||||
allocFailure = false;
|
||||
v = 0;
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
size = 0;
|
||||
if (other.Length() > 0) {
|
||||
SizeTo(other.Length());
|
||||
if (!allocFailure) {
|
||||
for (int i=0;i<other.Length();i++)
|
||||
v[i] = other.v[i];
|
||||
len = other.Length();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
SVector &operator=(const SVector &other) {
|
||||
if (this != &other) {
|
||||
delete []v;
|
||||
allocFailure = false;
|
||||
v = 0;
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
size = 0;
|
||||
if (other.Length() > 0) {
|
||||
SizeTo(other.Length());
|
||||
if (!allocFailure) {
|
||||
for (int i=0;i<other.Length();i++)
|
||||
v[i] = other.v[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
len = other.Length();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
T &operator[](unsigned int i) {
|
||||
if (i >= len) {
|
||||
if (i >= size) {
|
||||
SizeTo(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
len = i+1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return v[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
void Free() {
|
||||
delete []v;
|
||||
v = 0;
|
||||
size = 0;
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void SetLength(unsigned int newLength) {
|
||||
if (newLength > len) {
|
||||
if (newLength >= size) {
|
||||
SizeTo(newLength);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
len = newLength;
|
||||
}
|
||||
int Length() const {
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,398 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// ScintillaBase.cxx - an enhanced subclass of Editor with calltips, autocomplete and context menu
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
|
||||
#include "SciLexer.h"
|
||||
#include "PropSet.h"
|
||||
#include "Accessor.h"
|
||||
#include "KeyWords.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "ContractionState.h"
|
||||
#include "SVector.h"
|
||||
#include "CellBuffer.h"
|
||||
#include "CallTip.h"
|
||||
#include "KeyMap.h"
|
||||
#include "Indicator.h"
|
||||
#include "LineMarker.h"
|
||||
#include "Style.h"
|
||||
#include "ViewStyle.h"
|
||||
#include "AutoComplete.h"
|
||||
#include "Document.h"
|
||||
#include "Editor.h"
|
||||
#include "ScintillaBase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
ScintillaBase::ScintillaBase() {
|
||||
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
|
||||
lexLanguage = SCLEX_CONTAINER;
|
||||
for (int wl=0;wl<numWordLists;wl++)
|
||||
keyWordLists[wl] = new WordList;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ScintillaBase::~ScintillaBase() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::Finalise() {
|
||||
popup.Destroy();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) {
|
||||
Editor::RefreshColourPalette(pal, want);
|
||||
ct.RefreshColourPalette(pal, want);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::AddChar(char ch) {
|
||||
bool acActiveBeforeCharAdded = ac.Active();
|
||||
Editor::AddChar(ch);
|
||||
if (acActiveBeforeCharAdded)
|
||||
AutoCompleteChanged(ch);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::Command(int cmdId) {
|
||||
|
||||
switch (cmdId) {
|
||||
|
||||
case idAutoComplete: // Nothing to do
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case idCallTip: // Nothing to do
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case idcmdUndo:
|
||||
WndProc(WM_UNDO, 0, 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case idcmdRedo:
|
||||
WndProc(SCI_REDO, 0, 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case idcmdCut:
|
||||
WndProc(WM_CUT, 0, 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case idcmdCopy:
|
||||
WndProc(WM_COPY, 0, 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case idcmdPaste:
|
||||
WndProc(WM_PASTE, 0, 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case idcmdDelete:
|
||||
WndProc(WM_CLEAR, 0, 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case idcmdSelectAll:
|
||||
WndProc(SCI_SELECTALL, 0, 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int ScintillaBase::KeyCommand(UINT iMessage) {
|
||||
// Most key commands cancel autocompletion mode
|
||||
if (ac.Active()) {
|
||||
switch (iMessage) {
|
||||
// Except for these
|
||||
case SCI_LINEDOWN:
|
||||
AutoCompleteMove(1);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
case SCI_LINEUP:
|
||||
AutoCompleteMove( -1);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
case SCI_PAGEDOWN:
|
||||
AutoCompleteMove(5);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
case SCI_PAGEUP:
|
||||
AutoCompleteMove( -5);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
case SCI_VCHOME:
|
||||
AutoCompleteMove( -5000);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
case SCI_LINEEND:
|
||||
AutoCompleteMove(5000);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
case SCI_DELETEBACK:
|
||||
DelCharBack();
|
||||
AutoCompleteChanged();
|
||||
EnsureCaretVisible();
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
case SCI_TAB:
|
||||
AutoCompleteCompleted();
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
ac.Cancel();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ct.inCallTipMode) {
|
||||
if (
|
||||
(iMessage != SCI_CHARLEFT) &&
|
||||
(iMessage != SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND) &&
|
||||
(iMessage != SCI_CHARRIGHT) &&
|
||||
(iMessage != SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND) &&
|
||||
(iMessage != SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE) &&
|
||||
(iMessage != SCI_DELETEBACK)
|
||||
) {
|
||||
ct.CallTipCancel();
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (iMessage == SCI_DELETEBACK) {
|
||||
if (currentPos <= ct.posStartCallTip) {
|
||||
ct.CallTipCancel();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return Editor::KeyCommand(iMessage);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteStart(int lenEntered, const char *list) {
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("AutoCOmplete %s\n", list);
|
||||
ct.CallTipCancel();
|
||||
|
||||
ac.Start(wDraw, idAutoComplete, currentPos, lenEntered);
|
||||
|
||||
PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle();
|
||||
Point pt = LocationFromPosition(currentPos-lenEntered);
|
||||
|
||||
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Auto complete %x\n", lbAutoComplete);
|
||||
int heightLB = 100;
|
||||
int widthLB = 100;
|
||||
if (pt.x >= rcClient.right - widthLB) {
|
||||
HorizontalScrollTo(xOffset + pt.x - rcClient.right + widthLB);
|
||||
Redraw();
|
||||
pt = LocationFromPosition(currentPos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
PRectangle rcac;
|
||||
rcac.left = pt.x - 5;
|
||||
if (pt.y >= rcClient.bottom - heightLB && // Wont fit below.
|
||||
pt.y >= (rcClient.bottom + rcClient.top) / 2) { // and there is more room above.
|
||||
rcac.top = pt.y - heightLB;
|
||||
if (rcac.top < 0) {
|
||||
heightLB += rcac.top;
|
||||
rcac.top = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
rcac.top = pt.y + vs.lineHeight;
|
||||
}
|
||||
rcac.right = rcac.left + widthLB;
|
||||
rcac.bottom = Platform::Minimum(rcac.top + heightLB, rcClient.bottom);
|
||||
ac.lb.SetPositionRelative(rcac, wMain);
|
||||
ac.lb.SetFont(vs.styles[0].font);
|
||||
|
||||
int maxStrLen = ac.SetList(list);
|
||||
|
||||
// Fiddle the position of the list so it is right next to the target and wide enough for all its strings
|
||||
PRectangle rcList = ac.lb.GetPosition();
|
||||
int heightAlloced = rcList.bottom - rcList.top;
|
||||
// Make an allowance for large strings in list
|
||||
rcList.left = pt.x - 5;
|
||||
rcList.right = rcList.left + Platform::Maximum(widthLB, maxStrLen * 8 + 16);
|
||||
if (pt.y >= rcClient.bottom - heightLB && // Wont fit below.
|
||||
pt.y >= (rcClient.bottom + rcClient.top) / 2) { // and there is more room above.
|
||||
rcList.top = pt.y - heightAlloced;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
rcList.top = pt.y + vs.lineHeight;
|
||||
}
|
||||
rcList.bottom = rcList.top + heightAlloced;
|
||||
ac.lb.SetPositionRelative(rcList, wMain);
|
||||
//lbAutoComplete.SetPosition(rcList);
|
||||
ac.Show();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteCancel() {
|
||||
ac.Cancel();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteMove(int delta) {
|
||||
ac.Move(delta);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteChanged(char ch) {
|
||||
if (currentPos <= ac.posStart) {
|
||||
ac.Cancel();
|
||||
} else if (ac.IsStopChar(ch)) {
|
||||
ac.Cancel();
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
char wordCurrent[1000];
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
int startWord = ac.posStart - ac.startLen;
|
||||
for (i = startWord; i < currentPos; i++)
|
||||
wordCurrent[i - startWord] = pdoc->CharAt(i);
|
||||
wordCurrent[i - startWord] = '\0';
|
||||
ac.Select(wordCurrent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteCompleted() {
|
||||
int item = ac.lb.GetSelection();
|
||||
char selected[200];
|
||||
if (item != -1) {
|
||||
ac.lb.GetValue(item, selected, sizeof(selected));
|
||||
}
|
||||
ac.Cancel();
|
||||
if (currentPos != ac.posStart) {
|
||||
pdoc->DeleteChars(ac.posStart, currentPos - ac.posStart);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SetEmptySelection(ac.posStart);
|
||||
if (item != -1) {
|
||||
pdoc->InsertString(currentPos, selected + ac.startLen);
|
||||
SetEmptySelection(currentPos + strlen(selected + ac.startLen));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::ContextMenu(Point pt) {
|
||||
popup.CreatePopUp();
|
||||
AddToPopUp("Undo", idcmdUndo, pdoc->CanUndo());
|
||||
AddToPopUp("Redo", idcmdRedo, pdoc->CanRedo());
|
||||
AddToPopUp("");
|
||||
AddToPopUp("Cut", idcmdCut, currentPos != anchor);
|
||||
AddToPopUp("Copy", idcmdCopy, currentPos != anchor);
|
||||
AddToPopUp("Paste", idcmdPaste, WndProc(EM_CANPASTE, 0, 0));
|
||||
AddToPopUp("Delete", idcmdDelete, currentPos != anchor);
|
||||
AddToPopUp("");
|
||||
AddToPopUp("Select All", idcmdSelectAll);
|
||||
popup.Show(pt, wMain);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) {
|
||||
AutoCompleteCancel();
|
||||
ct.CallTipCancel();
|
||||
Editor::ButtonDown(pt, curTime, shift, ctrl, alt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::Colourise(int start, int end) {
|
||||
int lengthDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(wMain.GetID(), SCI_GETLENGTH, 0, 0);
|
||||
if (end == -1)
|
||||
end = lengthDoc;
|
||||
int len = end - start;
|
||||
|
||||
StylingContext styler(wMain.GetID(), props);
|
||||
|
||||
int styleStart = 0;
|
||||
if (start > 0)
|
||||
styleStart = styler.StyleAt(start - 1);
|
||||
styler.SetCodePage(pdoc->dbcsCodePage);
|
||||
|
||||
LexerModule::Colourise(start, len, styleStart, lexLanguage, keyWordLists, styler);
|
||||
styler.Flush();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void ScintillaBase::NotifyStyleNeeded(int endStyleNeeded) {
|
||||
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
|
||||
if (lexLanguage != SCLEX_CONTAINER) {
|
||||
int endStyled = Platform::SendScintilla(wMain.GetID(), SCI_GETENDSTYLED, 0, 0);
|
||||
int lineEndStyled = Platform::SendScintilla(wMain.GetID(), EM_LINEFROMCHAR, endStyled, 0);
|
||||
endStyled = Platform::SendScintilla(wMain.GetID(), EM_LINEINDEX, lineEndStyled, 0);
|
||||
Colourise(endStyled, endStyleNeeded);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Editor::NotifyStyleNeeded(endStyleNeeded);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LRESULT ScintillaBase::WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) {
|
||||
switch (iMessage) {
|
||||
case SCI_AUTOCSHOW:
|
||||
AutoCompleteStart(wParam, reinterpret_cast<const char *>(lParam));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_AUTOCCANCEL:
|
||||
AutoCompleteCancel();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_AUTOCACTIVE:
|
||||
return ac.Active();
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART:
|
||||
return ac.posStart;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE:
|
||||
AutoCompleteCompleted();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_AUTOCSTOPS:
|
||||
ac.SetStopChars(reinterpret_cast<char *>(lParam));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_CALLTIPSHOW: {
|
||||
AutoCompleteCancel();
|
||||
if (!ct.wCallTip.Created()) {
|
||||
PRectangle rc = ct.CallTipStart(currentPos, LocationFromPosition(wParam),
|
||||
reinterpret_cast<char *>(lParam),
|
||||
vs.styles[0].fontName, vs.styles[0].size);
|
||||
// If the call-tip window would be out of the client
|
||||
// space, adjust so it displays above the text.
|
||||
PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle();
|
||||
if (rc.bottom > rcClient.bottom) {
|
||||
int offset = vs.lineHeight + rc.Height();
|
||||
rc.top -= offset;
|
||||
rc.bottom -= offset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Now display the window.
|
||||
CreateCallTipWindow(rc);
|
||||
ct.wCallTip.SetPositionRelative(rc, wDraw);
|
||||
ct.wCallTip.Show();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL:
|
||||
ct.CallTipCancel();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE:
|
||||
return ct.inCallTipMode;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART:
|
||||
return ct.posStartCallTip;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT:
|
||||
ct.SetHighlight(wParam, lParam);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK:
|
||||
ct.colourBG = Colour(wParam);
|
||||
InvalidateStyleRedraw();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
|
||||
case SCI_SETLEXER:
|
||||
lexLanguage = wParam;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_GETLEXER:
|
||||
return lexLanguage;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_COLOURISE:
|
||||
Colourise(wParam, lParam);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_SETPROPERTY:
|
||||
props.Set(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(wParam),
|
||||
reinterpret_cast<const char *>(lParam));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SCI_SETKEYWORDS:
|
||||
if ((wParam >= 0) && (wParam < numWordLists)) {
|
||||
keyWordLists[wParam]->Clear();
|
||||
keyWordLists[wParam]->Set(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(lParam));
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return Editor::WndProc(iMessage, wParam, lParam);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0l;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// ScintillaBase.h - defines an enhanced subclass of Editor with calltips, autocomplete and context menu
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SCINTILLABASE_H
|
||||
#define SCINTILLABASE_H
|
||||
|
||||
class ScintillaBase : public Editor {
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Enumeration of commands and child windows
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
idCallTip=1,
|
||||
idAutoComplete=2,
|
||||
|
||||
idcmdUndo=10,
|
||||
idcmdRedo=11,
|
||||
idcmdCut=12,
|
||||
idcmdCopy=13,
|
||||
idcmdPaste=14,
|
||||
idcmdDelete=15,
|
||||
idcmdSelectAll=16
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Menu popup;
|
||||
AutoComplete ac;
|
||||
|
||||
CallTip ct;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
|
||||
int lexLanguage;
|
||||
PropSet props;
|
||||
enum {numWordLists=5};
|
||||
WordList *keyWordLists[numWordLists];
|
||||
void Colourise(int start, int end);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
ScintillaBase();
|
||||
virtual ~ScintillaBase();
|
||||
virtual void Initialise() = 0;
|
||||
virtual void Finalise() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void AddChar(char ch);
|
||||
void Command(int cmdId);
|
||||
virtual int KeyCommand(UINT iMessage);
|
||||
|
||||
void AutoCompleteStart(int lenEntered, const char *list);
|
||||
void AutoCompleteCancel();
|
||||
void AutoCompleteMove(int delta);
|
||||
void AutoCompleteChanged(char ch=0);
|
||||
void AutoCompleteCompleted();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void CreateCallTipWindow(PRectangle rc) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd=0, bool enabled=true) = 0;
|
||||
void ContextMenu(Point pt);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void NotifyStyleNeeded(int endStyleNeeded);
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Public so scintilla_send_message can use it
|
||||
virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// Style.cxx - defines the font and colour style for a class of text
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Style.h"
|
||||
|
||||
Style::Style() {
|
||||
aliasOfDefaultFont = true;
|
||||
Clear(Colour(0,0,0), Colour(0xff,0xff,0xff),
|
||||
Platform::DefaultFontSize(), 0,
|
||||
false, false, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Style::~Style() {
|
||||
if (aliasOfDefaultFont)
|
||||
font.SetID(0);
|
||||
else
|
||||
font.Release();
|
||||
aliasOfDefaultFont = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Style &Style::operator=(const Style &source) {
|
||||
if (this == &source)
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
Clear(Colour(0,0,0), Colour(0xff,0xff,0xff),
|
||||
0, 0,
|
||||
false, false, false);
|
||||
fore.desired = source.fore.desired;
|
||||
back.desired = source.back.desired;
|
||||
bold = source.bold;
|
||||
italic = source.italic;
|
||||
size = source.size;
|
||||
eolFilled = source.eolFilled;
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Style::Clear(Colour fore_, Colour back_, int size_, const char *fontName_,
|
||||
bool bold_, bool italic_, bool eolFilled_) {
|
||||
fore.desired = fore_;
|
||||
back.desired = back_;
|
||||
bold = bold_;
|
||||
italic = italic_;
|
||||
size = size_;
|
||||
fontName = fontName_;
|
||||
eolFilled = eolFilled_;
|
||||
if (aliasOfDefaultFont)
|
||||
font.SetID(0);
|
||||
else
|
||||
font.Release();
|
||||
aliasOfDefaultFont = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Style::EquivalentFontTo(const Style *other) const {
|
||||
if (bold != other->bold ||
|
||||
italic != other->italic ||
|
||||
size != other->size)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (fontName == other->fontName)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
if (!fontName)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (!other->fontName)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return strcmp(fontName, other->fontName) == 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Style::Realise(Surface &surface, int zoomLevel, Style *defaultStyle) {
|
||||
int sizeZoomed = size + zoomLevel;
|
||||
if (sizeZoomed <= 2) // Hangs if sizeZoomed <= 1
|
||||
sizeZoomed = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (aliasOfDefaultFont)
|
||||
font.SetID(0);
|
||||
else
|
||||
font.Release();
|
||||
int deviceHeight = (sizeZoomed * surface.LogPixelsY()) / 72;
|
||||
aliasOfDefaultFont = defaultStyle &&
|
||||
(EquivalentFontTo(defaultStyle) || !fontName);
|
||||
if (aliasOfDefaultFont) {
|
||||
font.SetID(defaultStyle->font.GetID());
|
||||
} else if (fontName) {
|
||||
font.Create(fontName, deviceHeight, bold, italic);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
font.SetID(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ascent = surface.Ascent(font);
|
||||
descent = surface.Descent(font);
|
||||
// Probably more typographically correct to include leading
|
||||
// but that means more complex drawing as leading must be erased
|
||||
//lineHeight = surface.ExternalLeading() + surface.Height();
|
||||
externalLeading = surface.ExternalLeading(font);
|
||||
lineHeight = surface.Height(font);
|
||||
aveCharWidth = surface.AverageCharWidth(font);
|
||||
spaceWidth = surface.WidthChar(font, ' ');
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// Style.h - defines the font and colour style for a class of text
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef STYLE_H
|
||||
#define STYLE_H
|
||||
|
||||
class Style {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
ColourPair fore;
|
||||
ColourPair back;
|
||||
bool aliasOfDefaultFont;
|
||||
bool bold;
|
||||
bool italic;
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
const char *fontName;
|
||||
bool eolFilled;
|
||||
|
||||
Font font;
|
||||
unsigned int lineHeight;
|
||||
unsigned int ascent;
|
||||
unsigned int descent;
|
||||
unsigned int externalLeading;
|
||||
unsigned int aveCharWidth;
|
||||
unsigned int spaceWidth;
|
||||
|
||||
Style();
|
||||
~Style();
|
||||
Style &operator=(const Style &source);
|
||||
void Clear(Colour fore_, Colour back_,
|
||||
int size_,
|
||||
const char *fontName_,
|
||||
bool bold_, bool italic_, bool eolFilled_);
|
||||
bool EquivalentFontTo(const Style *other) const;
|
||||
void Realise(Surface &surface, int zoomLevel, Style *defaultStyle=0);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// ViewStyle.cxx - store information on how the document is to be viewed
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
||||
#include "Indicator.h"
|
||||
#include "LineMarker.h"
|
||||
#include "Style.h"
|
||||
#include "ViewStyle.h"
|
||||
|
||||
MarginStyle::MarginStyle() :
|
||||
symbol(false), width(16), mask(0xffffffff), sensitive(false) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// A list of the fontnames - avoids wasting space in each style
|
||||
FontNames::FontNames() {
|
||||
max = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FontNames::~FontNames() {
|
||||
Clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FontNames::Clear() {
|
||||
for (int i=0;i<max;i++) {
|
||||
delete []names[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
max = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char *FontNames::Save(const char *name) {
|
||||
if (!name)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
for (int i=0;i<max;i++) {
|
||||
if (strcmp(names[i], name) == 0) {
|
||||
return names[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
names[max] = new char[strlen(name) + 1];
|
||||
strcpy(names[max], name);
|
||||
max++;
|
||||
return names[max-1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ViewStyle::ViewStyle() {
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ViewStyle::ViewStyle(const ViewStyle &source) {
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
for (unsigned int sty=0;sty<(sizeof(styles)/sizeof(styles[0]));sty++) {
|
||||
styles[sty] = source.styles[sty];
|
||||
// Can't just copy fontname as its lifetime is relative to its owning ViewStyle
|
||||
styles[sty].fontName = fontNames.Save(source.styles[sty].fontName);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (int mrk=0;mrk<=MARKER_MAX;mrk++) {
|
||||
markers[mrk] = source.markers[mrk];
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (int ind=0;ind<=INDIC_MAX;ind++) {
|
||||
indicators[ind] = source.indicators[ind];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
selforeset = source.selforeset;
|
||||
selforeground.desired = source.selforeground.desired;
|
||||
selbackset = source.selbackset;
|
||||
selbackground.desired = source.selbackground.desired;
|
||||
selbar.desired = source.selbar.desired;
|
||||
selbarlight.desired = source.selbarlight.desired;
|
||||
caretcolour.desired = source.caretcolour.desired;
|
||||
edgecolour.desired = source.edgecolour.desired;
|
||||
leftMarginWidth = source.leftMarginWidth;
|
||||
rightMarginWidth = source.rightMarginWidth;
|
||||
for (int i=0;i < margins; i++) {
|
||||
ms[i] = source.ms[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
symbolMargin = source.symbolMargin;
|
||||
maskInLine = source.maskInLine;
|
||||
fixedColumnWidth = source.fixedColumnWidth;
|
||||
zoomLevel = source.zoomLevel;
|
||||
viewWhitespace = source.viewWhitespace;
|
||||
viewEOL = source.viewEOL;
|
||||
showMarkedLines = source.showMarkedLines;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ViewStyle::~ViewStyle() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ViewStyle::Init() {
|
||||
fontNames.Clear();
|
||||
ResetDefaultStyle();
|
||||
|
||||
indicators[0].style = INDIC_SQUIGGLE;
|
||||
indicators[0].fore = Colour(0, 0x7f, 0);
|
||||
indicators[1].style = INDIC_TT;
|
||||
indicators[1].fore = Colour(0, 0, 0xff);
|
||||
indicators[2].style = INDIC_PLAIN;
|
||||
indicators[2].fore = Colour(0xff, 0, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
lineHeight = 1;
|
||||
maxAscent = 1;
|
||||
maxDescent = 1;
|
||||
aveCharWidth = 8;
|
||||
spaceWidth = 8;
|
||||
|
||||
selforeset = false;
|
||||
selforeground.desired = Colour(0xff, 0, 0);
|
||||
selbackset = true;
|
||||
selbackground.desired = Colour(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0);
|
||||
selbar.desired = Platform::Chrome();
|
||||
selbarlight.desired = Platform::ChromeHighlight();
|
||||
styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].fore.desired = Colour(0, 0, 0);
|
||||
styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].back.desired = Platform::Chrome();
|
||||
//caretcolour.desired = Colour(0xff, 0, 0);
|
||||
caretcolour.desired = Colour(0, 0, 0);
|
||||
edgecolour.desired = Colour(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0);
|
||||
|
||||
leftMarginWidth = 1;
|
||||
rightMarginWidth = 1;
|
||||
ms[0].symbol = false;
|
||||
ms[0].width = 0;
|
||||
ms[0].mask = 0;
|
||||
ms[1].symbol = true;
|
||||
ms[1].width = 16;
|
||||
ms[1].mask = ~SC_MASK_FOLDERS;
|
||||
ms[2].symbol = true;
|
||||
ms[2].width = 14; // Nice width for arrows
|
||||
ms[2].mask = SC_MASK_FOLDERS;
|
||||
ms[2].width = 0; // Nice width for arrows
|
||||
ms[2].mask = 0;
|
||||
fixedColumnWidth = leftMarginWidth;
|
||||
symbolMargin = false;
|
||||
maskInLine = 0xffffffff;
|
||||
for (int margin=0; margin < margins; margin++) {
|
||||
fixedColumnWidth += ms[margin].width;
|
||||
symbolMargin = symbolMargin || ms[margin].symbol;
|
||||
if (ms[margin].width > 0)
|
||||
maskInLine &= ~ms[margin].mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
zoomLevel = 0;
|
||||
viewWhitespace = false;
|
||||
viewEOL = false;
|
||||
showMarkedLines = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ViewStyle::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) {
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
for (i=0;i<(sizeof(styles)/sizeof(styles[0]));i++) {
|
||||
pal.WantFind(styles[i].fore, want);
|
||||
pal.WantFind(styles[i].back, want);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0;i<(sizeof(indicators)/sizeof(indicators[0]));i++) {
|
||||
pal.WantFind(indicators[i].fore, want);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0;i<(sizeof(markers)/sizeof(markers[0]));i++) {
|
||||
pal.WantFind(markers[i].fore, want);
|
||||
pal.WantFind(markers[i].back, want);
|
||||
}
|
||||
pal.WantFind(selforeground, want);
|
||||
pal.WantFind(selbackground, want);
|
||||
pal.WantFind(selbar, want);
|
||||
pal.WantFind(selbarlight, want);
|
||||
pal.WantFind(caretcolour, want);
|
||||
pal.WantFind(edgecolour, want);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ViewStyle::Refresh(Surface &surface) {
|
||||
selbar.desired = Platform::Chrome();
|
||||
selbarlight.desired = Platform::ChromeHighlight();
|
||||
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].Realise(surface, zoomLevel);
|
||||
maxAscent = styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].ascent;
|
||||
maxDescent = styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].descent;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i=0;i<(sizeof(styles)/sizeof(styles[0]));i++) {
|
||||
if (i != STYLE_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
styles[i].Realise(surface, zoomLevel, &styles[STYLE_DEFAULT]);
|
||||
if (maxAscent < styles[i].ascent)
|
||||
maxAscent = styles[i].ascent;
|
||||
if (maxDescent < styles[i].descent)
|
||||
maxDescent = styles[i].descent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lineHeight = maxAscent + maxDescent;
|
||||
aveCharWidth = styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].aveCharWidth;
|
||||
spaceWidth = styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].spaceWidth;
|
||||
|
||||
fixedColumnWidth = leftMarginWidth;
|
||||
symbolMargin = false;
|
||||
maskInLine = 0xffffffff;
|
||||
for (int margin=0; margin < margins; margin++) {
|
||||
fixedColumnWidth += ms[margin].width;
|
||||
symbolMargin = symbolMargin || ms[margin].symbol;
|
||||
if (ms[margin].width > 0)
|
||||
maskInLine &= ~ms[margin].mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ViewStyle::ResetDefaultStyle() {
|
||||
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].Clear(Colour(0,0,0), Colour(0xff,0xff,0xff),
|
||||
Platform::DefaultFontSize(), fontNames.Save(Platform::DefaultFont()),
|
||||
false, false, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ViewStyle::ClearStyles() {
|
||||
// Reset all styles to be like the default style
|
||||
for (unsigned int i=0;i<(sizeof(styles)/sizeof(styles[0]));i++) {
|
||||
if (i != STYLE_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
styles[i].Clear(
|
||||
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fore.desired,
|
||||
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].back.desired,
|
||||
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].size,
|
||||
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fontName,
|
||||
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].bold,
|
||||
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].italic,
|
||||
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].eolFilled);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].back.desired = Platform::Chrome();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ViewStyle::SetStyleFontName(int styleIndex, const char *name) {
|
||||
styles[styleIndex].fontName = fontNames.Save(name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Scintilla source code edit control
|
||||
// ViewStyle.h - store information on how the document is to be viewed
|
||||
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
|
||||
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef VIEWSTYLE_H
|
||||
#define VIEWSTYLE_H
|
||||
|
||||
class MarginStyle {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
bool symbol;
|
||||
int width;
|
||||
int mask;
|
||||
bool sensitive;
|
||||
MarginStyle();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class FontNames {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
char *names[STYLE_MAX + 1];
|
||||
int max;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
FontNames();
|
||||
~FontNames();
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
const char *Save(const char *name);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ViewStyle {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
FontNames fontNames;
|
||||
Style styles[STYLE_MAX + 1];
|
||||
LineMarker markers[MARKER_MAX + 1];
|
||||
Indicator indicators[INDIC_MAX + 1];
|
||||
int lineHeight;
|
||||
unsigned int maxAscent;
|
||||
unsigned int maxDescent;
|
||||
unsigned int aveCharWidth;
|
||||
unsigned int spaceWidth;
|
||||
bool selforeset;
|
||||
ColourPair selforeground;
|
||||
bool selbackset;
|
||||
ColourPair selbackground;
|
||||
ColourPair selbar;
|
||||
ColourPair selbarlight;
|
||||
// Margins are ordered: Line Numbers, Selection Margin, Spacing Margin
|
||||
int leftMarginWidth; // Spacing margin on left of text
|
||||
int rightMarginWidth; // Spacing margin on left of text
|
||||
enum { margins=3 };
|
||||
bool symbolMargin;
|
||||
int maskInLine; // Mask for markers to be put into text because there is nowhere for them to go in margin
|
||||
MarginStyle ms[margins];
|
||||
int fixedColumnWidth;
|
||||
int zoomLevel;
|
||||
bool viewWhitespace;
|
||||
bool viewEOL;
|
||||
bool showMarkedLines;
|
||||
ColourPair caretcolour;
|
||||
ColourPair edgecolour;
|
||||
|
||||
ViewStyle();
|
||||
ViewStyle(const ViewStyle &source);
|
||||
~ViewStyle();
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want);
|
||||
void Refresh(Surface &surface);
|
||||
void ResetDefaultStyle();
|
||||
void ClearStyles();
|
||||
void SetStyleFontName(int styleIndex, const char *name);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
85
distrib/msw/docsrc.rsp
Normal file
85
distrib/msw/docsrc.rsp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
||||
docs/latex/wx/*.tex
|
||||
docs/latex/wx/*.sty
|
||||
docs/latex/wx/*.bib
|
||||
docs/latex/wx/*.hpj
|
||||
docs/latex/wx/*.ini
|
||||
docs/latex/wx/*.txt
|
||||
docs/latex/wx/*.cnt
|
||||
docs/latex/wx/*.eps
|
||||
docs/latex/wx/*.bmp
|
||||
docs/latex/wx/*.gif
|
||||
docs/latex/wx/*.wmf
|
||||
|
||||
docs/latex/porting/*.tex
|
||||
docs/latex/porting/*.sty
|
||||
docs/latex/porting/*.bib
|
||||
docs/latex/porting/*.hpj
|
||||
docs/latex/porting/*.ini
|
||||
docs/latex/porting/*.txt
|
||||
docs/latex/porting/*.cnt
|
||||
docs/latex/porting/*.eps
|
||||
docs/latex/porting/*.gif
|
||||
docs/latex/porting/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/docs/*.tex
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/docs/*.txt
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/docs/*.hpj
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/docs/*.ini
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/docs/*.bmp
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/docs/*.wmf
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/docs/*.gif
|
||||
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.tex
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.txt
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.hpj
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.bib
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.ini
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.sty
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.bmp
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.shg
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.wmf
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.gif
|
||||
|
||||
utils/wxtree/docs/*.tex
|
||||
utils/wxtree/docs/*.ini
|
||||
utils/wxtree/docs/*.bib
|
||||
utils/wxtree/docs/*.txt
|
||||
utils/wxtree/docs/*.hpj
|
||||
utils/wxtree/docs/*.bmp
|
||||
utils/wxtree/docs/*.wmf
|
||||
utils/wxtree/docs/*.gif
|
||||
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/docs/*.tex
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/docs/*.ini
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/docs/*.bib
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/docs/*.txt
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/docs/*.hpj
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/docs/*.bmp
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/docs/*.wmf
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/docs/*.gif
|
||||
|
||||
utils/mfutils/docs/*.tex
|
||||
utils/mfutils/docs/*.txt
|
||||
utils/mfutils/docs/*.hpj
|
||||
utils/mfutils/docs/*.wmf
|
||||
utils/mfutils/docs/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
utils/wxprop/docs/*.txt
|
||||
utils/wxprop/docs/*.hpj
|
||||
utils/wxprop/docs/*.tex
|
||||
utils/wxprop/docs/*.ini
|
||||
utils/wxprop/docs/*.eps
|
||||
utils/wxprop/docs/*.bmp
|
||||
utils/wxprop/docs/*.wmf
|
||||
utils/wxprop/docs/*.gif
|
||||
|
||||
utils/dialoged/docs/*.txt
|
||||
utils/dialoged/docs/*.hpj
|
||||
utils/dialoged/docs/*.tex
|
||||
utils/dialoged/docs/*.ini
|
||||
utils/dialoged/docs/*.eps
|
||||
utils/dialoged/docs/*.bmp
|
||||
utils/dialoged/docs/*.wmf
|
||||
utils/dialoged/docs/*.gif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
540
distrib/msw/generic.rsp
Normal file
540
distrib/msw/generic.rsp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,540 @@
|
||||
distrib/*.*
|
||||
|
||||
docs/readme.txt
|
||||
docs/install.txt
|
||||
docs/release.txt
|
||||
docs/changes.txt
|
||||
docs/upgrade.txt
|
||||
docs/todo.txt
|
||||
docs/licence.txt
|
||||
docs/symbols.txt
|
||||
|
||||
src/common/*.cpp
|
||||
src/common/dosyacc.c
|
||||
src/common/doslex.c
|
||||
src/common/vmsyacc.c
|
||||
src/common/vmslex.c
|
||||
src/common/extended.c
|
||||
src/common/*.l
|
||||
src/common/*.y
|
||||
src/common/*.inc
|
||||
|
||||
src/generic/*.cpp
|
||||
src/generic/*.c
|
||||
src/generic/*.inc
|
||||
|
||||
src/png/*.c
|
||||
src/png/*.h
|
||||
src/png/makefile.*
|
||||
src/png/INSTALL
|
||||
src/png/CHANGES
|
||||
src/png/README
|
||||
src/png/TODO
|
||||
src/png/*.1
|
||||
src/png/*.3
|
||||
src/png/*.5
|
||||
src/png/scripts/*
|
||||
|
||||
src/zlib/*.c
|
||||
src/zlib/*.h
|
||||
src/zlib/INDEX
|
||||
src/zlib/README
|
||||
src/zlib/ChangeLog
|
||||
src/zlib/configure
|
||||
src/zlib/*.txt
|
||||
src/zlib/makefile.*
|
||||
src/zlib/*.com
|
||||
src/zlib/*.3
|
||||
src/zlib/*.mms
|
||||
|
||||
include/wx/*.h
|
||||
include/wx/wx_setup.vms
|
||||
include/wx/common/*.h
|
||||
include/wx/generic/*.h
|
||||
lib/dummy
|
||||
|
||||
bin/*.*
|
||||
|
||||
tools/gettext/*.*
|
||||
|
||||
bitmaps/xpm/16x16/*.*
|
||||
bitmaps/xpm/32x32/*.*
|
||||
bitmaps/xpm/64x64/*.*
|
||||
bitmaps/xpm/misc/*.*
|
||||
bitmaps/*.*
|
||||
bitmaps/bmp/16x15/*.*
|
||||
bitmaps/bmp/10x8/*.*
|
||||
bitmaps/ico/32x32/*.*
|
||||
|
||||
afm/*.*
|
||||
|
||||
utils/*.txt
|
||||
utils/make*.*
|
||||
|
||||
utils/xpmshow/src/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/xpmshow/src/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/xpmshow/src/*.h
|
||||
utils/xpmshow/src/*.def
|
||||
utils/xpmshow/src/*.rc
|
||||
utils/xpmshow/src/*.xpm
|
||||
utils/xpmshow/src/*.bmp
|
||||
utils/xpmshow/src/*.ico
|
||||
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/src/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/src/*.h
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/src/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/src/*.xbm
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/src/*.txt
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/src/*.ico
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/src/*.def
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/src/*.rc
|
||||
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/src/wxwin/*.*
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/src/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/src/*.h
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/src/make*.*
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/src/*.xbm
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/src/*.sty
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/src/*.ini
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/src/*.inf
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/lib/dummy
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/src/*.bmp
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/src/*.ico
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/src/*.def
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/src/*.rc
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/tools/lacheck/*.*
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/tools/tcheck/*.awk
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/tools/tcheck/*.pl
|
||||
utils/tex2rtf/tools/tcheck/*.bat
|
||||
|
||||
utils/wxtree/src/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/wxtree/src/*.h
|
||||
utils/wxtree/src/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/wxtree/src/*.xbm
|
||||
utils/wxtree/lib/dummy
|
||||
utils/wxtree/src/*.ico
|
||||
utils/wxtree/src/*.def
|
||||
utils/wxtree/src/*.rc
|
||||
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/src/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/src/*.c
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/src/*.h
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/src/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/src/*.xbm
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/lib/dummy
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/src/*.ico
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/src/*.def
|
||||
utils/wxgraph/src/*.rc
|
||||
|
||||
utils/mfutils/src/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/mfutils/src/*.h
|
||||
utils/mfutils/src/*.rc
|
||||
utils/mfutils/src/*.def
|
||||
utils/mfutils/src/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/mfutils/src/*.txt
|
||||
utils/mfutils/lib/dummy
|
||||
utils/mfutils/src/*.ico
|
||||
utils/mfutils/src/*.def
|
||||
utils/mfutils/src/*.bmp
|
||||
utils/mfutils/src/*.ico
|
||||
|
||||
utils/rcparser/src/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/rcparser/src/*.c
|
||||
utils/rcparser/src/*.h
|
||||
utils/rcparser/src/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/rcparser/src/*.xbm
|
||||
utils/rcparser/lib/dummy
|
||||
utils/rcparser/src/*.ico
|
||||
utils/rcparser/src/*.def
|
||||
utils/rcparser/src/*.rc
|
||||
utils/rcparser/src/*.rh
|
||||
|
||||
utils/colours/*.h
|
||||
utils/colours/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/colours/*.def
|
||||
utils/colours/*.rc
|
||||
utils/colours/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/colours/*.xbm
|
||||
utils/colours/*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
utils/wxprop/src/*.h
|
||||
utils/wxprop/src/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/wxprop/src/*.def
|
||||
utils/wxprop/src/*.rc
|
||||
utils/wxprop/src/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/wxprop/src/*.xbm
|
||||
utils/wxprop/src/*.txt
|
||||
utils/wxprop/src/*.ico
|
||||
utils/wxprop/src/*.bmp
|
||||
utils/wxprop/lib/dummy
|
||||
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/bitmaps/*.xbm
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/*.h
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/*.def
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/*.rc
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/*.xbm
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/*.txt
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/*.inf
|
||||
utils/dialoged/test/*.h
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/*.ico
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/*.prj
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/*.bmp
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/bitmaps/*.bmp
|
||||
utils/dialoged/src/bitmaps/*.ico
|
||||
utils/dialoged/test/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/dialoged/test/*.def
|
||||
utils/dialoged/test/*.rc
|
||||
utils/dialoged/test/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/dialoged/lib/dummy
|
||||
utils/dialoged/test/*.ico
|
||||
utils/dialoged/test/*.prj
|
||||
utils/dialoged/test/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/*.txt
|
||||
samples/makefile.*
|
||||
|
||||
samples/hello/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/hello/*.h
|
||||
samples/hello/*.def
|
||||
samples/hello/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/hello/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/hello/*.txt
|
||||
samples/hello/*.ico
|
||||
samples/hello/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/hello/*.rc
|
||||
samples/hello/*.wav
|
||||
|
||||
samples/dynamic/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/dynamic/*.h
|
||||
samples/dynamic/*.def
|
||||
samples/dynamic/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/dynamic/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/dynamic/*.txt
|
||||
samples/dynamic/*.ico
|
||||
samples/dynamic/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/dynamic/*.rc
|
||||
samples/dynamic/*.wav
|
||||
|
||||
samples/bombs/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/bombs/*.h
|
||||
samples/bombs/*.def
|
||||
samples/bombs/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/bombs/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/bombs/*.txt
|
||||
samples/bombs/*.ico
|
||||
samples/bombs/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/bombs/*.rc
|
||||
|
||||
samples/ipc/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/ipc/*.h
|
||||
samples/ipc/*.def
|
||||
samples/ipc/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/ipc/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/ipc/*.ico
|
||||
samples/ipc/*.rc
|
||||
|
||||
samples/types/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/types/*.h
|
||||
samples/types/*.def
|
||||
samples/types/*.rc
|
||||
samples/types/*.txt
|
||||
samples/types/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/types/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/types/*.ico
|
||||
|
||||
samples/resource/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/resource/*.h
|
||||
samples/resource/*.def
|
||||
samples/resource/*.rc
|
||||
samples/resource/*.txt
|
||||
samples/resource/*.wxr
|
||||
samples/resource/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/resource/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/resource/*.ico
|
||||
|
||||
samples/animate/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/animate/*.h
|
||||
samples/animate/*.def
|
||||
samples/animate/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/animate/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/animate/*.ico
|
||||
samples/animate/*.rc
|
||||
|
||||
samples/mdi/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/mdi/*.h
|
||||
samples/mdi/*.def
|
||||
samples/mdi/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/mdi/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/mdi/*.ico
|
||||
samples/mdi/*.rc
|
||||
samples/mdi/bitmaps/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/mdi/bitmaps/*.ico
|
||||
|
||||
samples/minimal/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/minimal/*.h
|
||||
samples/minimal/*.def
|
||||
samples/minimal/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/minimal/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/minimal/*.ico
|
||||
samples/minimal/*.rc
|
||||
|
||||
samples/controls/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/controls/*.h
|
||||
samples/controls/*.def
|
||||
samples/controls/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/controls/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/controls/*.ico
|
||||
samples/controls/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/controls/*.rc
|
||||
|
||||
samples/fractal/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/fractal/*.h
|
||||
samples/fractal/*.def
|
||||
samples/fractal/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/fractal/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/fractal/*.ico
|
||||
samples/fractal/*.rc
|
||||
|
||||
samples/layout/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/layout/*.h
|
||||
samples/layout/*.def
|
||||
samples/layout/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/layout/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/layout/*.ico
|
||||
samples/layout/*.rc
|
||||
samples/layout/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/layout/*.xpm
|
||||
|
||||
samples/printing/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/printing/*.h
|
||||
samples/printing/*.def
|
||||
samples/printing/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/printing/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/printing/*.txt
|
||||
samples/printing/*.ico
|
||||
samples/printing/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/printing/*.rc
|
||||
|
||||
samples/tbarsmpl/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/tbarsmpl/*.h
|
||||
samples/tbarsmpl/*.def
|
||||
samples/tbarsmpl/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/tbarsmpl/*.txt
|
||||
samples/tbarsmpl/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/tbarsmpl/bitmaps/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/tbarsmpl/*.ico
|
||||
samples/tbarsmpl/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/tbarsmpl/*.rc
|
||||
samples/tbarsmpl/bitmaps/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/tbar95/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/tbar95/*.h
|
||||
samples/tbar95/*.def
|
||||
samples/tbar95/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/tbar95/*.txt
|
||||
samples/tbar95/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/tbar95/bitmaps/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/tbar95/*.ico
|
||||
samples/tbar95/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/tbar95/*.rc
|
||||
samples/tbar95/bitmaps/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/tbarmsw/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/tbarmsw/*.h
|
||||
samples/tbarmsw/*.def
|
||||
samples/tbarmsw/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/tbarmsw/*.txt
|
||||
samples/tbarmsw/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/tbarmsw/bitmaps/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/tbarmsw/*.ico
|
||||
samples/tbarmsw/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/tbarmsw/*.rc
|
||||
samples/tbarmsw/bitmaps/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/docview/*.h
|
||||
samples/docview/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/docview/*.def
|
||||
samples/docview/*.rc
|
||||
samples/docview/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/docview/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/docview/*.txt
|
||||
samples/docview/*.ico
|
||||
samples/docview/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/memcheck/*.h
|
||||
samples/memcheck/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/memcheck/*.def
|
||||
samples/memcheck/*.rc
|
||||
samples/memcheck/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/memcheck/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/memcheck/*.txt
|
||||
samples/memcheck/*.ico
|
||||
samples/memcheck/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/odbc/*.h
|
||||
samples/odbc/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/odbc/*.def
|
||||
samples/odbc/*.rc
|
||||
samples/odbc/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/odbc/*.inf
|
||||
samples/odbc/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/odbc/*.ico
|
||||
samples/odbc/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/odbc/*.dbf
|
||||
samples/odbc/*.cdx
|
||||
samples/odbc/odbc32.lib
|
||||
|
||||
samples/dialogs/*.h
|
||||
samples/dialogs/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/dialogs/*.def
|
||||
samples/dialogs/*.rc
|
||||
samples/dialogs/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/dialogs/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/dialogs/*.txt
|
||||
samples/dialogs/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/dialogs/*.ico
|
||||
|
||||
samples/wxpoem/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/wxpoem/*.h
|
||||
samples/wxpoem/*.def
|
||||
samples/wxpoem/*.rc
|
||||
samples/wxpoem/*.inf
|
||||
samples/wxpoem/*.txt
|
||||
samples/wxpoem/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/wxpoem/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/wxpoem/*.ico
|
||||
samples/wxpoem/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/wxpoem/*.dat
|
||||
|
||||
samples/pressup/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/pressup/*.c
|
||||
samples/pressup/*.h
|
||||
samples/pressup/*.def
|
||||
samples/pressup/*.rc
|
||||
samples/pressup/*.inf
|
||||
samples/pressup/*.txt
|
||||
samples/pressup/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/pressup/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/pressup/*.ico
|
||||
samples/pressup/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/validate/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/validate/*.h
|
||||
samples/validate/*.def
|
||||
samples/validate/*.rc
|
||||
samples/validate/*.inf
|
||||
samples/validate/*.txt
|
||||
samples/validate/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/validate/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/validate/*.ico
|
||||
samples/validate/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/events/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/events/*.h
|
||||
samples/events/*.def
|
||||
samples/events/*.rc
|
||||
samples/events/*.inf
|
||||
samples/events/*.txt
|
||||
samples/events/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/events/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/events/*.ico
|
||||
samples/events/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/treectrl/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/treectrl/*.h
|
||||
samples/treectrl/*.def
|
||||
samples/treectrl/*.rc
|
||||
samples/treectrl/*.txt
|
||||
samples/treectrl/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/treectrl/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/treectrl/bitmaps/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/treectrl/*.ico
|
||||
samples/treectrl/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/treectrl/bitmaps/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/treectrl/bitmaps/*.ico
|
||||
|
||||
samples/listctrl/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/listctrl/*.h
|
||||
samples/listctrl/*.def
|
||||
samples/listctrl/*.rc
|
||||
samples/listctrl/*.txt
|
||||
samples/listctrl/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/listctrl/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/listctrl/bitmaps/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/listctrl/*.ico
|
||||
samples/listctrl/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/listctrl/bitmaps/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/listctrl/bitmaps/*.ico
|
||||
|
||||
samples/splitter/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/splitter/*.h
|
||||
samples/splitter/*.def
|
||||
samples/splitter/*.rc
|
||||
samples/splitter/*.txt
|
||||
samples/splitter/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/splitter/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/splitter/*.ico
|
||||
samples/splitter/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/grid/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/grid/*.h
|
||||
samples/grid/*.def
|
||||
samples/grid/*.rc
|
||||
samples/grid/*.txt
|
||||
samples/grid/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/grid/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/grid/*.ico
|
||||
samples/grid/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/internat/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/internat/*.h
|
||||
samples/internat/*.def
|
||||
samples/internat/*.rc
|
||||
samples/internat/*.txt
|
||||
samples/internat/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/internat/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/internat/*.po
|
||||
samples/internat/*.ico
|
||||
samples/internat/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/internat/*.mo
|
||||
|
||||
samples/checklst/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/checklst/*.h
|
||||
samples/checklst/*.def
|
||||
samples/checklst/*.rc
|
||||
samples/checklst/*.txt
|
||||
samples/checklst/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/checklst/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/checklst/*.ico
|
||||
samples/checklst/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/dnd/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/dnd/*.h
|
||||
samples/dnd/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/dnd/*.rc
|
||||
samples/dnd/*.def
|
||||
samples/dnd/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/dnd/*.ico
|
||||
samples/dnd/*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
samples/tab/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/tab/*.h
|
||||
samples/tab/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/tab/*.rc
|
||||
samples/tab/*.def
|
||||
samples/tab/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/tab/*.ico
|
||||
samples/tab/*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
samples/png/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/png/*.h
|
||||
samples/png/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/png/*.rc
|
||||
samples/png/*.def
|
||||
samples/png/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/png/*.ico
|
||||
samples/png/*.txt
|
||||
samples/png/*.png
|
||||
|
||||
129
distrib/msw/msw.rsp
Normal file
129
distrib/msw/msw.rsp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
||||
docs/msw/*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
src/makeb32.env
|
||||
src/makebcc.env
|
||||
src/makemsw.env
|
||||
src/makewat.env
|
||||
src/makesc.env
|
||||
src/makeg95.env
|
||||
src/makem95.env
|
||||
src/ntwxwin.mak
|
||||
src/makefile.bcc
|
||||
src/makefile.dos
|
||||
src/makefile.nt
|
||||
src/*.bat
|
||||
|
||||
src/common/dosyacc.c
|
||||
src/common/doslex.c
|
||||
|
||||
src/msw/*.cpp
|
||||
src/msw/*.h
|
||||
src/msw/makefile.*
|
||||
src/msw/*.lst
|
||||
src/msw/*.def
|
||||
src/msw/*.inc
|
||||
|
||||
src/msw/ctl3d/*.*
|
||||
src/msw/ctl3d/msvc/*.*
|
||||
src/msw/ctl3d/wat32/*.*
|
||||
src/msw/ctl3d/wat386/*.*
|
||||
src/msw/ctl3d/borland/*.*
|
||||
src/msw/ole/*.cpp
|
||||
src/msw/*.prj
|
||||
|
||||
include/wx/msw/*.h
|
||||
include/wx/msw/*.rc
|
||||
include/wx/msw/ctl3d/*.h
|
||||
include/wx/msw/gnuwin32/*.h
|
||||
include/wx/msw/ole/*.h
|
||||
include/wx/msw/*.cur
|
||||
include/wx/msw/*.ico
|
||||
include/wx/msw/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
lib/dummy
|
||||
|
||||
samples/ownerdrw/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/ownerdrw/*.h
|
||||
samples/ownerdrw/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/ownerdrw/*.rc
|
||||
samples/ownerdrw/*.def
|
||||
samples/ownerdrw/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/ownerdrw/*.ico
|
||||
samples/ownerdrw/*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
samples/taskbar/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/taskbar/*.h
|
||||
samples/taskbar/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/taskbar/*.rc
|
||||
samples/taskbar/*.def
|
||||
samples/taskbar/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/taskbar/*.ico
|
||||
samples/taskbar/*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
samples/regtest/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/regtest/*.h
|
||||
samples/regtest/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/regtest/*.rc
|
||||
samples/regtest/*.def
|
||||
samples/regtest/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/regtest/*.ico
|
||||
samples/regtest/*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
samples/nativdlg/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/nativdlg/*.h
|
||||
samples/nativdlg/*.def
|
||||
samples/nativdlg/*.rc
|
||||
samples/nativdlg/*.txt
|
||||
samples/nativdlg/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/nativdlg/*.xbm
|
||||
samples/nativdlg/*.ico
|
||||
samples/nativdlg/*.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
samples/mfc/*.h
|
||||
samples/mfc/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/mfc/*.def
|
||||
samples/mfc/*.rc
|
||||
samples/mfc/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/mfc/*.txt
|
||||
samples/mfc/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/mfc/*.ico
|
||||
|
||||
samples/joytest/*.h
|
||||
samples/joytest/*.cpp
|
||||
samples/joytest/*.def
|
||||
samples/joytest/*.rc
|
||||
samples/joytest/makefile.*
|
||||
samples/joytest/*.txt
|
||||
samples/joytest/*.bmp
|
||||
samples/joytest/*.wav
|
||||
samples/joytest/*.ico
|
||||
|
||||
utils/nplugin/make*.*
|
||||
utils/nplugin/src/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/nplugin/src/*.h
|
||||
utils/nplugin/src/*.rc
|
||||
utils/nplugin/src/*.def
|
||||
utils/nplugin/src/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/nplugin/src/*.txt
|
||||
utils/nplugin/samples/simple/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/nplugin/samples/simple/*.h
|
||||
utils/nplugin/samples/simple/*.rc
|
||||
utils/nplugin/samples/simple/*.def
|
||||
utils/nplugin/samples/simple/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/nplugin/samples/simple/*.txt
|
||||
utils/nplugin/samples/gui/*.cpp
|
||||
utils/nplugin/samples/gui/*.h
|
||||
utils/nplugin/samples/gui/*.rc
|
||||
utils/nplugin/samples/gui/*.def
|
||||
utils/nplugin/samples/gui/makefile.*
|
||||
utils/nplugin/samples/gui/*.txt
|
||||
utils/nplugin/docs/*.tex
|
||||
utils/nplugin/docs/*.txt
|
||||
utils/nplugin/docs/*.hpj
|
||||
utils/nplugin/docs/*.eps
|
||||
utils/nplugin/docs/*.ps
|
||||
utils/nplugin/docs/*.ini
|
||||
utils/nplugin/docs/*.cnt
|
||||
utils/nplugin/docs/*.hlp
|
||||
utils/nplugin/lib/dummy
|
||||
|
||||
117
distrib/msw/tardist.bat
Executable file
117
distrib/msw/tardist.bat
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
|
||||
@echo off
|
||||
rem Tar up an external distribution of wxWindows 2.0: but
|
||||
rem putting in separate ASCII and binary files
|
||||
rem This seems to be the one that works, using
|
||||
rem separate tar programs for conversion/non-conversion
|
||||
rem of ASCII/binary files.
|
||||
|
||||
if "%1" == "" goto usage
|
||||
if "%2" == "" goto usage
|
||||
echo About to archive an external wxWindows 2.0 distribution:
|
||||
echo From %1
|
||||
echo To %2\wx200_1.tgz, %2\wx200_2.tgz, %2\wx200hlp.tgz, %2\wx200ps.tgz, %2\wx200htm.tgz
|
||||
echo CTRL-C if this is not correct.
|
||||
inkey /W4 `Press any key to continue...` %%input
|
||||
|
||||
erase %2\*.tgz
|
||||
cd %1
|
||||
|
||||
rem First, expand the wildcards in the rsp files
|
||||
|
||||
rem Create empty list file
|
||||
erase %1\distrib\*.lis
|
||||
c:\bin\touch %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
|
||||
c:\bin\touch %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis
|
||||
c:\bin\touch %1\distrib\wx200hlp.lis
|
||||
c:\bin\touch %1\distrib\wx200ps.lis
|
||||
c:\bin\touch %1\distrib\wx200xlp.lis
|
||||
|
||||
rem Create a .rsp file with backslashes instead
|
||||
rem of forward slashes
|
||||
rem No need if using ls2 (from UNIX95 distribution)
|
||||
rem sed -e "s/\//\\/g" %1\distrib\wx_asc.rsp > %1\distrib\wx_asc.rs2
|
||||
|
||||
call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wx_asc.rsp %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
|
||||
call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\util_asc.rsp %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
|
||||
call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\smpl_asc.rsp %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
|
||||
rem call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wxim1asc.rsp %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
|
||||
rem call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wxim2asc.rsp %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
|
||||
|
||||
call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wx_bin.rsp %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis
|
||||
call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\util_bin.rsp %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis
|
||||
call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\smpl_bin.rsp %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis
|
||||
rem call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wxim1bin.rsp %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis
|
||||
|
||||
rem Docs
|
||||
call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wx_hlp.rsp %1\distrib\wx200hlp.lis
|
||||
call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wx_ps.rsp %1\distrib\wx200ps.lis
|
||||
call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wx_html.rsp %1\distrib\wx200htm.lis
|
||||
call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wx_pdf.rsp %1\distrib\wx200pdf.lis
|
||||
|
||||
rem Do some further massaging of the .lis files
|
||||
sed -e "s/\\/\//g" %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis > c:\temp\temp.tmp
|
||||
sed -e "s/D:\/wx\///g" c:\temp\temp.tmp > %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
|
||||
|
||||
sed -e "s/\\/\//g" %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis > c:\temp\temp.tmp
|
||||
sed -e "s/D:\/wx\///g" c:\temp\temp.tmp > %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis
|
||||
|
||||
sed -e "s/\\/\//g" %1\distrib\wx200hlp.lis > c:\temp\temp.tmp
|
||||
sed -e "s/D:\/wx\///g" c:\temp\temp.tmp > %1\distrib\wx200hlp.lis
|
||||
|
||||
sed -e "s/\\/\//g" %1\distrib\wx200ps.lis > c:\temp\temp.tmp
|
||||
sed -e "s/D:\/wx\///g" c:\temp\temp.tmp > %1\distrib\wx200ps.lis
|
||||
|
||||
sed -e "s/\\/\//g" %1\distrib\wx200htm.lis > c:\temp\temp.tmp
|
||||
sed -e "s/D:\/wx\///g" c:\temp\temp.tmp > %1\distrib\wx200htm.lis
|
||||
|
||||
sed -e "s/\\/\//g" %1\distrib\wx200pdf.lis > c:\temp\temp.tmp
|
||||
sed -e "s/D:\/wx\///g" c:\temp\temp.tmp > %1\distrib\wx200pdf.lis
|
||||
|
||||
rem 'tar' converts linefeeds.
|
||||
tar -c -T %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis -f %2\wx200.tar
|
||||
rem pause Press a key to continue.
|
||||
|
||||
rem This converts to lower case
|
||||
ren %2\wx200.tar %2\wx200_1.tar
|
||||
gzip32 %2\wx200_1.tar
|
||||
ren %2\wx200_1.tar.gz %2\wx200_1.tgz
|
||||
|
||||
rem No linefeed conversion wanted
|
||||
rem Note: GNU tar seems to crash with a full destination path, so
|
||||
rem pander to it.
|
||||
targnu -c -T %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis -f wx200_2.tar
|
||||
move wx200_2.tar %2
|
||||
gzip32 %2\wx200_2.tar
|
||||
ren %2\wx200_2.tar.gz %2\wx200_2.tgz
|
||||
|
||||
targnu -c -T %1\distrib\wx200hlp.lis -f wx200_hlp.tar
|
||||
move wx200_hlp.tar %2
|
||||
gzip32 %2\wx200_hlp.tar
|
||||
ren %2\wx200_hlp.tar.gz %2\wx200hlp.tgz
|
||||
|
||||
tar -c -T %1\distrib\wx200ps.lis -f %2\wx200ps.tar
|
||||
gzip32 %2\wx200ps.tar
|
||||
ren %2\wx200ps.tar.gz %2\wx200ps.tgz
|
||||
|
||||
targnu -c -T %1\distrib\wx200htm.lis -f wx200htm.tar
|
||||
move wx200htm.tar %2
|
||||
gzip32 %2\wx200htm.tar
|
||||
ren %2\wx200htm.tar.gz %2\wx200htm.tgz
|
||||
|
||||
targnu -c -T %1\distrib\wx200pdf.lis -f wx200pdf.tar
|
||||
move wx200pdf.tar %2
|
||||
gzip32 %2\wx200pdf.tar
|
||||
ren %2\wx200pdf.tar.gz %2\wx200pdf.tgz
|
||||
|
||||
cd %2
|
||||
echo wxWindows archived.
|
||||
goto end
|
||||
|
||||
:usage
|
||||
echo Tar/gzip wxWindows distribution under DOS, making an ASCII and binary file
|
||||
echo Usage: tardist source destination
|
||||
echo e.g. tardist d:\wx d:\wx\deliver
|
||||
|
||||
:end
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2
distrib/msw/wx_hlp.rsp
Normal file
2
distrib/msw/wx_hlp.rsp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
docs/winhelp/*.hlp
|
||||
docs/winhelp/*.cnt
|
||||
38
distrib/msw/wx_html.rsp
Normal file
38
distrib/msw/wx_html.rsp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
docs/html/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/*.gif
|
||||
|
||||
docs/html/wx/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/wx/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/porting/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/porting/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/faq/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/faq/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/techref/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/techref/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/prologio/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/prologio/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/dialoged/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/dialoged/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/wxbuild/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/wxbuild/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/wxtab/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/wxtab/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/wxchart/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/wxchart/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/wxtree/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/wxtree/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/wxgraph/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/wxgraph/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/wxgrid/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/wxgrid/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/wxhelp/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/wxhelp/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/wxhelp2/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/wxhelp2/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/wxprop/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/wxprop/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/winstall/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/winstall/*.gif
|
||||
docs/html/tex2rtf/*.htm
|
||||
docs/html/tex2rtf/*.gif
|
||||
|
||||
1
distrib/msw/wx_pdf.rsp
Normal file
1
distrib/msw/wx_pdf.rsp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
docs/pdf/*.pdf
|
||||
34
distrib/msw/zipdist.bat
Executable file
34
distrib/msw/zipdist.bat
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||
@echo off
|
||||
rem Zip up an external, generic + Windows distribution of wxWindows 2.0
|
||||
if "%1" == "" goto usage
|
||||
if "%2" == "" goto usage
|
||||
echo About to archive an external wxWindows distribution:
|
||||
echo From %1
|
||||
echo To %2\wx200gen.zip, %2\wx200doc.zip, %2\wx200msw.zip, %2\wx200ps.zip, %2\wx200hlp.zip, %2\wx200htm.zip, %2\wx200pdf.zip
|
||||
echo CTRL-C if this is not correct.
|
||||
pause
|
||||
|
||||
erase %2\wx200*.zip
|
||||
|
||||
cd %1
|
||||
echo Zipping...
|
||||
zip32 -@ %2\wx200gen.zip < %1\distrib\msw\generic.rsp
|
||||
zip32 -@ %2\wx200msw.zip < %1\distrib\msw\msw.rsp
|
||||
zip32 -@ %2\wx200doc.zip < %1\distrib\msw\docsrc.rsp
|
||||
|
||||
rem zip32 -@ %2\wx200ps.zip < %1\distrib\msw\wx_ps.rsp
|
||||
zip32 -@ %2\wx200hlp.zip < %1\distrib\msw\wx_hlp.rsp
|
||||
zip32 -@ %2\wx200htm.zip < %1\distrib\msw\wx_html.rsp
|
||||
zip32 -@ %2\wx200pdf.zip < %1\distrib\msw\wx_pdf.rsp
|
||||
|
||||
cd %2
|
||||
|
||||
echo wxWindows archived.
|
||||
goto end
|
||||
|
||||
:usage
|
||||
echo DOS wxWindows distribution.
|
||||
echo Usage: zipdist source destination
|
||||
echo e.g. zipdist d:\wx2\wxWindows d:\wx2\wxWindows\deliver
|
||||
|
||||
:end
|
||||
232
docs/changes.txt
Normal file
232
docs/changes.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
|
||||
Generic wxWindows 2.0 Change Log
|
||||
--------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Note: for platform-specific changes, see wx/docs/XXX/changes.txt
|
||||
where XXX is one of msw, motif, xt, gtk, mac.
|
||||
|
||||
Alpha 11, July 3rd 1998
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
- Major work on Dialog Editor (still plenty to go).
|
||||
- Expanded documentation a bit more.
|
||||
|
||||
Alpha 9, April 27th 1998
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
- Corrected some bugs, such as the wxModule compilation problem.
|
||||
- Added Gnu-Win32 b19/Mingw32 support by changing resource
|
||||
compilation and pragmas.
|
||||
- Changed SIZEOF to WXSIZEOF.
|
||||
|
||||
Alpha 8, April 17th 1998
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
- Added src/other/png, src/other/zlib directories.
|
||||
- Added samples/png.
|
||||
- IMPORTANT: Changed 'no id' number from 0 to -1, in wxEVT_ macros.
|
||||
Porters, please check particularly your wxTreeCtrl and wxListCtrl
|
||||
header files.
|
||||
- Added modules.h/cpp, config.cpp, fileconf.cpp, textfile.cpp/h.
|
||||
|
||||
Alpha 7, March 30th 1998
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
- Added tab classes, tab sample.
|
||||
- Revised memory.cpp, memory.h slightly; memory.h now #defines
|
||||
new to WXDEBUG_NEW in DEBUG mode. Windows implementation app.cpp
|
||||
now checks for leaks on exit. Added memcheck sample.
|
||||
See src/msw/issues.txt for more details.
|
||||
- resource.h, resource.cpp changed to make wxDefaultResourceTable
|
||||
a pointer. Now initialize resource system with
|
||||
wxInitializeResourceSystem and wxCleanUpResourceSystem, to
|
||||
allow better control of memory.
|
||||
- wxString now derives from wxObject, to enable memory leak
|
||||
checking.
|
||||
- Added some #include fixes in various files, plus changed
|
||||
float to long in wxToolBar files.
|
||||
|
||||
Alpha 6, March 10th 1998
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
- Added Vadim's dynarray.h, dynarray.cpp.
|
||||
- Added Vadim's menuitem.cpp.
|
||||
- Added Windows-specific wxCheckListBox,
|
||||
owner-draw wxListBox, and drag-and-drop
|
||||
(see docs/msw/changes.txt).
|
||||
|
||||
Alpha 5, 14th February 1998
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
- GENERIC AND MSW-SPECIFIC CODE NOW TREATED AS TWO SEPARATE
|
||||
DISTRIBUTIONS. This change log will therefore now refer to
|
||||
the generic code only. See docs/msw/changes.txt for Windows-specific
|
||||
changes.
|
||||
- Readmes, change logs and installation files now go in
|
||||
platform-specific directories under docs, e.g. docs/msw,
|
||||
docs/gtk.
|
||||
- Added DECLARE_APP and IMPLEMENT_APP macros so wxApp object gets
|
||||
created dynamically, not as a global object.
|
||||
- Put wxColour into wx/msw/colour.h, src/msw/colour.cpp.
|
||||
- Changed names of some include/wx/generic headers to be
|
||||
consistent and to conform to gcc pragma conventions. Also
|
||||
changed choicesg.cpp to choicdgg.cpp.
|
||||
- Added gcc pragmas.
|
||||
- Added gtk inclusion in include/wx headers.
|
||||
- Added consistent file headings to source and headers.
|
||||
- Removed lang.cpp, lang.h and references to wxSTR_... variables;
|
||||
added a few references to wxTransString.
|
||||
- Added operator to wxTransString that converts automatically
|
||||
to wxString, so we can say e.g. wxMessageBox(wxTransString("Hello"), ...).
|
||||
- samples/internat now works (minimally).
|
||||
- Added wxMouseEvent::GetPosition and
|
||||
wxMouseEvent::GetLogicalPosition, both returning wxPoints.
|
||||
- Made wxSize and wxRect contain longs not ints.
|
||||
- Cured some lemory leaks (thanks Vadim).
|
||||
- Tidied up OnIdle and introduced RequestMore/MoreRequested so
|
||||
will only keep processing OnIdle if it returns TRUE from
|
||||
MoreRequested.
|
||||
|
||||
Alpha 4, 31st January 1998
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
- Changed wxDC functions to take longs instead of floats. GetSize now takes
|
||||
integer pointers, plus a version that returns a wxSize.
|
||||
- const keyword added to various wxDC functions.
|
||||
- Under Windows, wxDC no longer has any knowledge of whether
|
||||
an associated window is scrolled or not. Instead, the device
|
||||
origin is set by wxScrolledWindow in wxScrolledWindow::PrepareDC.
|
||||
- wxScrolledWindow applications can optionally override the virtual OnDraw
|
||||
function instead of using the OnPaint event handler. The wxDC passed to
|
||||
OnDraw will be translated by PrepareDC to reflect scrolling.
|
||||
When drawing outside of OnDraw, must call PrepareDC explicitly.
|
||||
- wxToolBarBase/wxToolBarSimple similarly changed to allow for
|
||||
scrolling toolbars.
|
||||
- Integrated wxPostScriptDC patches for 1.xx by Chris Breeze,
|
||||
to help printing with multiple pages.
|
||||
- IPC classes given base classes (wxConnectionBase etc.) which
|
||||
define the API used by different implementations. DDE
|
||||
implementation updated to use these base classes.
|
||||
- wxHelpInstance now separated into wxHelpControllerBase (base
|
||||
for all implementations), wxWinHelpController (uses standard
|
||||
WinHelp), wxXLPHelPController (talks to wxHelp by DDE or
|
||||
TCP/IP). There will be others eventually, such as
|
||||
wxHTMLHelpController for Microsoft (and Netscape?) HTML Help.
|
||||
- Added Vadim Zeitlin's wxString class plus
|
||||
internationalization code (gettext simulation, wxLocale, etc.).
|
||||
New files from Vadim:
|
||||
include\wx\string.h
|
||||
include\wx\debug.h
|
||||
include\wx\file.h
|
||||
include\wx\log.h
|
||||
include\wx\intl.h
|
||||
src\common\string.cpp
|
||||
src\common\log.cpp
|
||||
src\common\intl.cpp
|
||||
src\common\file.cpp
|
||||
No longer use GNU wxString files.
|
||||
- Split off file-related functions into include\wx\filefn.h and
|
||||
src\common\filefn.cpp.
|
||||
- Borland C++ support (WIN32) for main library and
|
||||
samples, using makefile.b32 files.
|
||||
- Preparation done for allowing BC++ to compile wxWin as a DLL,
|
||||
including changes to defs.h.
|
||||
- wxIntPoint removed, wxPoint is now int, and wxRealPoint
|
||||
introduced.
|
||||
- Added wxShowEvent (generated when window is being shown or
|
||||
hidden).
|
||||
- Got minimal, docview, mdi samples working for 16-bit VC++ and
|
||||
cured 16-bit problem with wxTextCtrl (removed global memory
|
||||
trick).
|
||||
- Updated GnuWin32 makefiles, checked minimal, mdi, docview samples.
|
||||
|
||||
Alpha 3, September 1997
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
- wxListCtrl, wxTreeCtrl, wxImageList classes done.
|
||||
- Instigated new file hierarchy, split files and classes up more logically.
|
||||
- PrologIO and some other utils now put into core library.
|
||||
- Revamped print/preview classes, added wxPageSetupDialog.
|
||||
- Started documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
Alpha 2, 30th April 1997
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
- EVT_... macros now have at least one argument, for conformance
|
||||
with MetroWerks compiler.
|
||||
- Added ids to .wxr file format.
|
||||
- Got Dialog Editor compiled and running again but need
|
||||
to extend functionality to be in line with new controls.
|
||||
Added dialoged\test app to allow dynamic loading of .wxr files
|
||||
for testing purposes.
|
||||
- Rewrote wxBitmap to allow installable file type
|
||||
handlers.
|
||||
- Rewrote wxBitmapButton, wxStaticBitmap to not use Fafa.
|
||||
- Wrote most of wxTreeCtrl and sample (need wxImageList to implement it
|
||||
fully).
|
||||
- Added back wxRadioBox.
|
||||
- Tidied up wx_main.cpp, wxApp class, putting PenWin code in
|
||||
a separate file.
|
||||
|
||||
Alpha 1, 5th April 1997
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
At this point, the following has been achieved:
|
||||
|
||||
- A lot, but not all, of the code has been revamped for better
|
||||
naming conventions, protection of data members, and use of
|
||||
wxString instead of char *.
|
||||
- Obsolete functionality deleted (e.g. default wxPanel layout,
|
||||
old system event system) and code size reduced.
|
||||
- Class hierarchy changed (see design doc) - base classes such
|
||||
as wxbWindow now removed.
|
||||
- No longer includes windows.h in wxWin headers, by using stand-in
|
||||
Windows types where needed e.g. WXHWND.
|
||||
- PrologIO revised.
|
||||
- wxScrolledWindow, wxStatusBar and new MDI classes added.
|
||||
MDI is now achived using separate classes, not window styles.
|
||||
- wxSystemSettings added, and made use of to reflect standard
|
||||
Windows settings.
|
||||
- SetButtonFont/SetLabelFont replaced by SetFont; font and colour
|
||||
settings mucho rationalised.
|
||||
- All windows are now subclassed with the same window proc to make
|
||||
event handling far more consistent. Old internal wxWnd and derived
|
||||
classes removed.
|
||||
- API for controls revised, in particular addition of
|
||||
wxValidator parameters and removal of labels for some controls.
|
||||
- 1 validator written: see examples/validate.
|
||||
- Event table system introduced (see most samples and
|
||||
wx_event.cpp/ProcessEvent, wx_event.h). wxEvtHandler
|
||||
made more flexible, with Push/PopEventHandler allowing a chain
|
||||
of event handlers.
|
||||
- wxRadioBox removed - will be added back soon.
|
||||
- Toolbar class hierarchy revised:
|
||||
wxToolBarBase
|
||||
wxToolBarSimple (= old wxToolBar)
|
||||
wxToolBar95 (= old wxButtonBar under Win95
|
||||
wxToolBarMSW (= old wxButtonBar under WIN16/WIN32)
|
||||
- Constraint system debugged somewhat (sizers now work properly).
|
||||
- wxFileDialog, wxDirDialog added; other common dialogs now
|
||||
have class equivalents. Generic colour and font dialogs
|
||||
rewritten to not need obsolete panel layout.
|
||||
- .wxr resource system partially reinstated, though needs
|
||||
an integer ID for controls. Hopefully the resource system
|
||||
will be replaced by something better and more efficient
|
||||
in the future.
|
||||
- Device contexts no longer stored with window and accessed
|
||||
with GetDC - use wxClientDC, wxPaintDC, wxWindowDC stack
|
||||
variables instead.
|
||||
- wxSlider uses trackbar class under Win95, and wxSL_LABELS flag
|
||||
determines whether labels are shown. Other Win95-specific flags
|
||||
introduced, e.g. for showing ticks.
|
||||
- Styles introduced for dealing with 3D effects per window, for
|
||||
any window: all Win95 3D effects supported, plus transparent windows.
|
||||
- Major change to allow 3D effect support without CTL3D, under
|
||||
Win95.
|
||||
- Bitmap versions of button and checkbox separated out into new
|
||||
classes, but unimplemented as yet because I intend to remove
|
||||
the need for Fafa - it apparently causes GPFs in Win95 OSR 2.
|
||||
- utils/wxprop classes working (except maybe wxPropertyFormView)
|
||||
in preparation for use in Dialog Editor.
|
||||
- GNU-WIN32 compilation verified (a month or so ago).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
292
docs/gtk/welcome.html
Normal file
292
docs/gtk/welcome.html
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head><title>wxGTK Homepage</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor=#FFFFFF text=#000000 link=#0020FF vlink=#800000 alink=#007777>
|
||||
<h1>"wxWindows for the GTK" Homepage</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>Current version</h3>
|
||||
15th May '98: wxGTK v0.12 (alpha-)
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
This release is hardly more stable than the one before, but it
|
||||
has many new features. It's main purpose is actually to prepare
|
||||
the final merge of the Windows port and the GTK port source
|
||||
trees into a common tree, developed using CVS. The growing
|
||||
number of demos which compile and run with wxGTK "although"
|
||||
being written for wxMSW shows that we seem to be on the right
|
||||
track. One nice new feature for many potential users is that
|
||||
wxGTK no longer needs any extra libraries to be installed,
|
||||
other than the GTK.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
If you have a compiler
|
||||
better than gcc 2.7.2.2 then you can uncomment a line in src/common/prntbase.cpp
|
||||
which defines __GOOD_COMPILER__. This should make the printing demo work.
|
||||
I haven't got such a compiler, so I actually don't know. Somebody reported
|
||||
problems with version 2.7.2.3 as well.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>Acknowledgements</h3>
|
||||
I'd like to thank the
|
||||
<a href="http://www.freiburg.linux.de">Freiburg Linux User Group</a>
|
||||
for kindly providing
|
||||
this site and Christian Wetzel in particular for helping me with
|
||||
this site's administration.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>What is wxWindows?</h3>
|
||||
wxWindows is a C++ cross-platform GUI toolkit written mainly by Julian Smart.
|
||||
More information about wxWindows can be found at the
|
||||
<a href="http://web.ukonline.co.uk/julian.smart/wxwin">wxWindows Homepage</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The current version of wxWindows (v1.68) supports Windows ('95 and NT), Motif and
|
||||
XView (aka OpenLook). There is another port (wxXt) available, which uses the
|
||||
free-ware widget set from the Free Widget Foundation (FSF). Ports have been
|
||||
started for the Mac, OS/2 and NextStep.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
For different reasons, it was decided to start a complete rewrite of wxWindows,
|
||||
which will then be called wxWindows 2.0. For a list of new features and changes
|
||||
from the current version, you may read the wxWindows Homepage (see above).
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Currently, work is being done on four ports of wxWindows 2.0:
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<li> Windows (wxMSW, main author Julian Smart)
|
||||
<li> Unix, Motif (wxMotif, main author Markus Holzhem)
|
||||
<li> Unix, GIMP Toolkit (wxGTK, main author Robert Roebling)
|
||||
<li> Macintosh (wxMac, main author Greg Whitehead)
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
wxWindows provides a rich set of classes which help to make cross-platform
|
||||
GUI programming easy. In many aspect, it is modelled after MFC, making transition
|
||||
from MFC to wxWindows relatively painless. The main technical
|
||||
difference between most other free or commercial cross platform libraries is
|
||||
that wxWindows is a wrapper around existing widget sets, whereas the other
|
||||
toolkits (Qt, Tk, Java, Amulet, OPaC, JX, Fresko) draw their widgets themselves,
|
||||
which results in applications having a different look than native applications
|
||||
for that specific platform.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
There are classes for the following categories
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<li> Window classes: wxWindow, wxFrame, wxDialogBox, wxPanel, wxCanvas etc.
|
||||
<li> Widget classes: wxButton, wxCheckbox, wxChoice, wxListBox, wxListCtrl, wxText, wxGauge etc.
|
||||
<li> Data structures: wxList, wxString, wxHashTable, wxDate etc.
|
||||
<li> Layout/constraint system
|
||||
<li> GDI classes: wxPen, wxBrush, wxFont, wxBitmap etc.
|
||||
<li> Events: wxCommandEvent, wxMouseEvent, wxKeyEvent etc.
|
||||
<li> Devices contexts: wxCanvasDC, wxPostScriptDC, wxMemoryDC, wxPrinterDC
|
||||
<li> Base classes for runtime-type information: wxObject
|
||||
<li> Interprocess communication: wxClient, wxConnection, wxSocket, wxServer etc.
|
||||
<li> Document-view architecture: wxDocument, wxView, wxDocManager etc.
|
||||
<li> Printing framework: wxPreviewFrame, wxPrintDialog, wxPrinter etc.
|
||||
<li> Many helper classes, wxApplication, wxTypeTree, wxPathList etc.
|
||||
<li> Classes for internationalization
|
||||
<li> Built-in memory leak checking, log-files
|
||||
<li> A multitude of functions and macros
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>Copyright</h3>
|
||||
The choice of a suitable copyright has been subject to endless discussions. It
|
||||
has always been the aim, to put wxWindows under a copyright, which protects
|
||||
the work of its authors while at the same time encouraging the use of wxWindows
|
||||
in as many projects as possible.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The (so far) last decision has been to put the whole of wxWindows
|
||||
under a modified (less restrictive) version of the GNU library general
|
||||
public license.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The only exception is that wxGTK now contains code (gdk_imlib) which is
|
||||
under the GNU library general public license. When you make changes to
|
||||
this part of wxGTK, you'll have to make these changes public (in contrast
|
||||
to changes to the rest).
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
It is obviously encouraged that anybody who uses wxWindows and who
|
||||
makes any improvements to it will make these changes available to
|
||||
wxWindows' authors.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>What can I do with wxWindows 2.0?</h3>
|
||||
wxWindows is still in alpha stage, which means that there are still bugs
|
||||
waiting for you and several features are not yet (fully) implemented, but
|
||||
you can expect the interface to be more or less stable, so no major
|
||||
modifications will have to be made to your source code. wxGTK is already
|
||||
used in a number of medium sized projects and is it being developped
|
||||
in close cooperation with the authors of these applications.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>Can I write a GNOME application with wxGTK 2.0?</h3>
|
||||
Good question. The idea to use wxGTK for the GNOME desktop environment is
|
||||
quite obvious. When this topic came up on the GNOME mailing list, the GNOME
|
||||
people have shown an amazingly negative opinion about wxWindows. One reason
|
||||
might be that several of the main authors of the GNOME-project consider
|
||||
C++ a "broken language". I don't share that view and I am sure many people
|
||||
find C++ easier to handle and better suited for GUI programming than C.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Just recently, the topic of C++ in general and wxGTK in particular appeared
|
||||
again on the GNOME list. It has shown that - at least - the opinion on C++
|
||||
on the GNOME list is split.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
There is already a C++ wrapper for the GTK called GTK-- written by Tero Pulkkinen.
|
||||
It is very small and adds very little overhead to the GTK. If platform
|
||||
independence is no issue for you and you want to write a small tool
|
||||
for Linux, you should probably use GTK--. Of course you can use wxGTK
|
||||
for that, too :-)
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>Screenshots</h3>
|
||||
What would a home page of a GUI be without a screenshot? Well, as wxWindows
|
||||
is a wrapper around existing widget/item sets, a wxWindows application will
|
||||
look like any other native Windows, Motif, GTK or Mac application.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
But for those of you, who wouldn't download wxGTK only because there
|
||||
is no screenshot,
|
||||
<a href="ftp://ftp.freiburg.linux.de/pub/linux/wxxt/sshot.jpg">here it comes</a>.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>Download 1.68</h3>
|
||||
Go to the
|
||||
<a href="ftp://ftp.freiburg.linux.de/pub/linux/wxxt">FTP</a>
|
||||
section directly.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
There is documentation for version 1.68 in html available.
|
||||
<a href="ftp://ftp.freiburg.linux.de/pub/linux/wxxt">here</a>. Not yet.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
You can download current wxWindows version 1.68 for Windows, Motif and
|
||||
XView from
|
||||
<a href="ftp://ftp.freiburg.linux.de/pub/linux/wxxt">here</a>. Not yet.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
You can download wxXt 1.66d from
|
||||
<a href="ftp://ftp.freiburg.linux.de/pub/linux/wxxt/wxxt166d.tgz">here</a>.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>Download 2.0 alpha</h3>
|
||||
There is documentation for version 2.0 in html available.
|
||||
<a href="ftp://ftp.freiburg.linux.de/pub/linux/wxxt/wxGTK_doc.tgz">here</a>.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
You can download the first alpha for wxWindows 2.0 for Windows from
|
||||
<a href="ftp://ftp.freiburg.linux.de/pub/linux/wxxt/">here</a>. Not yet.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
You can download the current alpha for wxWindows 2.0 for GTK from
|
||||
<a href="ftp://ftp.freiburg.linux.de/pub/linux/wxxt/wxGTK-0.12.tgz">here</a>.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>News from wxGTK 0.12</h3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
PNG, zlib and gdk_imlib code included.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
MDI implementation. More a basis for further testing
|
||||
than of real value.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Split "--with-debug" option into two options: "--with-debug_info"
|
||||
and "--with-debug_flag". The first one sets the "-g" flag when
|
||||
compiling, the second defines "DEBUG" in setup.h (which is included
|
||||
from defs.h).
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Merged DocView framework. The sample doesn't compile yet, because
|
||||
it uses features from wxTextCtrl, which I haven't implemented yet.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Merged TabCtrl. Doesn't look perfect, but it seems to work.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Merged remaining classes from the newest wxMSW alpha. (wxDynArray,
|
||||
wxModule etc.).
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Further updates, bug fixes or additions:
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<li> wxYield() (again)
|
||||
<li> postscript support for bitmaps
|
||||
<li> spline code merged
|
||||
<li> several bug fixes
|
||||
<li> new samples
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>Known problems</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
Missing implementation of:
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<li>Impossible to set new font in GTK's widgets
|
||||
<li>Items containing bitmaps
|
||||
<li>Masks, bitmap handlers (partially done)
|
||||
<li>Gauge
|
||||
<li>Combobox
|
||||
<li>Palettes (colormaps)
|
||||
<li>Keyboard accelerators for menus
|
||||
<li>Validation
|
||||
<li>Clipboard functions
|
||||
<li>Resources (for use with wxIDE-to-be)
|
||||
<li>Drag and Drop
|
||||
<li>Threads, Interprocess communication
|
||||
<li>Sockets
|
||||
<li>Database classes
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>Installation of wxGTK under Linux</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
GTK requires an up-to-date version of the
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<li> GTK (GIMP ToolKit)
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
to be installed as a shared lib on your system. wxGTK is being developped with
|
||||
version 1.0.1 and it is known not to work with earlier versions.
|
||||
The GTK library is available from
|
||||
<a href="ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/">somewhere here (gtk.org).</a>
|
||||
After having typed "make install" the GTK header files should be
|
||||
in "/usr/local/include". Correct me, if I am wrong.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Compilation itself works as usual with autoconf:
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<li> Unpack it to a suitable subdirectory, let's say ~/wxGTK
|
||||
<li> Type "cd wxGTK"
|
||||
<li> Type "configure"
|
||||
<li> Type "make"
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
Some demos use files stored in the source directory of those demos
|
||||
(e.g. internat uses files in samples/internat) whereas the binaries
|
||||
will end up in samples/internat/linux. You'll have to copy the binaries
|
||||
down or call them like "linux/test" from samples/internat. This is
|
||||
also the case for wxTest (which should display a horse).
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
You can create a shared library by adding the option "--with-shared" to
|
||||
the "configure" command. Afterwards, you'll have to copy the library
|
||||
~/wxGTK/lib/linux (if you have Linux) to a directory in your LDPATH (e.g. /usr/X11R6/lib)
|
||||
and run "ldconfig".
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3>Mailing list for wxGTK</h3>
|
||||
The mailing list (as well as this page) is called wxxt for more
|
||||
or less historical reasons.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
You can subsribe to the mailing list by sending a mail to
|
||||
<a href="mailto:majordomo@wesley.informatik.uni-freiburg.de">majordomo@wesley.informatik.uni-freiburg.de</a>.
|
||||
This mail must contain the text "subscribe wxxt" in the body (not the subject) of the
|
||||
mail. You will then get a confirmation that somebody asked majordomo to put you
|
||||
on the list and you will have to confirm this once again by sending back
|
||||
the authentisation, which comes in the confirmation mail. The last step
|
||||
is also described in the actual confirmation mail (I think).
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
You can send a mail to the mailing list to the address
|
||||
<a href="mailto:wxxt@www.freiburg.linux.de">wxxt@www.freiburg.linux.de</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Unsubscribe by sending "unsubscribe wxxt" to majordomo (see above). Not to
|
||||
the actual mailing list.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<address>
|
||||
<br>This page is maintained by <a href="mailto:roebling@sun2.ruf.uni-freiburg.de">Robert Roebling</a>.
|
||||
Comments, in contrast to junk and flames, welcome.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Last changed 15th Mai '98.
|
||||
</address>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
docs/latex/porting/back.gif
Normal file
BIN
docs/latex/porting/back.gif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 225 B |
BIN
docs/latex/porting/books.bmp
Normal file
BIN
docs/latex/porting/books.bmp
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
BIN
docs/latex/porting/books.gif
Normal file
BIN
docs/latex/porting/books.gif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 242 B |
BIN
docs/latex/porting/bullet.bmp
Normal file
BIN
docs/latex/porting/bullet.bmp
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 198 B |
BIN
docs/latex/porting/contents.gif
Normal file
BIN
docs/latex/porting/contents.gif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 231 B |
BIN
docs/latex/porting/forward.gif
Normal file
BIN
docs/latex/porting/forward.gif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 109 B |
17
docs/latex/porting/porting.hpj
Normal file
17
docs/latex/porting/porting.hpj
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
[OPTIONS]
|
||||
BMROOT=d:\wx2\wxwind~1\docs\latex\porting ; Assume that bitmaps are where the source is
|
||||
TITLE=wxWindows Porting Guide
|
||||
CONTENTS=Contents
|
||||
COMPRESS=HIGH
|
||||
|
||||
[FILES]
|
||||
porting.rtf
|
||||
|
||||
[CONFIG]
|
||||
CreateButton("Up", "&Up", "JumpId(`porting.hlp', `Contents')")
|
||||
BrowseButtons()
|
||||
|
||||
[MAP]
|
||||
|
||||
[BITMAPS]
|
||||
|
||||
390
docs/latex/porting/porting.tex
Normal file
390
docs/latex/porting/porting.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
|
||||
\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyhea,mysober,mytitle]{report}
|
||||
\newcommand{\indexit}[1]{#1\index{#1}}%
|
||||
\newcommand{\pipe}[0]{$\|$\ }%
|
||||
\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
|
||||
\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
|
||||
\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
|
||||
\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
|
||||
\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
|
||||
\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
|
||||
\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
|
||||
\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
|
||||
\input psbox.tex
|
||||
\parskip=10pt
|
||||
\parindent=0pt
|
||||
\title{Guide to porting applications from wxWindows 1.xx to 2.0}
|
||||
\author{Julian Smart}
|
||||
\date{October 1997}
|
||||
\makeindex
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancyplain}
|
||||
\bibliographystyle{plain}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
|
||||
\pagenumbering{roman}
|
||||
\tableofcontents
|
||||
%
|
||||
\chapter{About this document}\label{about}
|
||||
\pagenumbering{arabic}%
|
||||
\setheader{{\it Porting guide}}{}{}{}{}{{\it Porting guide}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
|
||||
|
||||
This document gives guidelines and tips for porting applications from
|
||||
version 1.xx of wxWindows to version 2.0.
|
||||
|
||||
The first section offers tips for writing 1.xx applications in a way to
|
||||
minimize porting time. The following sections detail the changes and
|
||||
how you can modify your application to be 2.0-compliant.
|
||||
|
||||
You may be worrying that porting to 2.0 will be a lot of work,
|
||||
particularly if you have only recently started using 1.xx. In fact,
|
||||
the wxWindows 2.0 API has far more in common with 1.xx than it has differences.
|
||||
With backward compatibility mode on, much of the conversion can be
|
||||
done gradually. The main challenges are doing without the default
|
||||
panel item layout, and the lack of automatic labels in some controls.
|
||||
However, if you already use resource files (.wxr), or application-specific positioning,
|
||||
or constraints, then even this will be quite painless.
|
||||
|
||||
So please don't be freaked out by the jump to 2.0! For one thing, 1.xx is still available
|
||||
and will be supported by the user community for some time. And when you have
|
||||
changed to 2.0, we hope that you will appreciate the benefits in terms
|
||||
of greater flexibility, better user interface aesthetics, improved C++ conformance,
|
||||
improved compilation speed, and many other enhancements. The revised architecture
|
||||
of 2.0 will ensure that wxWindows can continue to evolve for the forseeable
|
||||
future.
|
||||
|
||||
{\it Please note that this document is a work in progress.}
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Preparing for version 2.0}\label{preparing}
|
||||
|
||||
Even before compiling with version 2.0, there's also a lot you can do right now to make porting
|
||||
relatively simple. Here are a few tips.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item {\bf Use constraints or .wxr resources} for layout, rather than the default layout scheme.
|
||||
Constraints should be the same in 2.0, and resources will be translated.
|
||||
\item {\bf Use separate wxMessage items} instead of labels for wxText, wxMultiText,
|
||||
wxChoice, wxComboBox. These labels will disappear in 2.0. Use separate
|
||||
wxMessages whether you're creating controls programmatically or using
|
||||
the dialog editor. The future dialog editor will be able to translate
|
||||
from old to new more accurately if labels are separated out.
|
||||
\item {\bf Parameterise functions that use wxDC} or derivatives, i.e. make the wxDC
|
||||
an argument to all functions that do drawing. Minimise the use of
|
||||
wxWindow::GetDC and definitely don't store wxDCs long-term
|
||||
because in 2.0, you can't use GetDC() and wxDCs are not persistent.
|
||||
You will use wxClientDC, wxPaintDC stack objects instead. Minimising
|
||||
the use of GetDC() will ensure that there are very few places you
|
||||
have to change drawing code for 2.0.
|
||||
\item {\bf Don't set GDI objects} (wxPen, wxBrush etc.) in windows or wxCanvasDCs before they're
|
||||
needed (e.g. in constructors) - do so within your drawing routine instead. In
|
||||
2.0, these settings will only take effect between the construction and destruction
|
||||
of temporary wxClient/PaintDC objects.
|
||||
\item {\bf Don't rely} on arguments to wxDC functions being floating point - they will
|
||||
be 32-bit integers in 2.0.
|
||||
\item {\bf Don't use the wxCanvas member functions} that duplicate wxDC functions, such as SetPen and DrawLine, since
|
||||
they are going.
|
||||
\item {\bf Using member callbacks} called from global callback functions will make the transition
|
||||
easier - see the FAQ
|
||||
for some notes on using member functions for callbacks. wxWindows 2.0 will banish global
|
||||
callback functions (and OnMenuCommand), and nearly all event handling will be done by functions taking a single event argument.
|
||||
So in future you will have code like:
|
||||
|
||||
{\small\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
void MyFrame::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
}%
|
||||
|
||||
You may find that writing the extra code to call a member function isn't worth it at this stage,
|
||||
but the option is there.
|
||||
\item {\bf Use wxString wherever possible.} 2.0 will replace char * with wxString
|
||||
in most cases, and if you use wxString to receive strings returned from
|
||||
wxWindows functions (except when you need to save the pointer if deallocation is required), there should
|
||||
be no conversion problems later on.
|
||||
\item Be aware that under Windows, {\bf font sizes will change} to match standard Windows
|
||||
font sizes (for example, a 12-point font will appear bigger than before). Write your application
|
||||
to be flexible where fonts are concerned.
|
||||
Don't rely on fonts being similarly-sized across platforms, as they were (by chance) between
|
||||
Windows and X under wxWindows 1.66. Yes, this is not easy... but I think it's better to conform to the
|
||||
standards of each platform, and currently the size difference makes it difficult to
|
||||
conform to Windows UI standards. You may eventually wish to build in a global 'fudge-factor' to compensate
|
||||
for size differences. The old font sizing will still be available via wx\_setup.h, so do not panic...
|
||||
\item {\bf Consider dropping wxForm usage}: an alternative is to be found in utils/wxprop.
|
||||
wxPropertyFormView can be used in a wxForm-like way, except that you specify a pre-constructed panel
|
||||
or dialog; or you can use a wxPropertyListView to show attributes in a scrolling list - you don't even need
|
||||
to lay panel items out.
|
||||
|
||||
Because wxForm uses a number of features to be dropped in wxWindows 2.0, it cannot be
|
||||
supported in the future, at least in its present state.
|
||||
\item {\bf When creating a wxListBox}, put the wxLB\_SINGLE, wxLB\_MULTIPLE, wxLB\_EXTENDED styles in the window style parameter, and put
|
||||
zero in the {\it multiple} parameter. The {\it multiple} parameter will be removed in 2.0.
|
||||
\item {\bf For MDI applications}, don't reply on MDI being run-time-switchable in the way that the
|
||||
MDI sample is. In wxWindows 2.0, MDI functionality is separated into distinct classes.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{The new event system}\label{eventsystem}
|
||||
|
||||
The way that events are handled has been radically changed in wxWindows 2.0. Please
|
||||
read the topic `Event handling overview' in the wxWindows 2.0 manual for background
|
||||
on this.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Callbacks}
|
||||
|
||||
Instead of callbacks for panel items, menu command events, control commands and other events are directed to
|
||||
the originating window, or an ancestor, or an event handler that has been plugged into the window
|
||||
or its ancestor. Event handlers always have one argument, a derivative of wxEvent.
|
||||
|
||||
For menubar commands, the {\bf OnMenuCommand} member function will be replaced by a series of separate member functions,
|
||||
each of which responds to a particular command. You need to add these (non-virtual) functions to your
|
||||
frame class, add a DECLARE\_EVENT\_TABLE entry to the class, and then add an event table to
|
||||
your implementation file, as a BEGIN\_EVENT\_TABLE and END\_EVENT\_TABLE block. The
|
||||
individual event mapping macros will be of the form:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(MyFrame, wxFrame)
|
||||
EVT_MENU(MYAPP_NEW, MyFrame::OnNew)
|
||||
EVT_MENU(wxID_EXIT, MyFrame::OnExit)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Control commands, such as button commands, can be routed to a derived button class,
|
||||
the parent window, or even the frame. Here, you use a function of the form EVT\_BUTTON(id, func).
|
||||
Similar macros exist for other control commands.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Other events}
|
||||
|
||||
To intercept other events, you used to override virtual functions, such as OnSize. Now, while you can use
|
||||
the OnSize name for such event handlers (or any other name of your choice), it has only a single argument
|
||||
(wxSizeEvent) and must again be `mapped' using the EVT\_SIZE macro. The same goes for all other events,
|
||||
including OnClose (although in fact you can still use the old, virtual form of OnClose for the time being).
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Class hierarchy}\label{classhierarchy}
|
||||
|
||||
The class hierarchy has changed somewhat. wxToolBar and wxButtonBar
|
||||
classes have been split into several classes, and are derived from wxControl (which was
|
||||
called wxItem). wxPanel derives from wxWindow instead of from wxCanvas, which has
|
||||
disappeared in favour of wxScrolledWindow (since all windows are now effectively canvases
|
||||
which can be drawn into). The status bar has become a class in its own right, wxStatusBar.
|
||||
|
||||
There are new MDI classes so that wxFrame does not have to be overloaded with this
|
||||
functionality.
|
||||
|
||||
There are new device context classes, with wxPanelDC and wxCanvasDC disappearing.
|
||||
See \helpref{Device contexts and painting}{dc}.
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{GDI objects}\label{gdiobjects}
|
||||
|
||||
These objects - instances of classes such as wxPen, wxBrush, wxBitmap (but not wxColour) -
|
||||
are now implemented with reference-counting. This makes assignment a very cheap operation,
|
||||
and also means that management of the resource is largely automatic. You now pass {\it references} to
|
||||
objects to functions such as wxDC::SetPen. The device context does not store a copy of the pen
|
||||
itself, but takes a copy of it (via reference counting), and the object's data gets freed up
|
||||
when the reference count goes to zero. The application does not have to worry so much about
|
||||
who the object belongs to: it can pass the reference, then destroy the object without
|
||||
leaving a dangling pointer inside the device context.
|
||||
|
||||
For the purposes of code migration, you can use the old style of object management - maintaining
|
||||
pointers to GDI objects, and using the FindOrCreate... functions. However, it is preferable to
|
||||
keep this explicit management to a minimum, instead creating objects on the fly as needed, on the stack,
|
||||
unless this causes too much of an overhead in your application.
|
||||
|
||||
At a minimum, you will have to make sure that calls to SetPen, SetBrush etc. work. Some compilers
|
||||
will do the conversion from pointer to reference automatically (via a constructor in the GDI
|
||||
class) but you cannot rely on this being true for all compilers. Also, where you pass NULL to these
|
||||
functions, you will need to either cast to the appropriate reference type, or instead
|
||||
use an identifier such as wxNullPen or wxNullBrush.
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Dialogs and controls}\label{dialogscontrols}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Labels}
|
||||
|
||||
Most controls no longer have labels and values as they used to in 1.xx. Instead, labels
|
||||
should be created separately using wxStaticText (the new name for wxMessage). This will
|
||||
need some reworking of dialogs, unfortunately; programmatic dialog creation that doesn't
|
||||
use constraints will be especially hard-hit. Perhaps take this opportunity to make more
|
||||
use of dialog resources or constraints. Or consider using the wxPropertyListView class
|
||||
which can do away with dialog layout issues altogether by presenting a list of editable
|
||||
properties.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Constructors}
|
||||
|
||||
All window constructors have two main changes, apart from the label issue mentioned above.
|
||||
Windows now have integer identifiers; and position and size are now passed as wxPoint and
|
||||
wxSize objects. In addition, some windows have a wxValidator argument. wxWindows 2.0 may provide
|
||||
old-style constructors in WXWIN\_COMPATIBILITY mode for limited backward compatibility.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Show versus ShowModal}
|
||||
|
||||
If you have used or overridden the {\bf wxDialog::Show} function in the past, you may find
|
||||
that modal dialogs no longer work as expected. This is because the function for modal showing
|
||||
is now {\bf wxDialog:ShowModal}. This is part of a more fundamental change in which a
|
||||
control may tell the dialog that it caused the dismissal of a dialog, by
|
||||
calling {\bf wxDialog::EndModal} or {\bf wxWindow::SetReturnCode}. Using this
|
||||
information, {\bf ShowModal} now returns the id of the control that caused dismissal,
|
||||
giving greater feedback to the application than just TRUE or FALSE.
|
||||
|
||||
If you overrode or called {\bf wxDialog::Show}, use {\bf ShowModal} and test for a returned identifier,
|
||||
commonly wxID\_OK or wxID\_CANCEL.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{wxItem}
|
||||
|
||||
This is renamed wxControl.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{wxText, wxMultiText and wxTextWindow}
|
||||
|
||||
These classes no longer exist and are replaced by the single class wxTextCtrl.
|
||||
Multi-line text items are created using the wxTE\_MULTILINE style.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{wxButton}
|
||||
|
||||
Bitmap buttons are now a separate class, instead of being part of wxBitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{wxMessage}
|
||||
|
||||
Bitmap messages are now a separate class, wxStaticBitmap, and wxMessage
|
||||
is renamed wxStaticText.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{wxGroupBox}
|
||||
|
||||
wxGroupBox is renamed wxStaticBox.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{wxForm}
|
||||
|
||||
Note that wxForm is no longer supported in wxWindows 2.0. Consider using the wxPropertyForm class
|
||||
instead, which takes standard dialogs and panels and associates controls with property objects.
|
||||
You may also find that the new validation method, combined with dialog resources, is easier
|
||||
and more flexible than using wxForm.
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Device contexts and painting}\label{dc}
|
||||
|
||||
In wxWindows 2.0, device contexts are used for drawing into, as per 1.xx, but the way
|
||||
they are accessed and constructed is a bit different.
|
||||
|
||||
You no longer use {\bf GetDC} to access device contexts for panels, dialogs and canvases.
|
||||
Instead, you create a temporary device context, which means that any window or control can be drawn
|
||||
into. The sort of device context you create depends on where your code is called from. If
|
||||
painting within an {\bf OnPaint} handler, you create a wxPaintDC. If not within an {\bf OnPaint} handler,
|
||||
you use a wxClientDC or wxWindowDC. You can still parameterise your drawing code so that it
|
||||
doesn't have to worry about what sort of device context to create - it uses the DC it is passed
|
||||
from other parts of the program.
|
||||
|
||||
You {\bf must } create a wxPaintDC if you define an OnPaint handler, even if you do not
|
||||
actually use this device context, or painting will not work correctly under Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
If you used device context functions with wxPoint or wxIntPoint before, please note
|
||||
that wxPoint now contains integer members, and there is a new class wxRealPoint. wxIntPoint
|
||||
no longer exists.
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Miscellaneous}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Strings}
|
||||
|
||||
wxString has replaced char* in the majority of cases. For passing strings into functions,
|
||||
this should not normally require you to change your code if the syntax is otherwise the
|
||||
same. This is because C++ will automatically convert a char* or const char* to a wxString by virtue
|
||||
of appropriate wxString constructors.
|
||||
|
||||
However, when a wxString is returned from a function in wxWindows 2.0 where a char* was
|
||||
returned in wxWindows 1.xx, your application will need to be changed. Usually you can
|
||||
simplify your application's allocation and deallocation of memory for the returned string,
|
||||
and simply assign the result to a wxString object. For example, replace this:
|
||||
|
||||
{\small\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
char* s = wxFunctionThatReturnsString();
|
||||
s = copystring(s); // Take a copy in case it's temporary
|
||||
.... // Do something with it
|
||||
delete[] s;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
with this:
|
||||
|
||||
{\small\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
wxString s = wxFunctionThatReturnsString();
|
||||
.... // Do something with it
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
To indicate an empty return value or a problem, a function may return either the
|
||||
empty string (``") or a null string. You can check for a null string with wxString::IsNull().
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Use of const}
|
||||
|
||||
The {\bf const} keyword is now used to denote constant functions that do not affect the
|
||||
object, and for function arguments to denote that the object passed cannot be changed.
|
||||
|
||||
This should not affect your application except for where you are overriding virtual functions
|
||||
which now have a different signature. If functions are not being called which were previously,
|
||||
check whether there is a parameter mismatch (or function type mismatch) involving consts.
|
||||
|
||||
Try to use the {\bf const} keyword in your own code where possible.
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Backward compatibility}\label{compat}
|
||||
|
||||
Some wxWindows 1.xx functionality has been left to ease the transition to 2.0. This functionality
|
||||
(usually) only works if you compile with WXWIN\_COMPATIBILITY set to 1.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO
|
||||
|
||||
OnMenuCommand, OnSize, OnActivate, OnPaint, others?? can all be prefixed with Old (e.g. OldOnMenuCommand)
|
||||
and will work as before. You are encouraged to convert your code to the new forms, but
|
||||
this will allow you to get your applications up and running a little more quickly.
|
||||
|
||||
OnClose can be used as-is without an 'Old' prefix, but officially the OnCloseWindow event table handler should be
|
||||
used instead.
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Quick reference}\label{quickreference}
|
||||
|
||||
This section allows you to quickly find features that
|
||||
need to be converted.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO
|
||||
|
||||
\section{OnActivate}
|
||||
|
||||
Rename to OldOnActivate, or replace arguments with one wxActivateEvent\& argument.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{Backward compatibility}{compat}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{OnClose}
|
||||
|
||||
This can either remain the same as before, or you can add an OnCloseWindow event
|
||||
handler using an EVT\_CLOSE event table entry.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{Backward compatibility}{compat}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{OnMenuCommand}
|
||||
|
||||
Rename to OldOnMenuCommand, or replace with a series of functions, one for
|
||||
each case of your old switch statement. Create an event table for your frame
|
||||
containing EVT\_MENU macros, and insert DECLARE\_EVENT\_TABLE() in your frame class.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{Backward compatibility}{compat}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{OnSize}
|
||||
|
||||
Rename to OldOnSize, or replace arguments with one wxSizeEvent\& argument.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{Backward compatibility}{compat}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{wxDialog::Show}
|
||||
|
||||
If you used {\bf Show} to show a modal dialog, or to override the standard
|
||||
modal dialog {\bf Show}, use {\bf ShowModal} instead.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{Dialogs and controls}{dialogscontrols}
|
||||
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
28
docs/latex/porting/tex2rtf.ini
Normal file
28
docs/latex/porting/tex2rtf.ini
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
;;; Tex2RTF initialisation file for 16-bit Winhelp
|
||||
runTwice = yes
|
||||
titleFontSize = 12
|
||||
authorFontSize = 10
|
||||
authorFontSize = 10
|
||||
chapterFontSize = 12
|
||||
sectionFontSize = 12
|
||||
subsectionFontSize = 12
|
||||
contentsDepth = 2
|
||||
headerRule = yes
|
||||
footerRule = yes
|
||||
useHeadingStyles = yes
|
||||
listItemIndent=40
|
||||
generateHPJ = yes
|
||||
htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
|
||||
winHelpContents = yes
|
||||
winHelpVersion = 3 ; 3 for Windows 3.x, 4 for Windows 95
|
||||
winHelpTitle = "wxWindows Porting Guide"
|
||||
truncateFilenames = yes
|
||||
combineSubSections = yes
|
||||
\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
|
||||
\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
|
||||
\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
|
||||
\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\par\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
|
||||
\wxheading [1]{{\bf \fcol{blue}{#1}}}
|
||||
\const [0] {{\bf const}}
|
||||
\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
289
docs/latex/porting/texhelp.sty
Normal file
289
docs/latex/porting/texhelp.sty
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
|
||||
% LaTeX style file
|
||||
% Name: texhelp.sty
|
||||
% Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Purpose
|
||||
% -------
|
||||
% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
|
||||
% hypertext manuals.
|
||||
% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
|
||||
% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
|
||||
% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
|
||||
% in all other formats.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Julian Smart
|
||||
% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
|
||||
%
|
||||
%
|
||||
% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% followed by a description of the class.
|
||||
% Each member should follow:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \membersection{wxName::Member}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% with a description of what this member does.
|
||||
% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \func{return type}{name}{args}
|
||||
% or
|
||||
% \member{type}{name}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
|
||||
|
||||
% Function, e.g.
|
||||
% e.g. to typeset
|
||||
%
|
||||
% void DoIt(char *string);
|
||||
%
|
||||
% write:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
|
||||
{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
|
||||
|
||||
% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
|
||||
% e.g. to typeset
|
||||
%
|
||||
% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
|
||||
%
|
||||
% write:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
|
||||
{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
|
||||
|
||||
% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
|
||||
\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% CLIPS function
|
||||
\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
|
||||
{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% This is used for a CLIPS function name
|
||||
\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Member: a type and a name
|
||||
\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
|
||||
\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
|
||||
\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Class: puts in index
|
||||
\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Void type
|
||||
\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Typeset destructor
|
||||
\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
|
||||
|
||||
% Typeset insert/extract operators
|
||||
\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
|
||||
\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
|
||||
%
|
||||
% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
|
||||
% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
|
||||
% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
% Type text with section reference
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
|
||||
|
||||
% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
|
||||
\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
|
||||
|
||||
% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
|
||||
\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
|
||||
\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Like footnote, but popup text.
|
||||
\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
% Global document font size/family, help only.
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in all on-line help
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in all on-line help
|
||||
\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in LaTeX
|
||||
\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
|
||||
% Only print in LaTeX
|
||||
\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in linear RTF
|
||||
\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in linear RTF
|
||||
\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
|
||||
\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in WinHelp RTF
|
||||
\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in wxHelp
|
||||
\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in wxHelp
|
||||
\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in HTML
|
||||
\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in HTML
|
||||
\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
|
||||
% in help systems!)
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
|
||||
|
||||
% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Headings consistent with generated ones
|
||||
\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
|
||||
\begin{flushleft}
|
||||
{\LARGE \bf #1}
|
||||
\end{flushleft}
|
||||
\vskip 20pt
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Heading with entry in contents page.
|
||||
\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
|
||||
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
|
||||
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Glossary environment
|
||||
\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Glossary entry
|
||||
\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
|
||||
\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Image, left aligned (HTML)
|
||||
\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Image, right aligned (HTML)
|
||||
\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
|
||||
% acts like \image.
|
||||
\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Headers and footers
|
||||
% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
|
||||
% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
|
||||
\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
|
||||
\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
|
||||
\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
|
||||
\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
|
||||
% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
|
||||
\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
|
||||
\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
|
||||
\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
|
||||
\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
|
||||
% in mirrored margins mode.
|
||||
\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\twocolwidtha{3cm}
|
||||
\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
|
||||
\twocolspacing{2}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
|
||||
|
||||
\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
|
||||
{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
|
||||
\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
|
||||
|
||||
% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
|
||||
\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
|
||||
|
||||
% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
|
||||
\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
|
||||
{\end{list}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
|
||||
\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
|
||||
% Double-framed box of text.
|
||||
\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
|
||||
% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
|
||||
% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
|
||||
% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
|
||||
% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
|
||||
|
||||
% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
|
||||
% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
|
||||
\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
|
||||
% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
|
||||
% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
|
||||
% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
|
||||
\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
|
||||
\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
|
||||
\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
|
||||
\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
|
||||
\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
|
||||
#2%
|
||||
\end{list}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
1
docs/latex/porting/up.gif
Normal file
1
docs/latex/porting/up.gif
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
GIF87a
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 6 B |
56
docs/latex/wx/activevt.tex
Normal file
56
docs/latex/wx/activevt.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxActivateEvent}}\label{wxactivateevent}
|
||||
|
||||
An activate event is sent when a window or application is being activated
|
||||
or deactivated.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxEvent}{wxevent}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Event table macros}
|
||||
|
||||
To process an activate event, use these event handler macros to direct input to a member
|
||||
function that takes a wxActivateEvent argument.
|
||||
|
||||
\twocolwidtha{7cm}
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_ACTIVATE(func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_ACTIVATE event.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_ACTIVATE\_APP(func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_ACTIVATE\_APP event.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}%
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when is
|
||||
being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the title
|
||||
bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
|
||||
|
||||
An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames becomes activated,
|
||||
or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all application frames being inactive. (Windows only)
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindow::OnActivate}{wxwindowonactivate},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::OnActivate}{wxapponactivate},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{Event handling overview}{eventhandlingoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxActivateEvent::wxActivateEvent}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxActivateEvent}{\param{WXTYPE }{eventType = 0}, \param{int }{id = 0}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxActivateEvent::m\_active}
|
||||
|
||||
\member{bool}{m\_active}
|
||||
|
||||
TRUE if the window or application was activated.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxActivateEvent::GetActive}\label{wxactivateeventgetactive}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{GetActive}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if the application or window is being activated, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
395
docs/latex/wx/app.tex
Normal file
395
docs/latex/wx/app.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxApp}}\label{wxapp}
|
||||
|
||||
The {\bf wxApp} class represents the application itself. It is used
|
||||
to:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item set and get application-wide properties;
|
||||
\item implement the windowing system message or event loop;
|
||||
\item initiate application processing via \helpref{wxApp::OnInit}{wxapponinit};
|
||||
\item allow default processing of events not handled by other
|
||||
objects in the application.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
You should use the macro IMPLEMENT\_APP(appClass) in your application implementation
|
||||
file to tell wxWindows how to create an instance of your application class.
|
||||
|
||||
Use DECLARE\_APP(appClass) in a header file if you want the wxGetApp function (which returns
|
||||
a reference to your application object) to be visible to other files.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp overview}{wxappoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::wxApp}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{wxApp}{\param{int}{ language = wxLANGUAGE\_ENGLISH}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor. Called implicitly with a definition of a wxApp object.
|
||||
|
||||
The argument is a language identifier; this is an experimental
|
||||
feature and will be expanded and documented in future versions.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO: completely rewrite the language stuff.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::\destruct{wxApp}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{\destruct{wxApp}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Destructor. Will be called implicitly on program exit if the wxApp
|
||||
object is created on the stack.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::argc}\label{wxappargc}
|
||||
|
||||
\member{int}{argc}
|
||||
|
||||
Number of command line arguments (after environment-specific processing).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::argv}\label{wxappargv}
|
||||
|
||||
\member{char **}{argv}
|
||||
|
||||
Command line arguments (after environment-specific processing).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::CreateLogTarget}\label{wxappcreatelogtarget}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{virtual wxLog*}{CreateLogTarget}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a wxLog class for the application to use for logging errors. The default
|
||||
implementation returns a new wxLogGui class.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxLog}{wxlog}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::Dispatch}\label{wxappdispatch}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{Dispatch}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Dispatches the next event in the windowing system event queue.
|
||||
|
||||
This can be used for programming event loops, e.g.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
while (app.Pending())
|
||||
Dispatch();
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::Pending}{wxapppending}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::GetAppName}\label{wxappgetappname}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetAppName}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the application name.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows sets this to a reasonable default before
|
||||
calling \helpref{wxApp::OnInit}{wxapponinit}, but the application can reset it at will.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::GetAuto3D}\label{wxappgetauto3d}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{GetAuto3D}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if 3D control mode is on, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::SetAuto3D}{wxappsetauto3d}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::GetClassName}\label{wxappgetclassname}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetClassName}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the class name of the application. The class name may be used in a platform specific
|
||||
manner to refer to the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::SetClassName}{wxappsetclassname}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::GetExitOnDelete}\label{wxappgetexitondelete}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{GetExitOnDelete}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if the application will exit when the top-level window is deleted, FALSE
|
||||
otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::SetExitOnDelete}{wxappsetexitondelete}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::GetPrintMode}\label{wxappgetprintmode}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{GetPrintMode}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the print mode: see \helpref{wxApp::SetPrintMode}{wxappsetprintmode}.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::GetTopWindow}\label{wxappgettopwindow}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxWindow *}{GetTopWindow}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns a pointer to the top window.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::SetTopWindow}{wxappsettopwindow}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::ExitMainLoop}\label{wxappexitmainloop}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{ExitMainLoop}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Call this to explicitly exit the main message (event) loop.
|
||||
You should normally exit the main loop (and the application) by deleting
|
||||
the top window.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::Initialized}\label{wxappinitialized}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Initialized}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if the application has been initialized (i.e. if\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::OnInit}{wxapponinit} has returned successfully). This can be useful for error
|
||||
message routines to determine which method of output is best for the
|
||||
current state of the program (some windowing systems may not like
|
||||
dialogs to pop up before the main loop has been entered).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::MainLoop}\label{wxappmainloop}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{int}{MainLoop}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Called by wxWindows on creation of the application. Override this if you wish
|
||||
to provide your own (environment-dependent) main loop.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns 0 under X, and the wParam of the WM\_QUIT message under Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::OnActivate}\label{wxapponactivate}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{OnActivate}{\param{wxActivateEvent\& }{event}}
|
||||
|
||||
Provide this member function to know whether the application is being
|
||||
activated or deactivated (Windows only).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindow::OnActivate}{wxwindowonactivate}, \helpref{wxActivateEvent}{wxactivateevent}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::OnExit}\label{wxapponexit}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{int}{OnExit}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Provide this member function for any processing which needs to be done as
|
||||
the application is about to exit.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::OnCharHook}\label{wxapponcharhook}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{OnCharHook}{\param{wxKeyEvent\&}{ event}}
|
||||
|
||||
This event handler function is called (under Windows only) to allow the window to intercept keyboard events
|
||||
before they are processed by child windows.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{event}{The keypress event.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
Use the wxEVT\_CHAR\_HOOK macro in your event table.
|
||||
|
||||
If you use this member, you can selectively consume keypress events by calling\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxEvent::Skip}{wxeventskip} for characters the application is not interested in.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxKeyEvent}{wxkeyevent}, \helpref{wxWindow::OnChar}{wxwindowonchar},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindow::OnCharHook}{wxwindowoncharhook}, \helpref{wxDialog::OnCharHook}{wxdialogoncharhook}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::OnIdle}\label{wxapponidle}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{OnIdle}{\param{wxIdleEvent\& }{event}}
|
||||
|
||||
Override this member function for any processing which needs to be done
|
||||
when the application is idle. You should call wxApp::OnIdle from your own function,
|
||||
since this forwards OnIdle events to windows and also performs garbage collection for
|
||||
windows whose destruction has been delayed.
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows' strategy for OnIdle processing is as follows. After pending user interface events for an
|
||||
application have all been processed, wxWindows sends an OnIdle event to the application object. wxApp::OnIdle itself
|
||||
sends an OnIdle event to each application window, allowing windows to do idle processing such as updating
|
||||
their appearance. If either wxApp::OnIdle or a window OnIdle function requested more time, by
|
||||
caling \helpref{wxIdleEvent::ReqestMore}{wxidleeventrequestmore}, wxWindows will send another OnIdle
|
||||
event to the application event. This will occur in a loop until either a user event is found to be
|
||||
pending, or OnIdle requests no more time. Then all pending user events are processed until the system
|
||||
goes idle again, when OnIdle is called, and so on.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindow::OnIdle}{wxwindowonidle}, \helpref{wxIdleEvent}{wxidleevent},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindow::SendIdleEvents}{wxappsendidleevents}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::OnInit}\label{wxapponinit}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{OnInit}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
This must be provided by the application, and will usually create the
|
||||
application's main window, calling \helpref{wxApp::SetTopWindow}{wxappsettopwindow}.
|
||||
|
||||
Return TRUE to continue processing, FALSE to exit the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::Pending}\label{wxapppending}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Pending}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if unprocessed events are in the window system event queue
|
||||
(MS Windows and Motif).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::Dispatch}{wxappdispatch}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::ProcessMessage}\label{wxappprocessmessage}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{ProcessMessage}{\param{MSG *}{msg}}
|
||||
|
||||
Windows-only function for processing a message. This function
|
||||
is called from the main message loop, checking for windows that
|
||||
may wish to process it. The function returns TRUE if the message
|
||||
was processed, FALSE otherwise. If you use wxWindows with another class
|
||||
library with its own message loop, you should make sure that this
|
||||
function is called to allow wxWindows to receive messages. For example,
|
||||
to allow co-existance with the Microsoft Foundation Classes, override
|
||||
the PreTranslateMessage function:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
// Provide wxWindows message loop compatibility
|
||||
BOOL CTheApp::PreTranslateMessage(MSG *msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wxTheApp && wxTheApp->ProcessMessage(msg))
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return CWinApp::PreTranslateMessage(msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::SendIdleEvents}\label{wxappsendidleevents}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SendIdleEvents}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Sends idle events to all top-level windows.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SendIdleEvents}{\param{wxWindow*}{ win}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sends idle events to a window and its children.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
These functions poll the top-level windows, and their children, for idle event processing.
|
||||
If TRUE is returned, more OnIdle processing is requested by one or more window.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::OnIdle}{wxapponidle}, \helpref{wxWindow::OnIdle}{wxwindowonidle}, \helpref{wxIdleEvent}{wxidleevent}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::SetAppName}\label{wxappsetappname}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetAppName}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the name of the application. The name may be used in dialogs
|
||||
(for example by the document/view framework). A default name is set by
|
||||
wxWindows.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::GetAppName}{wxappgetappname}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::SetAuto3D}\label{wxappsetauto3d}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetAuto3D}{\param{const bool}{ auto3D}}
|
||||
|
||||
Switches automatic 3D controls on or off.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{auto3D}{If TRUE, all controls will be created with 3D appearances unless
|
||||
overridden for a control or dialog. The default is TRUE}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
This has an effect on Windows only.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::GetAuto3D}{wxappgetauto3d}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::SetClassName}\label{wxappsetclassname}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetClassName}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the class name of the application. This may be used in a platform specific
|
||||
manner to refer to the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::GetClassName}{wxappgetclassname}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::SetExitOnDelete}\label{wxappsetexitondelete}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetExitOnDelete}{\param{bool}{ flag}}
|
||||
|
||||
Allows the programmer to specify whether the application will exit when the
|
||||
top-level frame is deleted.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{flag}{If TRUE (the default), the application will exit when the top-level frame is
|
||||
deleted. If FALSE, the application will continue to run.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
Currently, setting this to FALSE only has an effect under Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::SetPrintMode}\label{wxappsetprintmode}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetPrintMode}{\param{int}{ mode}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the print mode determining what printing facilities will be
|
||||
used by the printing framework.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{mode}{This can be one of:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxPRINT\_WINDOWS}}{Under Windows, use Windows printing (wxPrinterDC). This is the
|
||||
default under Windows.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxPRINT\_POSTSCRIPT}}{Use PostScript printing (wxPostScriptDC). This is the
|
||||
default for non-Windows platforms.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
}%
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxApp::SetTopWindow}\label{wxappsettopwindow}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetTopWindow}{\param{wxWindow* }{window}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the `top' window. You should normally call this from within \helpref{wxApp::OnInit}{wxapponinit} to
|
||||
let wxWindows know which is the main window.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{window}{The new top window.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxApp::GetTopWindow}{wxappgettopwindow}, \helpref{wxApp::OnInit}{wxapponinit}
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
docs/latex/wx/back.gif
Normal file
BIN
docs/latex/wx/back.gif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 225 B |
223
docs/latex/wx/bbutton.tex
Normal file
223
docs/latex/wx/bbutton.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxBitmapButton}}\label{wxbitmapbutton}
|
||||
|
||||
A bitmap button is a control that contains a bitmap.
|
||||
It may be placed on a \helpref{dialog box}{wxdialog} or \helpref{panel}{wxpanel}, or indeed
|
||||
almost any other window.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxButton}{wxbutton}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxControl}{wxcontrol}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
A bitmap button can be supplied with a single bitmap, and wxWindows will draw
|
||||
all button states using this bitmap. If the application needs more control, additional bitmaps for
|
||||
the selected state, unpressed focussed state, and greyed-out state may be supplied.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Window styles}
|
||||
|
||||
\twocolwidtha{5cm}
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxBU\_AUTODRAW}}{If
|
||||
this is specified, the button will be drawn automatically using the label bitmap only, providing
|
||||
a 3D-look border. If this style is not specified, the button will be drawn without borders and using all
|
||||
provided bitmaps.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
See also \helpref{window styles overview}{windowstyles}.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxButton}{wxbutton}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapButton::wxBitmapButton}\label{wxbitmapbuttonconstr}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBitmapButton}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Default constructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBitmapButton}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id}, \param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos}, \param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{long}{ style = wxBU\_AUTODRAW}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``button"}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor, creating and showing a button.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{parent}{Parent window. Must not be NULL.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{id}{Button identifier. A value of -1 indicates a default value.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmap}{Bitmap to be displayed.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{pos}{Button position.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{size}{Button size. If the default size (-1, -1) is specified then the button is sized
|
||||
appropriately for the bitmap.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{style}{Window style. See \helpref{wxBitmapButton}{wxbitmapbutton}.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{validator}{Window validator.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{Window name.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
The {\it bitmap} parameter is normally the only bitmap you need to provide, and wxWindows will
|
||||
draw the button correctly in its different states. If you want more control, call
|
||||
any of the functions \helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapSelected}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapselected},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapFocus}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapfocus},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapDisabled}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapdisabled}.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the bitmap passed is smaller than the actual button created.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::Create}{wxbitmapbuttoncreate}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapButton::\destruct{wxBitmapButton}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxBitmapButton}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Destructor, destroying the button.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapButton::Create}\label{wxbitmapbuttoncreate}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id}, \param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos}, \param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``button"}}
|
||||
|
||||
Button creation function for two-step creation. For more details, see \helpref{wxBitmapButton::wxBitmapButton}{wxbitmapbuttonconstr}.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapDisabled}\label{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmapdisabled}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxBitmap\&}{GetBitmapLabel}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the bitmap for the disabled state.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
A reference to the disabled state bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapDisabled}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapdisabled}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapFocus}\label{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmapfocus}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxBitmap\&}{GetBitmapFocus}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the bitmap for the focussed state.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
A reference to the focussed state bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapFocus}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapfocus}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapLabel}\label{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmaplabel}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxBitmap\&}{GetBitmapLabel}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the label bitmap (the one passed to the constructor).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
A reference to the button's label bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapLabel}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmaplabel}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapSelected}\label{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmapselected}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxBitmap\&}{GetBitmapSelected}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the bitmap for the selected state.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
A reference to the selected state bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapSelected}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapselected}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapDisabled}\label{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapdisabled}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetBitmapDisabled}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the bitmap for the disabled button appearance.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap to set.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapDisabled}{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmapdisabled},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapLabel}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmaplabel},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapSelected}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapselected},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapFocus}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapfocus}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapFocus}\label{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapfocus}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetBitmapFocus}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the bitmap for the button appearance when it has the keyboard focus.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap to set.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapFocus}{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmapfocus},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapLabel}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmaplabel},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapSelected}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapselected},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapDisabled}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapdisabled}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapLabel}\label{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmaplabel}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetBitmapLabel}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the bitmap label for the button.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap label to set.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
This is the bitmap used for the unselected state, and for all other states
|
||||
if no other bitmaps are provided.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapLabel}{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmaplabel}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapSelected}\label{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapselected}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetBitmapSelected}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the bitmap for the selected (depressed) button appearance.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap to set.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapSelected}{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmapselected},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapLabel}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmaplabel},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapFocus}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapfocus},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapDisabled}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapdisabled}
|
||||
|
||||
683
docs/latex/wx/bitmap.tex
Normal file
683
docs/latex/wx/bitmap.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,683 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxBitmap}}\label{wxbitmap}
|
||||
|
||||
%\overview{Overview}{wxbitmapoverview}
|
||||
%
|
||||
This class encapsulates the concept of a platform-dependent bitmap,
|
||||
either monochrome or colour.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxGDIObject}{wxgdiobject}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap overview}{wxbitmapoverview}, \helpref{wxDC::Blit}{wxdcblit}, \helpref{wxIcon}{wxicon}, \helpref{wxCursor}{wxcursor}, \helpref{wxMemoryDC}{wxmemorydc}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::wxBitmap}\label{wxbitmapconstr}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBitmap}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Default constructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{const wxBitmap* }{bitmap}}
|
||||
|
||||
Copy constructors.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{void*}{ data}, \param{int}{ type}, \param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}, \param{int}{ depth = -1}}
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a bitmap from the given data, which can be of arbitrary type.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{const char}{ bits[]}, \param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}\\
|
||||
\param{int}{ depth = 1}}
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a bitmap from an array of bits.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}, \param{int}{ depth = -1}}
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a new bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{const char**}{ bits}}
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a bitmap from XPM data.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}, \param{long}{ type}}
|
||||
|
||||
Loads a bitmap from a file or resource.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bits}{Specifies an array of pixel values.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{width}{Specifies the width of the bitmap.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{height}{Specifies the height of the bitmap.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{depth}{Specifies the depth of the bitmap. If this is omitted, the display depth of the
|
||||
screen is used.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{This can refer to a resource name under MS Windows, or a filename under MS Windows and X.
|
||||
Its meaning is determined by the {\it flags} parameter.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{type}{May be one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
\twocolwidtha{5cm}
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf \indexit{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP}}}{Load a Windows bitmap file.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf \indexit{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP\_RESOURCE}}}{Load a Windows bitmap from the resource database.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf \indexit{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_GIF}}}{Load a GIF bitmap file.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf \indexit{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XBM}}}{Load an X bitmap file.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf \indexit{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XPM}}}{Load an XPM bitmap file.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf \indexit{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_RESOURCE}}}{Load a Windows resource name.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
The validity of these flags depends on the platform and wxWindows configuration.
|
||||
If all possible wxWindows settings are used, the Windows platform supports BMP, BMP\_RESOURCE,
|
||||
XPM\_DATA, and XPM. Under X, the available formats are BMP, GIF, XBM, and XPM.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
The first form constructs a bitmap object with no data; an assignment or another member function such as Create
|
||||
or LoadFile must be called subsequently.
|
||||
|
||||
The second and third forms provide copy constructors. Note that these do not copy the
|
||||
bitmap data, but instead a pointer to the data, keeping a reference count. They are therefore
|
||||
very efficient operations.
|
||||
|
||||
The fourth form constructs a bitmap from data whose type and value depends on
|
||||
the value of the {\it type} argument.
|
||||
|
||||
The fifth form constructs a (usually monochrome) bitmap from an array of pixel values, under both
|
||||
X and Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
The sixth form constructs a new bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
The seventh form constructs a bitmap from pixmap (XPM) data, if wxWindows has been configured
|
||||
to incorporate this feature.
|
||||
|
||||
To use this constructor, you must first include an XPM file. For
|
||||
example, assuming that the file {\tt mybitmap.xpm} contains an XPM array
|
||||
of character pointers called mybitmap:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
#include "mybitmap.xpm"
|
||||
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap *bitmap = new wxBitmap(mybitmap);
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
The eighth form constructs a bitmap from a file or resource. {\it name} can refer
|
||||
to a resource name under MS Windows, or a filename under MS Windows and X.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Windows, {\it type} defaults to wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP\_RESOURCE.
|
||||
Under X, {\it type} defaults to wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XBM.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap::LoadFile}{wxbitmaploadfile}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::\destruct{wxBitmap}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxBitmap}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Destroys the wxBitmap object and possibly the underlying bitmap data.
|
||||
Because reference counting is used, the bitmap may not actually be
|
||||
destroyed at this point - only when the reference count is zero will the
|
||||
data be deleted.
|
||||
|
||||
If the application omits to delete the bitmap explicitly, the bitmap will be
|
||||
destroyed automatically by wxWindows when the application exits.
|
||||
|
||||
Do not delete a bitmap that is selected into a memory device context.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::AddHandler}\label{wxbitmapaddhandler}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{static void}{AddHandler}{\param{wxBitmapHandler*}{ handler}}
|
||||
|
||||
Adds a handler to the end of the static list of format handlers.
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{handler}{A new bitmap format handler object. There is usually only one instance
|
||||
of a given handler class in an application session.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmaphandler}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::CleanUpHandlers}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{static void}{CleanUpHandlers}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Deletes all bitmap handlers.
|
||||
|
||||
This function is called by wxWindows on exit.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::Create}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{virtual bool}{Create}{\param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}, \param{int}{ depth = -1}}
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a fresh bitmap. If the final argument is omitted, the display depth of
|
||||
the screen is used.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{virtual bool}{Create}{\param{void*}{ data}, \param{int}{ type}, \param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}, \param{int}{ depth = -1}}
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a bitmap from the given data, which can be of arbitrary type.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{width}{The width of the bitmap in pixels.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{height}{The height of the bitmap in pixels.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{depth}{The depth of the bitmap in pixels. If this is -1, the screen depth is used.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{data}{Data whose type depends on the value of {\it type}.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{type}{A bitmap type identifier - see \helpref{wxBitmap::wxBitmap}{wxbitmapconstr} for a list
|
||||
of possible values.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
TRUE if the call succeeded, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
The first form works on all platforms. The portability of the second form depends on the
|
||||
type of data.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap::wxBitmap}{wxbitmapconstr}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::FindHandler}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{static wxBitmapHandler*}{FindHandler}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}}
|
||||
|
||||
Finds the handler with the given name.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{static wxBitmapHandler*}{FindHandler}{\param{const wxString\& }{extension}, \param{long}{ bitmapType}}
|
||||
|
||||
Finds the handler associated with the given extension and type.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{static wxBitmapHandler*}{FindHandler}{\param{long }{bitmapType}}
|
||||
|
||||
Finds the handler associated with the given bitmap type.
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{The handler name.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{extension}{The file extension, such as ``bmp".}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmapType}{The bitmap type, such as wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
A pointer to the handler if found, NULL otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmaphandler}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::GetDepth}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{int}{GetDepth}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the colour depth of the bitmap. A value of 1 indicates a
|
||||
monochrome bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::GetHandlers}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{static wxList\&}{GetHandlers}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the static list of bitmap format handlers.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmaphandler}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::GetHeight}\label{wxbitmapgetheight}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{int}{GetHeight}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the height of the bitmap in pixels.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::GetPalette}\label{wxbitmapgetpalette}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxPalette*}{GetPalette}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the associated palette (if any) which may have been loaded from a file
|
||||
or set for the bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxPalette}{wxpalette}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::GetMask}\label{wxbitmapgetmask}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxMask*}{GetMask}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the associated mask if any) which may have been loaded from a file
|
||||
or set for the bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap::SetMask}{wxbitmapsetmask}, \helpref{wxMask}{wxmask}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::GetWidth}\label{wxbitmapgetwidth}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{int}{GetWidth}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the width of the bitmap in pixels.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap::GetHeight}{wxbitmapgetheight}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::InitStandardHandlers}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{static void}{InitStandardHandlers}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Adds the standard bitmap format handlers, which, depending on wxWindows
|
||||
configuration, can be handlers for Windows bitmap, Windows bitmap resource, and XPM.
|
||||
|
||||
This function is called by wxWindows on startup.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmaphandler}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::InsertHandler}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{static void}{InsertHandler}{\param{wxBitmapHandler*}{ handler}}
|
||||
|
||||
Adds a handler at the start of the static list of format handlers.
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{handler}{A new bitmap format handler object. There is usually only one instance
|
||||
of a given handler class in an application session.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmaphandler}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::LoadFile}\label{wxbitmaploadfile}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{LoadFile}{\param{const wxString\&}{ name}, \param{long}{ type}}
|
||||
|
||||
Loads a bitmap from a file or resource.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{Either a filename or a Windows resource name.
|
||||
The meaning of {\it name} is determined by the {\it type} parameter.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{type}{One of the following values:
|
||||
|
||||
\twocolwidtha{5cm}
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP}}{Load a Windows bitmap file.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP\_RESOURCE}}{Load a Windows bitmap from the resource database.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_GIF}}{Load a GIF bitmap file.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XBM}}{Load an X bitmap file.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XPM}}{Load an XPM bitmap file.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
The validity of these flags depends on the platform and wxWindows configuration.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
A palette may be associated with the bitmap if one exists (especially for
|
||||
colour Windows bitmaps), and if the code supports it. You can check
|
||||
if one has been created by using the \helpref{GetPalette}{wxbitmapgetpalette} member.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap::SaveFile}{wxbitmapsavefile}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::Ok}\label{wxbitmapok}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if bitmap data is present.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::RemoveHandler}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{static bool}{RemoveHandler}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}}
|
||||
|
||||
Finds the handler with the given name, and removes it. The handler
|
||||
is not deleted.
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{The handler name.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
TRUE if the handler was found and removed, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmaphandler}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::SaveFile}\label{wxbitmapsavefile}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SaveFile}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}, \param{int}{ type}, \param{wxPalette* }{palette = NULL}}
|
||||
|
||||
Saves a bitmap in the named file.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{A filename. The meaning of {\it name} is determined by the {\it type} parameter.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{type}{One of the following values:
|
||||
|
||||
\twocolwidtha{5cm}
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP}}{Save a Windows bitmap file.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_GIF}}{Save a GIF bitmap file.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XBM}}{Save an X bitmap file.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XPM}}{Save an XPM bitmap file.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
The validity of these flags depends on the platform and wxWindows configuration.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{palette}{An optional palette used for saving the bitmap. TODO: this parameter should
|
||||
probably be eliminated; instead the app should set the palette before saving.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
Depending on how wxWindows has been configured, not all formats may be available.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap::LoadFile}{wxbitmaploadfile}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::SetDepth}\label{wxbitmapsetdepth}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetDepth}{\param{int }{depth}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the depth member (does not affect the bitmap data).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{depth}{Bitmap depth.}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::SetHeight}\label{wxbitmapsetheight}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetHeight}{\param{int }{height}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the height member (does not affect the bitmap data).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{height}{Bitmap height in pixels.}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::SetMask}\label{wxbitmapsetmask}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetMask}{\param{wxMask* }{mask}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the mask for this bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
The bitmap object owns the mask once this has been called.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap::GetMask}{wxbitmapgetmask}, \helpref{wxMask}{wxmask}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::SetOk}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetOk}{\param{int }{isOk}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the validity member (does not affect the bitmap data).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{isOk}{Validity flag.}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::SetPalette}\label{wxbitmapsetpalette}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetPalette}{\param{wxPalette* }{palette}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the associated palette: it will be deleted in the wxBitmap
|
||||
destructor, so if you do not wish it to be deleted automatically,
|
||||
reset the palette to NULL before the bitmap is deleted.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{palette}{The palette to set.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
The bitmap object owns the palette once this has been called.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxPalette}{wxpalette}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::SetWidth}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetWidth}{\param{int }{width}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the width member (does not affect the bitmap data).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{width}{Bitmap width in pixels.}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::operator $=$}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxBitmap\& }{operator $=$}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
|
||||
|
||||
Assignment operator. This operator does not copy any data, but instead
|
||||
passes a pointer to the data in {\it bitmap} and increments a reference
|
||||
counter. It is a fast operation.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmap}{Bitmap to assign.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns 'this' object.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::operator $==$}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{operator $==$}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
|
||||
|
||||
Equality operator. This operator tests whether the internal data pointers are
|
||||
equal (a fast test).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmap}{Bitmap to compare with 'this'}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if the bitmaps were effectively equal, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmap::operator $!=$}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{operator $!=$}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
|
||||
|
||||
Inequality operator. This operator tests whether the internal data pointers are
|
||||
unequal (a fast test).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmap}{Bitmap to compare with 'this'}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if the bitmaps were unequal, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxBitmapHandler}}\label{wxbitmaphandler}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Overview}{wxbitmapoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
This is the base class for implementing bitmap file loading/saving, and bitmap creation from data.
|
||||
It is used within wxBitmap and is not normally seen by the application.
|
||||
|
||||
If you wish to extend the capabilities of wxBitmap, derive a class from wxBitmapHandler
|
||||
and add the handler using \helpref{wxBitmap::AddHandler}{wxbitmapaddhandler} in your
|
||||
application initialisation.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap}{wxbitmap}, \helpref{wxIcon}{wxicon}, \helpref{wxCursor}{wxcursor}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::wxBitmapHandler}\label{wxbitmaphandlerconstr}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBitmapHandler}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Default constructor. In your own default constructor, initialise the members
|
||||
m\_name, m\_extension and m\_type.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::\destruct{wxBitmapHandler}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxBitmapHandler}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Destroys the wxBitmapHandler object.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::Create}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{virtual bool}{Create}{\param{wxBitmap* }{bitmap}, \param{void*}{ data}, \param{int}{ type}, \param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}, \param{int}{ depth = -1}}
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a bitmap from the given data, which can be of arbitrary type. The wxBitmap object {\it bitmap} is
|
||||
manipulated by this function.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmap}{The wxBitmap object.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{width}{The width of the bitmap in pixels.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{height}{The height of the bitmap in pixels.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{depth}{The depth of the bitmap in pixels. If this is -1, the screen depth is used.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{data}{Data whose type depends on the value of {\it type}.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{type}{A bitmap type identifier - see \helpref{wxBitmapHandler::wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmapconstr} for a list
|
||||
of possible values.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
TRUE if the call succeeded, FALSE otherwise (the default).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::GetName}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetName}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the name of this handler.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::GetExtension}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetExtension}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the file extension associated with this handler.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::GetType}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{long}{GetType}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the bitmap type associated with this handler.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::LoadFile}\label{wxbitmaphandlerloadfile}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{LoadFile}{\param{wxBitmap* }{bitmap}, \param{const wxString\&}{ name}, \param{long}{ type}}
|
||||
|
||||
Loads a bitmap from a file or resource, putting the resulting data into {\it bitmap}.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap object which is to be affected by this operation.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{Either a filename or a Windows resource name.
|
||||
The meaning of {\it name} is determined by the {\it type} parameter.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{type}{See \helpref{wxBitmap::wxBitmap}{wxbitmapconstr} for values this can take.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap::LoadFile}{wxbitmaploadfile}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap::SaveFile}{wxbitmapsavefile}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapHandler::SaveFile}{wxbitmaphandlersavefile}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::SaveFile}\label{wxbitmaphandlersavefile}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SaveFile}{\param{wxBitmap* }{bitmap}, \param{const wxString\& }{name}, \param{int}{ type}, \param{wxPalette* }{palette = NULL}}
|
||||
|
||||
Saves a bitmap in the named file.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap object which is to be affected by this operation.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{A filename. The meaning of {\it name} is determined by the {\it type} parameter.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{type}{See \helpref{wxBitmap::wxBitmap}{wxbitmapconstr} for values this can take.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{palette}{An optional palette used for saving the bitmap. TODO: this parameter should
|
||||
probably be eliminated; instead the app should set the palette before saving.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap::LoadFile}{wxbitmaploadfile}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap::SaveFile}{wxbitmapsavefile}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapHandler::LoadFile}{wxbitmaphandlerloadfile}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::SetName}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetName}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the handler name.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{Handler name.}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::SetExtension}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetExtension}{\param{const wxString\& }{extension}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the handler extension.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{extension}{Handler extension.}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::SetType}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetType}{\param{long }{type}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the handler type.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{Handler type.}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
924
docs/latex/wx/body.tex
Normal file
924
docs/latex/wx/body.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,924 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Introduction}\label{introduction}
|
||||
\pagenumbering{arabic}%
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
|
||||
|
||||
\section{What is wxWindows?}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows is a C++ framework providing GUI (Graphical User
|
||||
Interface) and other facilities on more than one platform. It currently
|
||||
supports subsets of Motif, Xt and MS Windows (16-bit, Windows 95 and Windows NT).
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows was originally developed at the Artificial Intelligence
|
||||
Applications Institute, University of Edinburgh, for internal use.
|
||||
wxWindows has been released into the public domain in the hope
|
||||
that others will also find it useful. Version 2.0 is written and
|
||||
maintained by Julian Smart and Markus Holzem, with support from users.
|
||||
|
||||
This manual discusses wxWindows in the context of multi-platform
|
||||
development.\helpignore{For more detail on the wxWindows version 2.0 API
|
||||
(Application Programming Interface) please refer to the separate
|
||||
wxWindows reference manual.}
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that in the following, ``MS Windows" often refers to all
|
||||
platforms related to Microsoft Windows, including 16-bit and 32-bit
|
||||
variants, unless otherwise stated. All trademarks are acknowledged.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Why another cross-platform development tool?}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows was developed to provide a cheap and flexible way to maximize
|
||||
investment in GUI application development. While a number of commercial
|
||||
class libraries already exist for cross-platform development,
|
||||
none met all of the following criteria:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item low price;
|
||||
\item source availability;
|
||||
\item simplicity of programming;
|
||||
\item support for a wide range of compilers.
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
|
||||
As public domain software and a project open to everyone, wxWindows has
|
||||
benefited from comments, ideas, bug fixes, enhancements and the sheer
|
||||
enthusiasm of users, especially via the Internet. This gives wxWindows a
|
||||
certain advantage over its commercial brothers, and a robustness against
|
||||
the transience of one individual or company. This openness and
|
||||
availability of source code is especially important when the future of
|
||||
thousands of lines of application code may depend upon the longevity of
|
||||
the underlying class library.
|
||||
|
||||
In writing wxWindows, completeness has sometimes been traded for
|
||||
portability and simplicity of programming. Version 2.0 goes much
|
||||
further than previous versions in terms of generality and features,
|
||||
allowing applications to be produced
|
||||
that are often indistinguishable from those produced using single-platform
|
||||
toolkits
|
||||
such as Motif and MFC.
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows 2.0 currently maps to two native APIs: Motif and
|
||||
MS Windows. An Xt port is also in preparation.
|
||||
|
||||
The importance of using a platform-independent class library cannot be
|
||||
overstated, since GUI application development is very time-consuming,
|
||||
and sustained popularity of particular GUIs cannot be guaranteed.
|
||||
Code can very quickly become obsolete if it addresses the wrong
|
||||
platform or audience. wxWindows helps to insulate the programmer from
|
||||
these winds of change. Although wxWindows may not be suitable for
|
||||
every application, it provides access to most of the functionality a
|
||||
GUI program normally requires, plus some extras such as form
|
||||
construction, interprocess communication and PostScript output, and
|
||||
can of course be extended as needs dictate. As a bonus, it provides
|
||||
a cleaner programming interface than the native
|
||||
APIs. Programmers may find it worthwhile to use wxWindows even if they
|
||||
are developing on only one platform.
|
||||
|
||||
It is impossible to sum up the functionality of wxWindows in a few paragraphs, but
|
||||
here are some of the benefits:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item Low cost (free, in fact!)
|
||||
\item You get the source.
|
||||
\item Several example programs.
|
||||
\item Over 200 pages of printable and on-line documentation.
|
||||
\item Simple-to-use, object-oriented API.
|
||||
\item Graphics calls include splines, polylines, rounded rectangles, etc.
|
||||
\item Constraint-based layout option.
|
||||
\item Print/preview and document/view architectures.
|
||||
\item Status line facility, toolbar
|
||||
\item Easy, object-oriented interprocess comms (DDE subset) under UNIX and
|
||||
MS Windows.
|
||||
\item Encapsulated PostScript generation under UNIX, normal MS Windows printing on the
|
||||
PC.
|
||||
\item MDI support under Windows.
|
||||
\item Can be used to create DLLs under Windows, dynamic libraries on the Sun.
|
||||
\item Common dialogs for file browsing, printing, colour selection, etc.
|
||||
\item Under MS Windows, support for creating metafiles and copying
|
||||
them to the clipboard.
|
||||
\item Hypertext help facility, with an API for invocation from applications.
|
||||
\item Dialog Editor for building dialogs.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Changes from version 1.xx}\label{versionchanges}
|
||||
|
||||
These are a few of the major differences between versions 1.xx and 2.0.
|
||||
|
||||
Removals:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item XView is no longer supported;
|
||||
\item Mac is not yet supported;
|
||||
\item all controls (panel items) no longer have labels attached to them;
|
||||
\item wxForm removed;
|
||||
\item wxCanvasDC, wxPanelDC removed (replaced by wxClientDC, wxWindowDC, wxPaintDC which
|
||||
can be used for any window);
|
||||
\item wxMultiText, wxTextWindow, wxText removed and replaced by wxTextCtrl;
|
||||
\item classes no longer divided into generic and platform-specific parts, for efficiency.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
Additions and changes:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item class hierarchy changed, and restrictions about subwindow nesting lifted;
|
||||
\item header files reorganised to conform to normal C++ standards;
|
||||
\item classes less dependent on each another, to reduce executable size;
|
||||
\item wxString used instead of char* wherever possible;
|
||||
\item the number of separate but mandatory utilities reduced;
|
||||
\item the event system has been overhauled, with
|
||||
virtual functions and callbacks being replaced with MFC-like event tables;
|
||||
\item new controls, such as wxTreeCtrl, wxListCtrl, wxSpinButton;
|
||||
\item less inconsistency about what events can be handled, so for example
|
||||
mouse clicks or key presses on controls can now be intercepted;
|
||||
\item the status bar is now a separate class, wxStatusBar, and is
|
||||
implemented in generic wxWindows code;
|
||||
\item some renaming of controls for greater consistency;
|
||||
\item wxBitmap has the notion of bitmap handlers to allow for extension to new formats
|
||||
without ifdefing;
|
||||
\item new dialogs: wxPageSetupDialog, wxFileDialog, wxDirDialog,
|
||||
wxMessageDialog, wxSingleChoiceDialog, wxTextEntryDialog;
|
||||
\item GDI objects are reference-counted and are now passed to most functions
|
||||
by reference, making memory management far easier;
|
||||
\item wxSystemSettings class allows querying for various system-wide properties
|
||||
such as dialog font, colours, user interface element sizes, and so on;
|
||||
\item better platform look and feel conformance;
|
||||
\item toolbar functionality now separated out into a family of classes with the
|
||||
same API;
|
||||
\item device contexts are no longer accessed using wxWindow::GetDC - they are created
|
||||
temporarily with the window as an argument;
|
||||
\item events from sliders and scrollbars can be handled more flexibly;
|
||||
\item the handling of window close events has been changed in line with the new
|
||||
event system, but backward {\bf OnClose} compatibility has been retained;
|
||||
\item the concept of {\it validator} has been added to allow much easier coding of
|
||||
the relationship between controls and application data;
|
||||
\item the documentation has been revised, with more cross-referencing.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
Platform-specific changes:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item The Windows header file (windows.h) is no longer included by wxWindows headers;
|
||||
\item wx.dll supported under Visual C++;
|
||||
\item the full range of Windows 95 window decorations are supported, such as modal frame
|
||||
borders;
|
||||
\item MDI classes brought out of wxFrame into separate classes, and made more flexible.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{wxWindows requirements}\label{requirements}
|
||||
|
||||
To make use of wxWindows, you currently need one or both of the
|
||||
following setups.
|
||||
|
||||
(a) PC:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item A 486 or higher PC running MS Windows.
|
||||
\item One of Microsoft Visual C++, Borland C++, Watcom C++, MetroWerks C++,
|
||||
Symantec C++, GNU-WIN32.
|
||||
\item At least 30 MB of disk space.
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
|
||||
(b) UNIX:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item Almost any C++ compiler, including GNU C++.
|
||||
\item Almost any UNIX workstation (VMS is supported too) and Motif 1.2 or higher (not necessary
|
||||
for the Xt version)
|
||||
\item At least 30 MB of disk space.
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Availability and location of wxWindows}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows is currently available from the Artificial Intelligence
|
||||
Applications Institute by anonymous FTP and World Wide Web:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
ftp://ftp.aiai.ed.ac.uk/pub/packages/wxwin
|
||||
http://web.ukonline.co.uk/julian.smart/wxwin
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Acknowledgments}
|
||||
|
||||
Thanks are due to the AIAI for being willing to release wxWindows into
|
||||
the public domain, and to our patient wives Harriet and Tanja.
|
||||
|
||||
The Internet has been an essential prop when coming up against tricky
|
||||
problems. Thanks to those who answered our
|
||||
queries or submitted bug fixes and enhancements; wxWindows is very
|
||||
much a team effort.
|
||||
|
||||
Hermann Dunkel contributed XPM support; Arthur Seaton wrote the memory
|
||||
checking code; Olaf Klein and Patrick Halke wrote the ODBC classes;
|
||||
Harri Pasanen and Robin Dunn wrote wxPython and contributed to the
|
||||
wxExtend library.
|
||||
|
||||
Markus Holzem write the Xt port. Jonathan Tonberg, Bill Hale,
|
||||
Cecil Coupe, Thomaso Paoletti, Thomas Fettig, and others slaved away
|
||||
writing the Mac port. Keith Gary Boyce ported wxWindows to the free
|
||||
GNU-WIN32 compiler, refusing to give up when shortcuts were suggested.
|
||||
|
||||
Many thanks also to: Timothy Peters, Jamshid Afshar, Patrick Albert, C. Buckley,
|
||||
Robin Corbet, Harco de Hilster, Josep Fortiana, Torsten Liermann, Tatu
|
||||
M\"{a}nnist\"{o}, Ian Perrigo, Giordano Pezzoli, Petr Smilauer, Neil Smith,
|
||||
Kari Syst\"{a}, Jyrki Tuomi, Edward Zimmermann, Ian Brown, and many
|
||||
others.
|
||||
|
||||
`Graphplace', the basis for the wxGraphLayout library, is copyright Dr. Jos
|
||||
T.J. van Eijndhoven of Eindhoven University of Technology. The code has
|
||||
been used in wxGraphLayout with his permission.
|
||||
|
||||
We also acknowledge the author of XFIG, the excellent UNIX drawing tool,
|
||||
from the source of which we have borrowed some spline drawing code.
|
||||
His copyright is included below.
|
||||
|
||||
{\it XFig2.1 is copyright (c) 1985 by Supoj Sutanthavibul. Permission to
|
||||
use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
|
||||
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
|
||||
that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
|
||||
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
|
||||
publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
|
||||
written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
|
||||
suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided ``as is''
|
||||
without express or implied warranty.}
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Multi-platform development with wxWindows}\label{multiplat}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
|
||||
|
||||
This chapter describes the practical details of using wxWindows. Please
|
||||
see the file install.txt for up-to-date installation instructions, and
|
||||
changes.txt for differences between versions.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Include files}
|
||||
|
||||
The main include file is {\tt "wx.h"}; this includes the most commonly
|
||||
used modules of wxWindows.
|
||||
|
||||
To save on compilation time, include only those header files relevant to the
|
||||
source file. If you are using precompiled headers, you should include
|
||||
the following section before any other includes:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
|
||||
#include "wx_prec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
||||
#pragma hdrstop
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
|
||||
... include minimum set of files necessary here ...
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
... now your other include files ...
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
The file {\tt "wx\_prec.h"} includes {\tt "wx.h"}. Although this incantation
|
||||
may seem quirky, it is in fact the end result of a lot of experimentation,
|
||||
and several Windows compilers to use precompilation (those tested are Microsoft Visual C++, Borland C++
|
||||
and Watcom C++).
|
||||
|
||||
Borland precompilation is largely automatic. Visual C++ requires specification of {\tt "wx\_prec.h"} as
|
||||
the file to use for precompilation. Watcom C++ is automatic apart from the specification of
|
||||
the .pch file. Watcom C++ is strange in requiring the precompiled header to be used only for
|
||||
object files compiled in the same directory as that in which the precompiled header was created.
|
||||
Therefore, the wxWindows Watcom C++ makefiles go through hoops deleting and recreating
|
||||
a single precompiled header file for each module, thus preventing an accumulation of many
|
||||
multi-megabyte .pch files.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Libraries}
|
||||
|
||||
Under UNIX, use the library libwx\_motif.a
|
||||
(Motif). Under Windows, use the library wx.lib for stand-alone Windows
|
||||
applications, or wxdll.lib for creating DLLs.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Configuration}
|
||||
|
||||
The following lists the options configurable in the file
|
||||
\rtfsp{\tt include/base/wx\_setup.h.} Some settings are a matter
|
||||
of taste, some help with platform-specific problems, and
|
||||
others can be set to minimize the size of the library.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{General features}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_CLIPBOARD}{If 1, clipboard code is compiled (Windows only).}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_CONSTRAINTS}{If 1, the constaint-based window layout system is compiled.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_DOC\_VIEW\_ARCHITECTURE}{If 1, wxDocument, wxView and related classes are compiled.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_DYNAMIC\_CLASSES}{If 1, the run-time class macros and classes are compiled. Recommended,
|
||||
and necessary for the document/view framework.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_EXTENDED\_STATICS}{If 1, wxStaticItem code is compiled for enhanced panel decorative items.
|
||||
Not rigorously tested, and not documented.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_HELP}{If 1, interface to help system is compiled.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_GAUGE}{If 1, the wxGauge class compiled.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_GLOBAL\_MEMORY\_OPERATORS}{If 1, redefines global new and delete operators to be compatible
|
||||
with the extended arguments of the debugging wxObject new and delete operators. If this causes problems
|
||||
for your compiler, set to 0.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_GNU\_WXSTRING}{If 1, the enhanced GNU wxString and regular expression class are compiled
|
||||
in place of the normal wxString class. See contrib/wxstring for details.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_IMAGE\_LOADING\_IN\_MSW}{Use code to allow dynamic .BMP loading
|
||||
under MS Windows.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_IMAGE\_LOADING\_IN\_X}{Use code in utils/image to allow dynamic .BMP/.GIF loading
|
||||
under X.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_RESOURCE\_LOADING\_IN\_MSW}{Use code to allow dynamic .ICO/.CUR loading
|
||||
under MS Windows.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_IPC}{If 1, interprocess communication code is compiled.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_MEMORY\_TRACING}{If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete
|
||||
if the value of DEBUG is defined to more than 0.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_METAFILE}{If 1, Windows Metafile code is compiled.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_PANEL\_IN\_PANEL}{If 1, experimental panel-in-panel code is used
|
||||
for common dialog boxes. Not recommended, since tab traversal can suffer.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_POSTSCRIPT}{If 1, PostScript code is compiled.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_POSTSCRIPT\_ARCHITECTURE\_IN\_MSW}{Set to 1 to enable the printing architecture
|
||||
to make use of either native Windows printing facilities, or the wxPostScriptDC class depending
|
||||
on the wxApp::SetPrintMode setting.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_PRINTING\_ARCHITECTURE}{If 1, wxPrinter, wxPrintout and related classes are compiled
|
||||
for the print/preview framework.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_RESOURCES}{If 1, win.ini or .Xdefaults-style resource read/write code is compiled.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_SCROLLBAR}{If 1, wxScrollBar class is compiled. Not rigorously tested, and not documented.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_SPLINES}{If 1, spline code is compiled.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_TOOLBAR}{If 1, the wxToolBar class is compiled.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_TYPEDEFS}{If 1, a typedef will be used for wxPoint instead of
|
||||
a class declaration, to reduce overhead and avoid a Microsoft C++ memory bug.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_VLBOX}{If 1, wxVirtListBox code is compiled for a virtual listbox item.
|
||||
Not rigorously tested, and not documented.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_WX\_RESOURCES}{If 1, wxWindows resource file (.WXR) code is compiled.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_XFIG\_SPLINE\_CODE}{If 1, XFig-derived code is used for spline
|
||||
drawing. If 0, AIAI code is used, which is slower.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_XPM\_IN\_X}{If 1, XPM (colour pixmap) facilities will be compiled and used
|
||||
in wxBitmap under X.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_XPM\_IN\_MSW}{If 1, XPM (colour pixmap) facilities will be compiled and used
|
||||
in wxBitmap under MS Windows.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{X features}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}
|
||||
\twocolitem{DEFAULT\_FILE\_SELECTOR\_SIZE}{Let Motif choose the size of
|
||||
XmFileSelectionBox. Otherwise, size is 500x600.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{PIXEL0\_DISABLE}{Define to disallow allocation of pixel 0 (wxXOR problem).}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_GADGETS}{Use gadgets where possible rather than Widgets for items.
|
||||
Default is to use Gadgets.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_BUTTON\_GADGET}{Use gadgets for buttons. This can intefere with
|
||||
default button selection, so the default is zero.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Windows and NT features}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}
|
||||
\twocolitem{CTL3D}{CTL3D should only be used for 16-bit Windows programs.
|
||||
On Windows 95 and NT, native 3D effects are used. If you want to
|
||||
use it and don't already have CTL3D installed, copy the files in
|
||||
contrib/ctl3d to appropriate places (ctl3dv2.lib/ctl3d32.lib into your compiler lib
|
||||
directory, ctl3d.h into an include directory, and ctl3dv2.dll into
|
||||
windows/system). You may need to find a compiler-specific version of ctl3dv2.lib
|
||||
or ctl3d32.lib. Define CTL3D to be 1 in wx\_setup.h and link your executables with ctl3dv2.lib
|
||||
or ctl3d32.lib.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_ITSY\_BITSY}{If 1, compiles in code to support tiny window titlebars.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{USE\_ODBC}{If 1, compiles wxDatabase and wxRecordSet classes for ODBC
|
||||
access. Requires sql.h, sqlext.h files if set to 1 (see topic on database support).}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Makefiles}
|
||||
|
||||
At the moment there is no attempt to make UNIX makefiles and
|
||||
PC makefiles compatible, i.e. one makefile is required for
|
||||
each environment.
|
||||
|
||||
Sample makefiles for UNIX (suffix .UNX), MS C++ (suffix .DOS and .NT), Borland
|
||||
C++ (.BCC) and Symantec C++ (.SC) are included for the library, demos
|
||||
and utilities. The NT, Borland and Symantec makefiles cannot be
|
||||
guaranteed to be up-to-date since the author does not have
|
||||
these compilers.
|
||||
|
||||
The controlling makefile for wxWindows is in the platform-specific
|
||||
directory, such as {\tt src/msw} or {\tt src/x}. This makefile will
|
||||
recursively execute the makefile in {\tt src/base}.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Windows makefiles}
|
||||
|
||||
For Microsoft C++, normally it is only necessary to type {\tt nmake -f
|
||||
makefile.dos} (or an alias or batch file which does this). By default,
|
||||
binaries are made with debugging information, and no optimization. Use
|
||||
FINAL=1 on the command line to remove debugging information (this only
|
||||
really necessary at the link stage), and DLL=1 to make a DLL version of
|
||||
the library, if building a library.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{UNIX makefiles}
|
||||
|
||||
TODO.
|
||||
|
||||
Debugging information is included by default; you may add DEBUG= as an
|
||||
argument to make to compile without it, or use the UNIX {\bf strip}
|
||||
command to remove debugging information from an executable.
|
||||
|
||||
\normalbox{{\it Important note:} Most compiler flags are kept centrally in
|
||||
src/make.env, which is included by all other makefiles. This is the
|
||||
file to edit to tailor wxWindows compilation to your environment.}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Windows-specific files}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows application compilation under MS Windows requires at least two
|
||||
extra files, resource and module definition files.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Resource file}\label{resources}
|
||||
|
||||
The least that must be defined in the Windows resource file (extension RC)
|
||||
is the following statement:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
rcinclude wx.rc
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
which includes essential internal wxWindows definitions. The resource script
|
||||
may also contain references to icons, cursors, etc., for example:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
wxicon icon wx.ico
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
The icon can then be referenced by name when creating a frame icon. See
|
||||
the MS Windows SDK documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
\normalbox{Note: include wx.rc {\it after} any ICON statements
|
||||
so programs that search your executable for icons (such
|
||||
as the Program Manager) find your application icon first.}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Module definition file}
|
||||
|
||||
A module definition file (extension DEF) looks like the following:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
NAME Hello
|
||||
DESCRIPTION 'Hello'
|
||||
EXETYPE WINDOWS
|
||||
STUB 'WINSTUB.EXE'
|
||||
CODE PRELOAD MOVEABLE DISCARDABLE
|
||||
DATA PRELOAD MOVEABLE MULTIPLE
|
||||
HEAPSIZE 1024
|
||||
STACKSIZE 8192
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
The only lines which will usually have to be changed per application are
|
||||
NAME and DESCRIPTION.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Memory models and memory allocation}\label{memorymodels}
|
||||
|
||||
Under UNIX, memory allocation isn't a problem. Under Windows, the only
|
||||
really viable way to go is to use the large model, which uses the global
|
||||
heap instead of the local heap for memory allocation. Unless more than
|
||||
one read-write data segment is used,% (see \helpref{large data}{largedata}
|
||||
large model programs may still have multiple instances under MS
|
||||
C/C++ 7. Microsoft give the following guidelines for producing
|
||||
multiple-instance large model programs:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item Do not use {\tt /ND} to name extra data segments unless the segment is READONLY.
|
||||
\item Use the .DEF file to mark extra data segments READONLY.
|
||||
\item Do not use \_\_far or FAR to mark data items.
|
||||
\item Use {\tt /PACKDATA} to combine data segments.
|
||||
\item Use {\tt /Gt65500 /Gx} to force all data into the default data segment.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
Even with the single-instance limitation, the productivity benefit is
|
||||
worth it in the majority of cases. Note that some other multi-platform
|
||||
class libraries also have this restriction. (If more than one instance
|
||||
really is required, create several copies of the program with different
|
||||
names.)
|
||||
|
||||
Having chosen the large model, just use C++ `new', `delete' (and if
|
||||
necessary `malloc' and `free') in the normal way. The only restrictions
|
||||
now encountered are a maximum of 64 KB for a single program segment and
|
||||
for a single data item, unless huge model is selected.
|
||||
|
||||
For Borland users, use the data threshold switch, and the following is
|
||||
also recommended:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item Check ``Automatic Far Data Segments"
|
||||
\item Check ``Put Constant Strings into Code Segment"
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
See also the Frequently Asked Questions document for further details
|
||||
on using Borland with wxWindows.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Allocating and deleting wxWindows objects}
|
||||
|
||||
In general, classes derived from wxWindow must dynamically allocated
|
||||
with {\it new} and deleted with {\it delete}. If you delete a window,
|
||||
all of its children and descendants will be automatically deleted,
|
||||
so you don't need to delete these descendants explicitly.
|
||||
|
||||
Don't statically create a window unless you know that the window
|
||||
cannot be deleted dynamically. Modal dialogs, such as those used
|
||||
in the {\tt dialogs} sample, can usually be created statically,
|
||||
if you know that the OK or Cancel button does not destroy the dialog.
|
||||
|
||||
Most drawing objects, such as wxPen, wxBrush, wxFont, and wxBitmap, should be
|
||||
created dynamically. They are cleaned up automatically on program exit.
|
||||
wxColourMap is an exception to this rule (currently). In particular,
|
||||
do not attempt to create these objects globally before OnInit() has a chance
|
||||
to be called, because wxWindows might not have done essential internal initialisation
|
||||
(including creation of lists containing all instances of wxPen, wxBrush etc.)
|
||||
|
||||
If you decide to allocate a C++ array of objects (such as wxBitmap) that may
|
||||
be cleaned up by wxWindows, make sure you delete the array explicitly
|
||||
before wxWindows has a chance to do so on exit, since calling {\it delete} on
|
||||
array members will cause memory problems.
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour can be created statically: it is not automatically cleaned
|
||||
up and is unlikely to be shared between other objects; it is lightweight
|
||||
enough for copies to be made.
|
||||
|
||||
Beware of deleting objects such as a wxPen or wxBitmap if they are still in use.
|
||||
Windows is particularly sensitive to this: so make sure you
|
||||
make calls like wxDC::SetPen(NULL) or wxDC::SelectObject(NULL) before deleting
|
||||
a drawing object that may be in use. Code that doesn't do this will probably work
|
||||
fine on some platforms, and then fail under Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Dynamic Link Libraries}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows may be used to produce DLLs which run under MS Windows. Note that
|
||||
this is not the same thing as having wxWindows as a DLL, which is not
|
||||
currently possible. For Microsoft C++, use the makefile with the argument DLL=1 to produce
|
||||
a version of the wxWindows library which may be used in a DLL application.
|
||||
There is a bug in Microsoft C++ which makes the compiler complain about returned floats,
|
||||
which goes away when the {\tt /Os} option is used, which is why that flag is
|
||||
set in the makefile.
|
||||
|
||||
For making wxWindows as a Sun dynamic library, there are comments in the
|
||||
UNIX makefile for the appropriate flags for AT\&T C++. Sorry, I haven't
|
||||
investigated the flags needed for other compilers.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Conditional compilation}
|
||||
|
||||
One of the purposes of wxWindows is to reduce the need for conditional
|
||||
compilation in source code, which can be messy and confusing to follow.
|
||||
However, sometimes it is necessary to incorporate platform-specific
|
||||
features (such as metafile use under MS Windows). The following identifiers
|
||||
may be used for this purpose, along with any user-supplied ones:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item {\tt wx\_x} - for code which should work under any X toolkit
|
||||
\item {\tt wx\_motif} - for code which should work under Motif only
|
||||
\item {\tt wx\_msw} - for code which should work under Microsoft Windows only
|
||||
\item {\tt wx\_xt} - for code which should work under Xt only
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
...
|
||||
#ifdef wx_x
|
||||
(void)wxMessageBox("Sorry, metafiles not available under X.");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef wx_msw
|
||||
wxMetaFileDC dc;
|
||||
DrawIt(dc);
|
||||
wxMetaFile *mf = dc.Close();
|
||||
mf->SetClipboard();
|
||||
delete mf;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
...
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Building on-line help}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows has its own help system from version 1.30: wxHelp. It can be
|
||||
used to view the wxWindows class library reference, and also to provide
|
||||
on-line help for your wxWindows applications. The API, made accessible
|
||||
by including {\tt wx\_help.h}, allows you to load files and display
|
||||
specific sections, using DDE to communicate between the application and
|
||||
wxHelp.
|
||||
|
||||
wxHelp files can be marked up by hand from ASCII files within wxHelp,
|
||||
or may be generated from other files, as is the case with the wxWindows
|
||||
documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
It is possible to use the platform-specific help
|
||||
system (e.g. WinHelp) instead of wxHelp.
|
||||
|
||||
See {\tt install.txt}, the wxHelp documentation (in {\tt
|
||||
utils/wxhelp/docs}) and \helpref{wxHelp}{wxhelp} for further details.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{C++ issues}
|
||||
|
||||
There are cases where a C++ program will compile and run fine under one
|
||||
environment, and then fail to compile using a different compiler. Some
|
||||
caveats are given below, from experience with the GNU C++ compiler (GCC)
|
||||
and MS C/C++ compiler version 7.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Templates}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows does not use templates for two main reasons: one, it is a
|
||||
notoriously unportable feature, and two, the author is irrationally
|
||||
suspicious of them and prefers to use casts. More compilers are
|
||||
now implementing templates, and so it will probably be safe to use
|
||||
them soon without fear of portability problems.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Precompiled headers}
|
||||
|
||||
Some compilers, such as Borland C++ and Microsoft C++, support
|
||||
precompiled headers. This can save a great deal of compiling time. The
|
||||
recommended approach is to precompile {\tt ``wx.h''}, using this
|
||||
precompiled header for compiling both wxWindows itself and any
|
||||
wxWindows applications. For Windows compilers, two dummy source files
|
||||
are provided (one for normal applications and one for creating DLLs)
|
||||
to allow initial creation of the precompiled header.
|
||||
|
||||
However, there are several downsides to using precompiled headers. One
|
||||
is that to take advantage of the facility, you often need to include
|
||||
more header files than would normally be the case. This means that
|
||||
changing a header file will cause more recompilations (in the case of
|
||||
wxWindows, everything needs to be recompiled since everything includes
|
||||
{\tt ``wx.h''}!)
|
||||
|
||||
A related problem is that for compilers that don't have precompiled
|
||||
headers, including a lot of header files slows down compilation
|
||||
considerably. For this reason, you will find (in the common
|
||||
X and Windows parts of the library) conditional
|
||||
compilation that under UNIX, includes a minimal set of headers;
|
||||
and when using Visual C++, includes {\tt wx.h}. This should help provide
|
||||
the optimal compilation for each compiler, although it is
|
||||
biassed towards the precompiled headers facility available
|
||||
in Microsoft C++.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{File handling}
|
||||
|
||||
When building an application which may be used under different
|
||||
environments, one difficulty is coping with documents which may be
|
||||
moved to different directories on other machines. Saving a file which
|
||||
has pointers to full pathnames is going to be inherently unportable. One
|
||||
approach is to store filenames on their own, with no directory
|
||||
information. The application searches through a number of locally
|
||||
defined directories to find the file. To support this, the class {\bf
|
||||
wxPathList} makes adding directories and searching for files easy, and
|
||||
the global function {\bf FileNameFromPath} allows the application to
|
||||
strip off the filename from the path if the filename must be stored.
|
||||
This has undesirable ramifications for people who have documents of the
|
||||
same name in different directories.
|
||||
|
||||
As regards the limitations of DOS 8+3 single-case filenames versus
|
||||
unrestricted UNIX filenames, the best solution is to use DOS filenames
|
||||
for your application, and also for document filenames {\it if} the user
|
||||
is likely to be switching platforms regularly. Obviously this latter
|
||||
choice is up to the application user to decide. Some programs (such as
|
||||
YACC and LEX) generate filenames incompatible with DOS; the best
|
||||
solution here is to have your UNIX makefile rename the generated files
|
||||
to something more compatible before transferring the source to DOS.
|
||||
Transferring DOS files to UNIX is no problem, of course, apart from EOL
|
||||
conversion for which there should be a utility available (such as
|
||||
dos2unix).
|
||||
|
||||
See also the File Functions section of the reference manual for
|
||||
descriptions of miscellaneous file handling functions.
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Utilities supplied with wxWindows}\label{utilities}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
|
||||
|
||||
A number of `extras' are supplied with wxWindows, to complement
|
||||
the GUI functionality in the main class library. These are found
|
||||
below the utils directory and usually have their own source, library
|
||||
and documentation directories. For larger user-contributed packages,
|
||||
see the directory /pub/packages/wxwin/contrib.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{wxHelp}\label{wxhelp}
|
||||
|
||||
wxHelp is a stand-alone program, written using wxWindows,
|
||||
for displaying hypertext help. It is necessary since not all target
|
||||
systems (notably X) supply an adequate
|
||||
standard for on-line help. wxHelp is modelled on the MS Windows help
|
||||
system, with contents, search and browse buttons, but does not reformat
|
||||
text to suit the size of window, as WinHelp does, and its input files
|
||||
are uncompressed ASCII with some embedded font commands and an .xlp
|
||||
extension. Most wxWindows documentation (user manuals and class
|
||||
references) is supplied in wxHelp format, and also in Windows Help
|
||||
format.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that an application can be programmed to use Windows Help under
|
||||
MS Windows, and wxHelp under X. An alternative help viewer under X is
|
||||
Mosaic, a World Wide Web viewer that uses HTML as its native hypertext
|
||||
format. However, this is not currently integrated with wxWindows
|
||||
applications.
|
||||
|
||||
wxHelp works in two modes---edit and end-user. In edit mode, an ASCII
|
||||
file may be marked up with different fonts and colours, and divided into
|
||||
sections. In end-user mode, no editing is possible, and the user browses
|
||||
principally by clicking on highlighted blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
When an application invokes wxHelp, subsequent sections, blocks or
|
||||
files may be viewed using the same instance of wxHelp since the two
|
||||
programs are linked using wxWindows interprocess communication
|
||||
facilities. When the application exits, that application's instance of
|
||||
wxHelp may be made to exit also. See the {\bf wxHelpControllerBase} entry in the
|
||||
reference section for how an application controls wxHelp.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Tex2RTF}\label{textortf}
|
||||
|
||||
Supplied with wxWindows is a utility called Tex2RTF for converting\rtfsp
|
||||
\LaTeX\ manuals to the following formats:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{description}
|
||||
\item[wxHelp]
|
||||
wxWindows help system format (XLP).
|
||||
\item[Linear RTF]
|
||||
Rich Text Format suitable for importing into a word processor.
|
||||
\item[Windows Help RTF]
|
||||
Rich Text Format suitable for compiling into a WinHelp HLP file with the
|
||||
help compiler.
|
||||
\item[HTML]
|
||||
HTML is the native format for Mosaic, the main hypertext viewer for
|
||||
the World Wide Web. Since it is freely available it is a good candidate
|
||||
for being the wxWindows help system under X, as an alternative to wxHelp.
|
||||
\end{description}
|
||||
|
||||
Tex2RTF is used for the wxWindows manuals and can be used independently
|
||||
by authors wishing to create on-line and printed manuals from the same\rtfsp
|
||||
\LaTeX\ source. Please see the separate documentation for Tex2RTF.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{wxTreeLayout}
|
||||
|
||||
This is a simple class library for drawing trees in a reasonably pretty
|
||||
fashion. It provides only minimal default drawing capabilities, since
|
||||
the algorithm is meant to be used for implementing custom tree-based
|
||||
tools.
|
||||
|
||||
Directed graphs may also be drawn using this library, if cycles are
|
||||
removed before the nodes and arcs are passed to the algorithm.
|
||||
|
||||
Tree displays are used in many applications: directory browsers,
|
||||
hypertext systems, class browsers, and decision trees are a few
|
||||
possibilities.
|
||||
|
||||
See the separate manual and the directory utils/wxtree.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{wxGraphLayout}
|
||||
|
||||
The wxGraphLayout class is based on a tool called `graphplace' by Dr.
|
||||
Jos T.J. van Eijndhoven of Eindhoven University of Technology. Given a
|
||||
(possibly cyclic) directed graph, it does its best to lay out the nodes
|
||||
in a sensible manner. There are many applications (such as diagramming)
|
||||
where it is required to display a graph with no human intervention. Even
|
||||
if manual repositioning is later required, this algorithm can make a good
|
||||
first attempt.
|
||||
|
||||
See the separate manual and the directory utils/wxgraph.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{wxImage}\label{wximage}
|
||||
|
||||
This is a collection of GIF/BMP/XBM bitmap loading and displaying
|
||||
routines for X.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{MFUTILS}\label{mfutils}
|
||||
|
||||
A very modest step towards reading Windows metafiles on the
|
||||
any platform. Julian Smart's ClockWorks program demonstrates
|
||||
how extremely simple metafiles may be read and displayed (in this
|
||||
case, to be used as clock hands).
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Colours}\label{coloursampler}
|
||||
|
||||
A colour sampler for viewing colours and their names on each
|
||||
platform.
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
\chapter{Tutorial}\label{tutorial}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
|
||||
|
||||
To be written.
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Programming strategies}\label{strategies}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
|
||||
|
||||
This chapter is intended to list strategies that may be useful when
|
||||
writing and debugging wxWindows programs. If you have any good tips,
|
||||
please submit them for inclusion here.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Strategies for reducing programming errors}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Use ASSERT}
|
||||
|
||||
Although I haven't done this myself within wxWindows, it is good
|
||||
practice to use ASSERT statements liberally, that check for conditions that
|
||||
should or should not hold, and print out appropriate error messages.
|
||||
These can be compiled out of a non-debugging version of wxWindows
|
||||
and your application. Using ASSERT is an example of `defensive programming':
|
||||
it can alert you to problems later on.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Use wxString in preference to character arrays}
|
||||
|
||||
Using wxString can be much safer and more convenient than using char *.
|
||||
Again, I haven't practised what I'm preaching, but I'm now trying to use
|
||||
wxString wherever possible. You can reduce the possibility of memory
|
||||
leaks substantially, and it's much more convenient to use the overloaded
|
||||
operators than functions such as strcmp. wxString won't add a significant
|
||||
overhead to your program; the overhead is compensated for by easier
|
||||
manipulation (which means less code).
|
||||
|
||||
The same goes for other data types: use classes wherever possible.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Strategies for portability}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Use relative positioning or constraints}
|
||||
|
||||
Don't use absolute panel item positioning if you can avoid it. Different GUIs have
|
||||
very differently sized panel items. Consider using the constraint system, although this
|
||||
can be complex to program. If you needs are simple, the default relative positioning
|
||||
behaviour may be adequate (using default position values and wxPanel::NewLine).
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively, you could use alternative .wrc (wxWindows resource files) on different
|
||||
platforms, with slightly different dimensions in each. Or space your panel items out
|
||||
to avoid problems.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Use wxWindows resource files}
|
||||
|
||||
Use .wrc (wxWindows resource files) where possible, because they can be easily changed
|
||||
independently of source code. Bitmap resources can be set up to load different
|
||||
kinds of bitmap depending on platform (see the section on resource files).
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Strategies for debugging}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Positive thinking}
|
||||
|
||||
It's common to blow up the problem in one's imagination, so that it seems to threaten
|
||||
weeks, months or even years of work. The problem you face may seem insurmountable:
|
||||
but almost never is. Once you have been programming for some time, you will be able
|
||||
to remember similar incidents that threw you into the depths of despair. But
|
||||
remember, you always solved the problem, somehow!
|
||||
|
||||
Perseverance is often the key, even though a seemingly trivial problem
|
||||
can take an apparently inordinate amount of time to solve. In the end,
|
||||
you will probably wonder why you worried so much. That's not to say it
|
||||
isn't painful at the time. Try not to worry -- there are many more important
|
||||
things in life.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Simplify the problem}
|
||||
|
||||
Reduce the code exhibiting the problem to the smallest program possible
|
||||
that exhibits the problem. If it is not possible to reduce a large and
|
||||
complex program to a very small program, then try to ensure your code
|
||||
doesn't hide the problem (you may have attempted to minimize the problem
|
||||
in some way: but now you want to expose it).
|
||||
|
||||
With luck, you can add a small amount of code that causes the program
|
||||
to go from functioning to non-functioning state. This should give a clue
|
||||
to the problem. In some cases though, such as memory leaks or wrong
|
||||
deallocation, this can still give totally spurious results!
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Genetic mutation}
|
||||
|
||||
If we had sophisticated genetic algorithm tools that could be applied
|
||||
to programming, we could use them. Until then, a common -- if rather irrational --
|
||||
technique is to just make arbitrary changes to the code until something
|
||||
different happens. You may have an intuition why a change will make a difference;
|
||||
otherwise, just try altering the order of code, comment lines out, anything
|
||||
to get over an impasse. Obviously, this is usually a last resort.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Use a debugger}
|
||||
|
||||
This sounds like facetious advice, but it's surprising how often people
|
||||
don't use a debugger. Often it's an overhead to install or learn how to
|
||||
use a debugger, but it really is essential for anything but the most
|
||||
trivial programs. Some platforms don't allow for debugging, such
|
||||
as WIN32s under Windows 3.x. In this case, you might be advised to
|
||||
debug under 16-bit Windows and when you're confident, compile for
|
||||
WIN32s. In fact WIN32s can be very strict about bad memory handling,
|
||||
so testing out under WIN32s is a good thing to do even if you're
|
||||
not going to distribute this version. (Unless you've got a good memory checking,
|
||||
utility, of course!) Tracking bugs under WIN32s can involve a lot of debug message
|
||||
insertion and relinking, so make sure your compiler has a fast linker
|
||||
(e.g. Watcom, Symantec).
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Use tracing code}
|
||||
|
||||
You can use wxDebugMsg statements (or the wxDebugStreamBuf class) to
|
||||
output to a debugging window such as DBWIN under Windows, or standard
|
||||
error under X. If compiling in DEBUG mode, you can use TRACE statements
|
||||
that will be compiled out of the final build of your application.
|
||||
|
||||
Using tracing statements may be more convenient than using the debugger
|
||||
in some circumstances (such as when your debugger doesn't support a lot
|
||||
of debugging code, or you wish to print a bunch of variables).
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Use wxObject::Dump and the wxDebugContext class}
|
||||
|
||||
It's good practice to implement the Dump member function for all
|
||||
classes derived from wxObject. You can then make use of wxDebugContext
|
||||
to dump out information on all objects in the program, if DEBUG is
|
||||
defined to be more than zero. You can use wxDebugContext to check for
|
||||
memory leaks and corrupt memory. See the debugging topic in the
|
||||
reference manual for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Check Windows debug messages}
|
||||
|
||||
Under Windows, it's worth running your program with DBWIN running or
|
||||
some other program that shows Windows-generated debug messages. It's
|
||||
possible it'll show invalid handles being used. You may have fun seeing
|
||||
what commercial programs cause these normally hidden errors! Microsoft
|
||||
recommend using the debugging version of Windows, which shows up even
|
||||
more problems. However, I doubt it's worth the hassle for most
|
||||
applications. wxWindows is designed to minimize the possibility of such
|
||||
errors, but they can still happen occasionally, slipping through unnoticed
|
||||
because they are not severe enough to cause a crash.
|
||||
BIN
docs/latex/wx/book1.bmp
Normal file
BIN
docs/latex/wx/book1.bmp
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 566 B |
BIN
docs/latex/wx/books.bmp
Normal file
BIN
docs/latex/wx/books.bmp
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
BIN
docs/latex/wx/books.gif
Normal file
BIN
docs/latex/wx/books.gif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 242 B |
343
docs/latex/wx/brush.tex
Normal file
343
docs/latex/wx/brush.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxBrush}}\label{wxbrush}
|
||||
|
||||
A brush is a drawing tool for filling in areas. It is used for painting
|
||||
the background of rectangles, ellipses, etc. It has a colour and a
|
||||
style.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxGDIObject}{wxgdiobject}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
On a monochrome display, wxWindows shows
|
||||
all brushes as white unless the colour is really black.
|
||||
|
||||
Do not initialize objects on the stack before the program commences,
|
||||
since other required structures may not have been set up yet. Instead,
|
||||
define global pointers to objects and create them in \helpref{wxApp::OnInit}{wxapponinit} or
|
||||
when required.
|
||||
|
||||
An application may wish to create brushes with different
|
||||
characteristics dynamically, and there is the consequent danger that a
|
||||
large number of duplicate brushes will be created. Therefore an
|
||||
application may wish to get a pointer to a brush by using the global
|
||||
list of brushes {\bf wxTheBrushList}, and calling the member function
|
||||
\rtfsp{\bf FindOrCreateBrush}.
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush uses a reference counting system, so assignments between brushes are very
|
||||
cheap. You can therefore use actual wxBrush objects instead of pointers without
|
||||
efficiency problems. Bear in mind, though, that changing a brush's properties may
|
||||
affect another brush which has been involved in an assignment with the first brush,
|
||||
because of the way internal brush data is shared.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO: an overview for wxBrush.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBrushList}{wxbrushlist}, \helpref{wxDC}{wxdc}, \helpref{wxDC::SetBrush}{wxdcsetbrush}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrush::wxBrush}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBrush}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Default constructor. The brush will be uninitialised, and \helpref{wxBrush::Ok}{wxbrushok} will
|
||||
return FALSE.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBrush}{\param{const wxColour\&}{ colour}, \param{int}{ style}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructs a brush from a colour object and style.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBrush}{\param{const wxString\& }{colourName}, \param{int}{ style}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructs a brush from a colour name and style.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBrush}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{stippleBitmap}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructs a stippled brush using a bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBrush}{\param{const wxBrush\&}{ brush}}
|
||||
|
||||
Copy constructor. This uses reference counting so is a cheap operation.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxBrush}{\param{const wxBrush*}{ brush}}
|
||||
|
||||
Copy constructor. This uses reference counting so is a cheap operation.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{colour}{Colour object.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{colourName}{Colour name. The name will be looked up in the colour database.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{style}{One of:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxTRANSPARENT}}{Transparent (no fill).}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOLID}}{Solid.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxBDIAGONAL\_HATCH}}{Backward diagonal hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxCROSSDIAG\_HATCH}}{Cross-diagonal hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxFDIAGONAL\_HATCH}}{Forward diagonal hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxCROSS\_HATCH}}{Cross hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxHORIZONTAL\_HATCH}}{Horizontal hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxVERTICAL\_HATCH}}{Vertical hatch.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{brush}{Pointer or reference to a brush to copy.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{stippleBitmap}{A bitmap to use for stippling.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
If a stipple brush is created, the brush style will be set to wxSTIPPLE.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBrushList}{wxbrushlist}, \helpref{wxColour}{wxcolour}, \helpref{wxColourDatabase}{wxcolourdatabase}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrush::\destruct{wxBrush}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{\destruct{wxBrush}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Destructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
The destructor may not delete the underlying brush object of the native windowing
|
||||
system, since wxBrush uses a reference counting system for efficiency.
|
||||
|
||||
Although all remaining brushes are deleted when the application exits,
|
||||
the application should try to clean up all brushes itself. This is because
|
||||
wxWindows cannot know if a pointer to the brush object is stored in an
|
||||
application data structure, and there is a risk of double deletion.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrush::GetColour}\label{wxbrushgetcolour}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxColour\&}{GetColour}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns a reference to the brush colour.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBrush::SetColour}{wxbrushsetcolour}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrush::GetStipple}\label{wxbrushgetstipple}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxBitmap *}{GetStipple}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets a pointer to the stipple bitmap. If the brush does not have a wxSTIPPLE style,
|
||||
this bitmap may be non-NULL but uninitialised (\helpref{wxBitmap::Ok}{wxbitmapok} returns FALSE).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBrush::SetStipple}{wxbrushsetstipple}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrush::GetStyle}\label{wxbrushgetstyle}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{int}{GetStyle}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the brush style, one of:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxTRANSPARENT}}{Transparent (no fill).}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOLID}}{Solid.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxBDIAGONAL\_HATCH}}{Backward diagonal hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxCROSSDIAG\_HATCH}}{Cross-diagonal hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxFDIAGONAL\_HATCH}}{Forward diagonal hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxCROSS\_HATCH}}{Cross hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxHORIZONTAL\_HATCH}}{Horizontal hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxVERTICAL\_HATCH}}{Vertical hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSTIPPLE}}{Stippled using a bitmap.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBrush::SetStyle}{wxbrushsetstyle}, \helpref{wxBrush::SetColour}{wxbrushsetcolour},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxBrush::SetStipple}{wxbrushsetstipple}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrush::Ok}\label{wxbrushok}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if the brush is initialised. It will return FALSE if the default
|
||||
constructor has been used (for example, the brush is a member of a class, or
|
||||
NULL has been assigned to it).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrush::SetColour}\label{wxbrushsetcolour}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetColour}{\param{wxColour\& }{colour}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the brush colour using a reference to a colour object.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetColour}{\param{const wxString\& }{colourName}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the brush colour using a colour name from the colour database.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetColour}{\param{const unsigned char}{ red}, \param{const unsigned char}{ green}, \param{const unsigned char}{ blue}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the brush colour using red, green and blue values.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBrush::GetColour}{wxbrushgetcolour}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrush::SetStipple}\label{wxbrushsetstipple}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetStipple}{\param{const wxBitmap\&}{ bitmap}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the stipple bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap to use for stippling.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
The style will be set to wxSTIPPLE.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that there is a big difference between stippling in X and Windows.
|
||||
On X, the stipple is a mask between the wxBitmap and current colour.
|
||||
On Windows, the current colour is ignored, and the bitmap colour is used.
|
||||
However, for pre-defined modes like wxCROSS\_HATCH, the behaviour is the
|
||||
same for both platforms.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmap}{wxbitmap}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrush::SetStyle}\label{wxbrushsetstyle}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetStyle}{\param{int}{ style}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the brush style.
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{style}{One of:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxTRANSPARENT}}{Transparent (no fill).}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOLID}}{Solid.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxBDIAGONAL\_HATCH}}{Backward diagonal hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxCROSSDIAG\_HATCH}}{Cross-diagonal hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxFDIAGONAL\_HATCH}}{Forward diagonal hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxCROSS\_HATCH}}{Cross hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxHORIZONTAL\_HATCH}}{Horizontal hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxVERTICAL\_HATCH}}{Vertical hatch.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSTIPPLE}}{Stippled using a bitmap.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBrush::GetStyle}{wxbrushgetstyle}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrush::operator $=$}\label{wxbrushassignment}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxBrush\&}{operator $=$}{\param{const wxBrush\& }{brush}}
|
||||
|
||||
Assignment operator, using reference counting. Returns a reference
|
||||
to `this'.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrush::operator $==$}\label{wxbrushequals}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{operator $==$}{\param{const wxBrush\& }{brush}}
|
||||
|
||||
Equality operator. Two brushes are equal if they contain pointers
|
||||
to the same underlying brush data. It does not compare each attribute,
|
||||
so two independently-created brushes using the same parameters will
|
||||
fail the test.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrush::operator $!=$}\label{wxbrushnotequals}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{operator $!=$}{\param{const wxBrush\& }{brush}}
|
||||
|
||||
Inequality operator. Two brushes are not equal if they contain pointers
|
||||
to different underlying brush data. It does not compare each attribute.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxBrushList}}\label{wxbrushlist}
|
||||
|
||||
A brush list is a list containing all brushes which have been created.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxList}{wxlist}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
There is only one instance of this class: {\bf wxTheBrushList}. Use
|
||||
this object to search for a previously created brush of the desired
|
||||
type and create it if not already found. In some windowing systems,
|
||||
the brush may be a scarce resource, so it can pay to reuse old
|
||||
resources if possible. When an application finishes, all brushes will
|
||||
be deleted and their resources freed, eliminating the possibility of
|
||||
`memory leaks'. However, it is best not to rely on this automatic
|
||||
cleanup because it can lead to double deletion in some circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
There are two mechanisms in recent versions of wxWindows which make the
|
||||
brush list less useful than it once was. Under Windows, scarce resources
|
||||
are cleaned up internally if they are not being used. Also, a referencing
|
||||
counting mechanism applied to all GDI objects means that some sharing
|
||||
of underlying resources is possible. You don't have to keep track of pointers,
|
||||
working out when it is safe delete a brush, because the referencing counting does
|
||||
it for you. For example, you can set a brush in a device context, and then
|
||||
immediately delete the brush you passed, because the brush is `copied'.
|
||||
|
||||
So you may find it easier to ignore the brush list, and instead create
|
||||
and copy brushes as you see fit. If your Windows resource meter suggests
|
||||
your application is using too many resources, you can resort to using
|
||||
GDI lists to share objects explicitly.
|
||||
|
||||
The only compelling use for the brush list is for wxWindows to keep
|
||||
track of brushes in order to clean them up on exit. It is also kept for
|
||||
backward compatibility with earlier versions of wxWindows.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBrush}{wxbrush}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrushList::wxBrushList}\label{wxbrushlistconstr}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{wxBrushList}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor. The application should not construct its own brush list:
|
||||
use the object pointer {\bf wxTheBrushList}.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrushList::AddBrush}\label{wxbrushlistaddbrush}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{AddBrush}{\param{wxBrush *}{brush}}
|
||||
|
||||
Used internally by wxWindows to add a brush to the list.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrushList::FindOrCreateBrush}\label{wxbrushlistfindorcreatebrush}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxBrush *}{FindOrCreateBrush}{\param{const wxColour\& }{colour}, \param{int}{ style}}
|
||||
|
||||
Finds a brush with the specified attributes and returns it, else creates a new brush, adds it
|
||||
to the brush list, and returns it.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxBrush *}{FindOrCreateBrush}{\param{const wxString\& }{colourName}, \param{int}{ style}}
|
||||
|
||||
Finds a brush with the specified attributes and returns it, else creates a new brush, adds it
|
||||
to the brush list, and returns it.
|
||||
|
||||
Finds a brush of the given specification, or creates one and adds it to the list.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{colour}{Colour object.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{colourName}{Colour name, which should be in the colour database.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{style}{Brush style. See \helpref{wxBrush::SetStyle}{wxbrushsetstyle} for a list of styles.}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxBrushList::RemoveBrush}\label{wxbrushlistremovebrush}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{RemoveBrush}{\param{wxBrush *}{brush}}
|
||||
|
||||
Used by wxWindows to remove a brush from the list.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
docs/latex/wx/bullet.bmp
Normal file
BIN
docs/latex/wx/bullet.bmp
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 198 B |
126
docs/latex/wx/button.tex
Normal file
126
docs/latex/wx/button.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxButton}}\label{wxbutton}
|
||||
|
||||
A button is a control that contains a text string,
|
||||
and is one of the commonest elements of a GUI. It may be placed on a
|
||||
\rtfsp\helpref{dialog box}{wxdialog} or \helpref{panel}{wxpanel}, or indeed
|
||||
almost any other window.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxControl}{wxcontrol}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Window styles}
|
||||
|
||||
There are no special styles for wxButton.
|
||||
|
||||
See also \helpref{window styles overview}{windowstyles}.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxBitmapButton}{wxbitmapbutton}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxButton::wxButton}\label{wxbuttonconstr}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxButton}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Default constructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxButton}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id}, \param{const wxString\& }{label},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos}, \param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``button"}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor, creating and showing a button.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{parent}{Parent window. Must not be NULL.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{id}{Button identifier. A value of -1 indicates a default value.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{label}{Text to be displayed on the button.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{pos}{Button position.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{size}{Button size. If the default size (-1, -1) is specified then the button is sized
|
||||
appropriately for the text.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{style}{Window style. See \helpref{wxButton}{wxbutton}.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{validator}{Window validator.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{Window name.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxButton::Create}{wxbuttoncreate}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxButton::\destruct{wxButton}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxButton}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Destructor, destroying the button.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxButton::Create}\label{wxbuttoncreate}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id}, \param{const wxString\& }{label},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos}, \param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``button"}}
|
||||
|
||||
Button creation function for two-step creation. For more details, see \helpref{wxButton::wxButton}{wxbuttonconstr}.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxButton::GetLabel}\label{wxbuttongetlabel}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetLabel}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the string label for the button.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
The button's label.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxButton::SetLabel}{wxbuttonsetlabel}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxButton::SetDefault}\label{wxbuttonsetdefault}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetDefault}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
This sets the button to be the default item for the panel or dialog
|
||||
box.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
Under Windows, only dialog box buttons respond to this function. As
|
||||
normal under Windows and Motif, pressing return causes the default button to
|
||||
be depressed when the return key is pressed. See also \helpref{wxWindow::SetFocus}{wxwindowsetfocus}\rtfsp
|
||||
which sets the keyboard focus for windows and text panel items, \helpref{wxWindow::OnDefaultAction}{wxwindowondefaultaction}\rtfsp
|
||||
and \helpref{wxWindow::GetDefaultItem}{wxwindowgetdefaultitem}.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that under Motif, calling this function immediately after
|
||||
creation of a button and before the creation of other buttons
|
||||
will cause misalignment of the row of buttons, since default
|
||||
buttons are larger. To get around this, call {\it SetDefault}\rtfsp
|
||||
after you have created a row of buttons: wxWindows will
|
||||
then set the size of all buttons currently on the panel to
|
||||
the same size.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxButton::SetLabel}\label{wxbuttonsetlabel}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetLabel}{\param{const wxString\& }{label}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the string label for the button.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{label}{The label to set.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxButton::GetLabel}{wxbuttongetlabel}
|
||||
|
||||
336
docs/latex/wx/category.tex
Normal file
336
docs/latex/wx/category.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Classes by category}\label{classesbycat}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
|
||||
|
||||
A classification of wxWindows classes by category.
|
||||
\twocolwidtha{5cm}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Managed windows}}
|
||||
|
||||
There are several types of window that are directly controlled by the
|
||||
window manager (such as MS Windows, or the Motif Window Manager).
|
||||
Frames may contain windows, and dialog boxes may directly contain controls.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDialog}{wxdialog}}{Dialog box}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxFrame}{wxframe}}{Normal frame}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMDIParentFrame}{wxmdiparentframe}}{MDI parent frame}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMDIChildFrame}{wxmdichildframe}}{MDI child frame}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMiniFrame}{wxminiframe}}{A frame with a small title bar}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTabbedDialog}{wxtabbeddialog}}{Tabbed dialog}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
See also {\bf Common dialogs}.
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Miscellaneous windows}}
|
||||
|
||||
The following are a variety of windows that are derived from wxWindow.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxGrid}{wxgrid}}{A grid (table) window}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPanel}{wxpanel}}{A window whose colour changes according to current user settings}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxScrolledWindow}{wxscrolledwindow}}{Window with automatically managed scrollbars}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSplitterWindow}{wxsplitterwindow}}{Window which can be split vertically or horizontally}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxStatusBar}{wxstatusbar}}{Implements the status bar on a frame}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxStatusBar95}{wxstatusbar95}}{Implements a Windows 95 status bar on a frame}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTabbedPanel}{wxtabbedpanel}}{Tabbed panel}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Toolbar classes}}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Overview}{wxtoolbaroverview}
|
||||
|
||||
These are the toolbar classes.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxToolBarBase}{wxtoolbarbase}}{Toolbar base class}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxToolBarSimple}{wxtoolbarsimple}}{A simple, cross-platform toolbar class}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxToolBarMSW}{wxtoolbarmsw}}{A Windows-only toolbar class}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxToolBar95}{wxtoolbar95}}{A Windows 95-only toolbar class}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Common dialogs}}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Overview}{commondialogsoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
Common dialogs are ready-made dialog classes which are frequently used
|
||||
in an application.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDialog}{wxdialog}}{Base class for common dialogs}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxColourDialog}{wxcolourdialog}}{Colour chooser dialog}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDirDialog}{wxdirdialog}}{Directory selector dialog}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxFileDialog}{wxfiledialog}}{File selector dialog}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMultipleChoiceDialog}{wxmultiplechoicedialog}}{Dialog to get one or more selections from a list}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSingleChoiceDialog}{wxsinglechoicedialog}}{Dialog to get a single selection from a list and return the string}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTextEntryDialog}{wxtextentrydialog}}{Dialog to get a single line of text from the user}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxFontDialog}{wxfontdialog}}{Font chooser dialog}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPageSetupDialog}{wxpagesetupdialog}}{Standard page setup dialog}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrintDialog}{wxprintdialog}}{Standard print dialog}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMessageDialog}{wxmessagedialog}}{Simple message box dialog}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Controls}}
|
||||
|
||||
Typically, these are small windows which provide interaction with the user. Controls
|
||||
that are not static can have \helpref{validators}{wxvalidator} associated with them.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxControl}{wxcontrol}}{The base class for controls}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxButton}{wxbutton}}{Push button control, displaying text}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxBitmapButton}{wxbitmapbutton}}{Push button control, displaying a bitmap}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxCheckBox}{wxcheckbox}}{Checkbox control}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxCheckListBox}{wxchecklistbox}}{A listbox with a checkbox to the left of each item}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxChoice}{wxchoice}}{Choice control (a combobox without the editable area)}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxComboBox}{wxcombobox}}{A choice with an editable area}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxGauge}{wxgauge}}{A control to represent a varying quantity, such as time remaining}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxStaticBox}{wxstaticbox}}{A static, or group box for visually grouping related controls}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxListBox}{wxlistbox}}{A list of strings for single or multiple selection}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxListCtrl}{wxlistctrl}}{A control for displaying lists of strings and/or icons, plus a multicolumn report view}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTabCtrl}{wxtabctrl}}{Manages several tabs}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTextCtrl}{wxtextctrl}}{Single or multline text editing control}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTreeCtrl}{wxtreectrl}}{Tree (hierachy) control}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxScrollBar}{wxscrollbar}}{Scrollbar control}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSpinButton}{wxspinbutton}}{A spin or `up-down' control}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxStaticText}{wxstatictext}}{One or more lines of non-editable text}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxStaticBitmap}{wxstaticbitmap}}{A control to display a bitmap}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRadioBox}{wxradiobox}}{A group of radio buttons}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRadioButton}{wxradiobutton}}{A round button to be used with others in a mutually exclusive way}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSlider}{wxslider}}{A slider that can be dragged by the user}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Menus}}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMenu}{wxmenu}}{Displays a series of menu items for selection}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMenuBar}{wxmenubar}}{Contains a series of menus for use with a frame}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMenuItem}{wxmenuitem}}{Represents a single menu item}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Window layout}}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Overview}{constraintsoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
These are the classes relevant to automated window layout.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxIndividualLayoutConstraint}{wxindividuallayoutconstraint}}{Represents a single constraint dimension}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxLayoutConstraints}{wxlayoutconstraints}}{Represents the constraints for a window class}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Device contexts}}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Overview}{dcoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
Device contexts are surfaces that may be drawn on, and provide an
|
||||
abstraction that allows parameterisation of your drawing code
|
||||
by passing different device contexts.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxClientDC}{wxclientdc}}{A device context to access the client area outside {\bf OnPaint} events}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPaintDC}{wxpaintdc}}{A device context to access the client area inside {\bf OnPaint} events}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxWindowDC}{wxwindowdc}}{A device context to access the non-client area}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxScreenDC}{wxscreendc}}{A device context to access the entire screen}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDC}{wxdc}}{The device context base class}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMemoryDC}{wxmemorydc}}{A device context for drawing into bitmaps}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMetaFileDC}{wxmetafiledc}}{A device context for drawing into metafiles}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPostScriptDC}{wxpostscriptdc}}{A device context for drawing into PostScript files}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrinterDC}{wxprinterdc}}{A device context for drawing to printers}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Graphics device interface}}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Bitmaps overview}{wxbitmapoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
These classes are related to drawing on device contexts and windows.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxColour}{wxcolour}}{Represents the red, blue and green elements of a colour}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxBitmap}{wxbitmap}}{Represents a bitmap}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxBrush}{wxbrush}}{Used for filling areas on a device context}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxBrushList}{wxbrushlist}}{The list of previously-created brushes}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxCursor}{wxcursor}}{A small, transparent bitmap representing the cursor}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxFont}{wxfont}}{Represents fonts}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxFontList}{wxfontlist}}{The list of previously-created fonts}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxIcon}{wxicon}}{A small, transparent bitmap for assigning to frames and drawing on device contexts}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxImageList}{wximagelist}}{A list of images, used with some controls}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMask}{wxmask}}{Represents a mask to be used with a bitmap for transparent drawing}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPen}{wxpen}}{Used for drawing lines on a device context}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPenList}{wxpenlist}}{The list of previously-created pens}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPalette}{wxpalette}}{Represents a table of indices into RGB values}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRegion}{wxregion}}{Represents a simple or complex region on a window or device context}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Events}}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Overview}{eventhandlingoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
An event object contains information about a specific event. Event handlers
|
||||
(usually member functions) have a single, event argument.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxActivateEvent}{wxactivateevent}}{A window or application activation event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxCloseEvent}{wxcloseevent}}{A close window or end session event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxCommandEvent}{wxcommandevent}}{An event from a variety of standard controls}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDropFilesEvent}{wxdropfilesevent}}{A drop files event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxEraseEvent}{wxeraseevent}}{An erase background event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxEvent}{wxevent}}{The event base class}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxFocusEvent}{wxfocusevent}}{A window focus event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxKeyEvent}{wxkeyevent}}{A keypress event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxIdleEvent}{wxidleevent}}{An idle event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxInitDialogEvent}{wxinitdialogevent}}{A dialog initialisation event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxJoystickEvent}{wxjoystickevent}}{A joystick event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxListEvent}{wxlistevent}}{A list control event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMenuEvent}{wxmenuevent}}{A menu event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMouseEvent}{wxmouseevent}}{A mouse event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMoveEvent}{wxmoveevent}}{A move event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPaintEvent}{wxpaintevent}}{A paint event}
|
||||
%\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSessionEvent}{wxsessionevent}}{A session ending event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSizeEvent}{wxsizeevent}}{A size event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSysColourChangedEvent}{wxsyscolourchangedevent}}{A system colour change event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTabEvent}{wxtabevent}}{A tab control event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTreeEvent}{wxtreeevent}}{A tree control event}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxUpdateUIEvent}{wxupdateuievent}}{A user interface update event}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Validators}}
|
||||
|
||||
These are the window validators, used for filtering and validating
|
||||
user input.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}}{Base validator class.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTextValidator}{wxtextvalidator}}{Text control validator class.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Data structures}}
|
||||
|
||||
These are the data structure classes supported by wxWindows.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxExpr}{wxexpr}}{A class for flexible I/O}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxExprDatabase}{wxexprdatabase}}{A class for flexible I/O}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDate}{wxdate}}{A class for date manipulation}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxHashTable}{wxhashtable}}{A simple hash table implementation}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxList}{wxlist}}{A simple linked list implementation}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxNode}{wxnode}}{Represents a node in the wxList implementation}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}}{The root class for most wxWindows classes}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPathList}{wxpathlist}}{A class to help search multiple paths}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPoint}{wxpoint}}{Representation of a point}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRect}{wxrect}}{A class representing a rectangle}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRegion}{wxregion}}{A class representing a region}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxString}{wxstring}}{A string class}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxStringList}{wxstringlist}}{A class representing a list of strings}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRealPoint}{wxrealpoint}}{Representation of a point using floating point numbers}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSize}{wxsize}}{Representation of a size}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTime}{wxtime}}{A class for time manipulation}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Run-time class information system}}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Overview}{runtimeclassoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows supports run-time manipulation of class information, and dynamic
|
||||
creation of objects given class names.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxClassInfo}{wxclassinfo}}{Holds run-time class information}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}}{Root class for classes with run-time information}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{Macros}{macros}}{Macros for manipulating run-time information}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Debugging features}}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Overview}{debuggingoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows supports some aspects of debugging an application through
|
||||
classes, functions and macros.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDebugContext}{wxdebugcontext}}{Provides various debugging facilities}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDebugStreamBuf}{wxdebugstreambuf}}{A stream buffer writing to the debug stream}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}}{Provides optional debugging versions of {\bf new} and {\bf delete}}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTrace}{wxtrace}}{Tracing facility}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTraceLevel}{wxtracelevel}}{Tracing facility with levels}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{WXDEBUG\_NEW}{debugnew}}{Use this macro to give further debugging information}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{WXTRACE}{trace}}{Trace macro}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{WXTRACELEVEL}{tracelevel}}{Trace macro with levels}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Interprocess communication}}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Overview}{ipcoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows provides a simple interprocess communications facilities
|
||||
based on DDE.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDDEClient}{wxddeclient}}{Represents a client}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDDEConnection}{wxddeconnection}}{Represents the connection between a client and a server}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDDEServer}{wxddeserver}}{Represents a server}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Document/view framework}}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Overview}{docviewoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows supports a document/view framework which provides
|
||||
housekeeping for a document-centric application.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO: MDI frame classes for documents; make it unnecessary to convert
|
||||
between streams and files (overridable method that uses filenames instead of streams).
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDocument}{wxdocument}}{Represents a document}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxView}{wxview}}{Represents a view}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDocTemplate}{wxdoctemplate}}{Manages the relationship between a document class and a veiw class}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDocManager}{wxdocmanager}}{Manages the documents and views in an application}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDocChildFrame}{wxdocchildframe}}{A child frame for showing a document view}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDocParentFrame}{wxdocparentframe}}{A parent frame to contain views}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Printing framework}}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Overview}{printingoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
A printing and previewing framework is implemented to
|
||||
make it relatively straighforward to provide document printing
|
||||
facilities.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPreviewFrame}{wxpreviewframe}}{Frame for displaying a print preview}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPreviewCanvas}{wxpreviewcanvas}}{Canvas for displaying a print preview}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPreviewControlBar}{wxpreviewcontrolbar}}{Standard control bar for a print preview}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrintData}{wxprintdata}}{Represents information about the document being printed}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrintDialog}{wxprintdialog}}{Standard print dialog}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrinter}{wxprinter}}{Class representing the printer}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrinterDC}{wxprinterdc}}{Printer device context}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrintout}{wxprintout}}{Class representing a particular printout}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrintPreview}{wxprintpreview}}{Class representing a print preview}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Database classes}}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Database classes overview}{odbcoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindows provides a set of classes for accessing Microsoft's ODBC (Open Database Connectivity)
|
||||
product.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDatabase}{wxdatabase}}{Database class}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxQueryCol}{wxquerycol}}{Class representing a column}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxQueryField}{wxqueryfield}}{Class representing a field}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRecordSet}{wxrecordset}}{Class representing one or more record}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
{\large {\bf Miscellaneous}}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxApp}{wxapp}}{Application class}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxHelpControllerBase}{wxhelpcontrollerbase}}{Base class for help controllers}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTimer}{wxtimer}}{Timer class}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSystemSettings}{wxsystemsettings}}{System settings class}
|
||||
\twocolitem{\helpref{wxWinHelpController}{wxwinhelpcontroller}}{Controls WinHelp instances}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
96
docs/latex/wx/checkbox.tex
Normal file
96
docs/latex/wx/checkbox.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxCheckBox}}\label{wxcheckbox}
|
||||
|
||||
A checkbox is a labelled box which is either on (checkmark is visible)
|
||||
or off (no checkmark).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxControl}{wxcontrol}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Window styles}
|
||||
|
||||
There are no special styles for wxCheckBox.
|
||||
|
||||
See also \helpref{window styles overview}{windowstyles}.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxRadioButton}{wxradiobutton}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCheckBox::wxCheckBox}\label{wxcheckboxconstr}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxCheckBox}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Default constructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxCheckBox}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{const wxString\& }{label}, \param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize}, \param{long}{ style = 0},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{const wxValidator\& }{val}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``checkBox"}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor, creating and showing a checkbox.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{parent}{Parent window. Must not be NULL.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{id}{Checkbox identifier. A value of -1 indicates a default value.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{label}{Text to be displayed next to the checkbox.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{pos}{Checkbox position. If the position (-1, -1) is specified then a default position is chosen.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{size}{Checkbox size. If the default size (-1, -1) is specified then a default size is chosen.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{style}{Window style. See \helpref{wxCheckBox}{wxcheckbox}.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{validator}{Window validator.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{Window name.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxCheckBox::Create}{wxcheckboxcreate}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCheckBox::\destruct{wxCheckBox}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxCheckBox}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Destructor, destroying the checkbox.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCheckBox::Create}\label{wxcheckboxcreate}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{const wxString\& }{label}, \param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize}, \param{long}{ style = 0},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{const wxValidator\& }{val}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``checkBox"}}
|
||||
|
||||
Creates the checkbox for two-step construction. See \helpref{wxCheckBox::wxCheckBox}{wxcheckboxconstr}\rtfsp
|
||||
for details.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCheckBox::GetValue}\label{wxcheckboxgetvalue}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{GetValue}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the state of the checkbox.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if it is checked, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCheckBox::SetValue}\label{wxcheckboxsetvalue}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetValue}{\param{const bool}{ state}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the checkbox to the given state.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{state}{If TRUE, the check is on, otherwise it is off.}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
193
docs/latex/wx/choice.tex
Normal file
193
docs/latex/wx/choice.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxChoice}}\label{wxchoice}
|
||||
|
||||
A choice item is used to select one of a list of strings. Unlike a
|
||||
listbox, only the selection is visible until the user pulls down the
|
||||
menu of choices.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxControl}{wxcontrol}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Window styles}
|
||||
|
||||
There are no special styles for wxChoice.
|
||||
|
||||
See also \helpref{window styles overview}{windowstyles}.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxListBox}{wxlistbox}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::wxChoice}\label{wxchoiceconstr}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxChoice}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Default constructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxChoice}{\param{wxWindow *}{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos}, \param{const wxSize\&}{ size},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{int}{ n}, \param{const wxString }{choices[]},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator = wxDefaultValidator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``choice"}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor, creating and showing a choice.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{parent}{Parent window. Must not be NULL.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{id}{Window identifier. A value of -1 indicates a default value.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{pos}{Window position.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{size}{Window size. If the default size (-1, -1) is specified then the choice is sized
|
||||
appropriately.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{n}{Number of strings with which to initialise the choice control.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{choices}{An array of strings with which to initialise the choice control.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{style}{Window style. See \helpref{wxChoice}{wxchoice}.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{validator}{Window validator.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{name}{Window name.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxChoice::Create}{wxchoicecreate}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::\destruct{wxChoice}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxChoice}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Destructor, destroying the choice item.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::Append}\label{wxchoiceappend}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{Append}{\param{const wxString\& }{ item}}
|
||||
|
||||
Adds the item to the end of the choice control.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{item}{String to add.}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::Clear}\label{wxchoiceclear}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{Clear}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Clears the strings from the choice item.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::Create}\label{wxchoicecreate}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow *}{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos}, \param{const wxSize\&}{ size},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{int}{ n}, \param{const wxString }{choices[]},\rtfsp
|
||||
\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``choice"}}
|
||||
|
||||
Creates the choice for two-step construction. See \helpref{wxChoice::wxChoice}{wxchoiceconstr}.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::FindString}\label{wxchoicefindstring}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{int}{FindString}{\param{const wxString\& }{string}}
|
||||
|
||||
Finds a choice matching the given string.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{string}{String to find.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the position if found, or -1 if not found.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::GetColumns}\label{wxchoicegetcolumns}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{int}{GetColumns}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the number of columns in this choice item.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
This is implemented for Motif only.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::GetSelection}\label{wxchoicegetselection}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{int}{GetSelection}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the id (position) of the selected string, or -1 if there is no selection.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::GetString}\label{wxchoicegetstring}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetString}{\param{int}{ n}}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the string at the given position.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{n}{The zero-based position.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Return value}
|
||||
|
||||
The string at the given position, or the empty string if {\it n} is invalid.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::GetStringSelection}\label{wxchoicegetstringselection}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetStringSelection}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Gets the selected string, or the empty string if no string is selected.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::Number}\label{wxchoicenumber}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{int}{Number}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the number of strings in the choice control.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::SetColumns}\label{wxchoicesetcolumns}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetColumns}{\param{int}{ n = 1}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the number of columns in this choice item.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{n}{Number of columns.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Remarks}
|
||||
|
||||
This is implemented for Motif only.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::SetSelection}\label{wxchoicesetselection}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetSelection}{\param{int}{ n}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the choice by passing the desired string position.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{n}{The string position to select, starting from zero.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxChoice::SetStringSelection}{wxchoicesetstringselection}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxChoice::SetStringSelection}\label{wxchoicesetstringselection}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetStringSelection}{\param{const wxString\& }{ string}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the choice by passing the desired string.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{string}{The string to select.}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxChoice::SetSelection}{wxchoicesetselection}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
76
docs/latex/wx/clasinfo.tex
Normal file
76
docs/latex/wx/clasinfo.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxClassInfo}}\label{wxclassinfo}
|
||||
|
||||
This class stores meta-information about classes. Instances of this class are
|
||||
not generally defined directly by an application, but indirectly through use
|
||||
of macros such as {\bf DECLARE\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS} and {\bf IMPLEMENT\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS}.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
No parent class.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Overview}{wxclassinfooverview}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClassInfo::wxClassInfo}\label{wxclassinfoconstr}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxClassInfo}{\param{char* }{className}, \param{char* }{baseClass1}, \param{char* }{baseClass2},
|
||||
\param{int}{ size}, \param{wxObjectConstructorFn }{fn}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructs a wxClassInfo object. The supplied macros implicitly construct objects of this
|
||||
class, so there is no need to create such objects explicitly in an application.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClassInfo::CreateObject}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxObject*}{CreateObject}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Creates an object of the appropriate kind. Returns NULL if the class has not been declared
|
||||
dynamically createable (typically, it's an abstract class).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClassInfo::FindClass}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{static wxClassInfo *}{FindClass}{\param{char* }{name}}
|
||||
|
||||
Finds the wxClassInfo object for a class of the given string name.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClassInfo::GetBaseClassName1}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{char*}{GetBaseClassName1}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the name of the first base class (NULL if none).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClassInfo::GetBaseClassName2}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{char*}{GetBaseClassName2}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the name of the second base class (NULL if none).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClassInfo::GetClassName}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{char *}{GetClassName}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the string form of the class name.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClassInfo::GetSize}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{int}{GetSize}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the size of the class.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClassInfo::InitializeClasses}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{static void}{InitializeClasses}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Initializes pointers in the wxClassInfo objects for fast execution
|
||||
of IsKindOf. Called in base wxWindows library initialization.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClassInfo::IsKindOf}\label{wxclassinfoiskindof}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{IsKindOf}{\param{wxClassInfo* }{info}}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if this class is a kind of (inherits from) the given class.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
174
docs/latex/wx/classes.tex
Normal file
174
docs/latex/wx/classes.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Alphabetical class reference}\label{classref}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
|
||||
\pagenumbering{arabic}%
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{comment}
|
||||
\helpignore{\section{Class hierarchy}%
|
||||
|
||||
The GUI-specific wxWindows class hierarchy is shown in Figure 5.1.
|
||||
Many other, non-GUI classes have been omitted.
|
||||
|
||||
\vskip 1cm
|
||||
$$\image{14cm;0cm}{wxclass.ps}$$
|
||||
\vskip 1cm
|
||||
\centerline{Figure 5.1: wxWindows class hierarchy}
|
||||
|
||||
\newpage}%
|
||||
|
||||
\overview{Writing a wxWindows application: a rough guide}{roughguide}
|
||||
|
||||
\helponly{
|
||||
\sethotspotcolour{off}%
|
||||
\large{
|
||||
\helpref{Notes on using the reference}{referencenotes}\\
|
||||
\helpref{Guide to functions}{functions}
|
||||
\sethotspotcolour{on}%
|
||||
}}
|
||||
\end{comment}
|
||||
|
||||
\input activevt.tex
|
||||
\input app.tex
|
||||
\input button.tex
|
||||
\input bitmap.tex
|
||||
\input bbutton.tex
|
||||
\input brush.tex
|
||||
\input checkbox.tex
|
||||
\input choice.tex
|
||||
\input clasinfo.tex
|
||||
\input clientdc.tex
|
||||
\input clipbrd.tex
|
||||
\input closeevt.tex
|
||||
\input colour.tex
|
||||
\input colordlg.tex
|
||||
\input combobox.tex
|
||||
\input command.tex
|
||||
\input cmdevent.tex
|
||||
\input cmdproc.tex
|
||||
\input conditn.tex
|
||||
\input control.tex
|
||||
\input cursor.tex
|
||||
\input database.tex
|
||||
\input date.tex
|
||||
\input datstream.tex
|
||||
\input dc.tex
|
||||
\input ddeclint.tex
|
||||
\input ddeconn.tex
|
||||
\input ddeservr.tex
|
||||
\input debugcxt.tex
|
||||
\input dialog.tex
|
||||
\input dirdlg.tex
|
||||
\input document.tex
|
||||
\input docchfrm.tex
|
||||
\input docmanag.tex
|
||||
\input docprfrm.tex
|
||||
\input doctempl.tex
|
||||
\input dropevt.tex
|
||||
\input eraseevt.tex
|
||||
\input event.tex
|
||||
\input evthand.tex
|
||||
\input expr.tex
|
||||
\input file.tex
|
||||
\input filedlg.tex
|
||||
\input filehist.tex
|
||||
\input focusevt.tex
|
||||
\input font.tex
|
||||
\input fontdlg.tex
|
||||
\input fontlist.tex
|
||||
\input frame.tex
|
||||
\input gauge.tex
|
||||
\input gdiobj.tex
|
||||
\input grid.tex
|
||||
\input hash.tex
|
||||
\input helpinst.tex
|
||||
\input idleevt.tex
|
||||
\input icon.tex
|
||||
\input imaglist.tex
|
||||
\input ilayout.tex
|
||||
\input indlgevt.tex
|
||||
\input joystick.tex
|
||||
\input joyevent.tex
|
||||
\input keyevent.tex
|
||||
\input layout.tex
|
||||
\input list.tex
|
||||
\input listbox.tex
|
||||
\input listctrl.tex
|
||||
\input listevt.tex
|
||||
\input mask.tex
|
||||
\input mdi.tex
|
||||
\input menu.tex
|
||||
\input menuitem.tex
|
||||
\input menuevt.tex
|
||||
\input memorydc.tex
|
||||
\input msgdlg.tex
|
||||
\input metafile.tex
|
||||
\input minifram.tex
|
||||
\input module.tex
|
||||
\input mouseevt.tex
|
||||
\input moveevt.tex
|
||||
\input mltchdlg.tex
|
||||
\input mutex.tex
|
||||
\input node.tex
|
||||
\input object.tex
|
||||
\input pagedlg.tex
|
||||
\input paintdc.tex
|
||||
\input paintevt.tex
|
||||
\input palette.tex
|
||||
\input panel.tex
|
||||
\input pantabv.tex
|
||||
\input pathlist.tex
|
||||
\input pen.tex
|
||||
\input point.tex
|
||||
\input prevwin.tex
|
||||
\input print.tex
|
||||
\input process.tex
|
||||
\input postscpt.tex
|
||||
\input query.tex
|
||||
\input radiobox.tex
|
||||
\input radiobut.tex
|
||||
\input realpoin.tex
|
||||
\input rect.tex
|
||||
\input recrdset.tex
|
||||
\input region.tex
|
||||
\input screendc.tex
|
||||
\input scrolbar.tex
|
||||
\input scrolevt.tex
|
||||
\input scrolwin.tex
|
||||
\input sngchdlg.tex
|
||||
\input size.tex
|
||||
\input sizeevt.tex
|
||||
\input slider.tex
|
||||
\input spinbutt.tex
|
||||
\input splitter.tex
|
||||
\input statbmp.tex
|
||||
\input statbox.tex
|
||||
\input stattext.tex
|
||||
\input statusbr.tex
|
||||
%\input wxstring.tex
|
||||
\input strlist.tex
|
||||
\input sysclevt.tex
|
||||
\input settings.tex
|
||||
\input tab.tex
|
||||
\input tabctrl.tex
|
||||
\input tabevent.tex
|
||||
\input taskbar.tex
|
||||
\input text.tex
|
||||
\input textdlg.tex
|
||||
\input valtext.tex
|
||||
\input thread.tex
|
||||
\input time.tex
|
||||
\input timer.tex
|
||||
\input toolbar.tex
|
||||
\input treectrl.tex
|
||||
\input treeevt.tex
|
||||
\input upditer.tex
|
||||
\input upduievt.tex
|
||||
\input validatr.tex
|
||||
\input view.tex
|
||||
\input wave.tex
|
||||
\input window.tex
|
||||
\input windowdc.tex
|
||||
\input winhelp.tex
|
||||
|
||||
\input function.tex
|
||||
|
||||
31
docs/latex/wx/clientdc.tex
Normal file
31
docs/latex/wx/clientdc.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxClientDC}}\label{wxclientdc}
|
||||
|
||||
A wxClientDC must be constructed if an application wishes to paint on the
|
||||
client area of a window from outside an {\bf OnPaint} event.
|
||||
This should normally be constructed as a temporary stack object; don't store
|
||||
a wxClientDC object.
|
||||
|
||||
To draw on a window from within {\bf OnPaint}, construct a \helpref{wxPaintDC}{wxpaintdc} object.
|
||||
|
||||
To draw on the whole window including decorations, construct a \helpref{wxWindowDC}{wxwindowdc} object
|
||||
(Windows only).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxDC}{wxdc}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxDC}{wxdc}, \helpref{wxMemoryDC}{wxmemorydc}, \helpref{wxPaintDC}{wxpaintdc},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindowDC}{wxwindowdc}, \helpref{wxScreenDC}{wxscreendc}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClientDC::wxClientDC}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxClientDC}{\param{wxWindow*}{ window}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor. Pass a pointer to the window on which you wish to paint.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
103
docs/latex/wx/clipbrd.tex
Normal file
103
docs/latex/wx/clipbrd.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxClipboard}}\label{wxclipboard}
|
||||
|
||||
There is one wxClipboard object referenced by the pointer
|
||||
wxTheClipboard, initialized by calling \helpref{wxInitClipboard}{wxinitclipboard}.
|
||||
Under X, clipboard manipulation must be done by using this class, and
|
||||
such code will work under MS Windows also. Under MS Windows, you have the
|
||||
alternative of using the normal clipboard functions.
|
||||
|
||||
The documentation for this class will be expanded in due course. At present,
|
||||
wxClipboard is only used in the wxMediaWindow add-on library.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxClipboardClient}{wxclipboardclient}, \helpref{wxInitClipboard}{wxinitclipboard}.
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClipboard::GetClipboardClient}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxClipboardClient *}{GetClipboardClient}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Get the clipboard client directly. Will be NULL if clipboard data
|
||||
is a string, or if some other application owns the clipboard.
|
||||
This can be useful for shortcutting data translation, if the
|
||||
clipboard user can check for a specific client.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClipboard::GetClipboardData}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{char*}{GetClipboardData}{\param{const wxString\& }{format}, \param{long *}{length}, \param{long}{ time}}
|
||||
|
||||
Get data from the clipboard.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClipboard::GetClipboardString}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxString}{GetClipboardString}{\param{long}{ time}}
|
||||
|
||||
Get the data from the clipboard in the format ``TEXT".
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClipboard::SetClipboardClient}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetClipboardClient}{\param{wxClipboardClient *}{client}, \param{long}{ time}}
|
||||
|
||||
Set the clipboard data owner.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClipboard::SetClipboardString}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetClipboardString}{\param{const wxString\& }{data}, \param{long}{ time}}
|
||||
|
||||
Set the clipboard string; does not require a client.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxClipboardClient}}\label{wxclipboardclient}
|
||||
|
||||
Implemented under X and MS Windows, a clipboard client holds data
|
||||
belonging to the clipboard. For plain text, a client is not necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
wxClipboardClient is an abstract class for which the virtual functions
|
||||
BeingReplaced and GetData must be overridden.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxClipboard}{wxclipboard}, \helpref{wxInitClipboard}{wxinitclipboard}.
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClipboardClient::formats}
|
||||
|
||||
\member{wxStringList}{formats}
|
||||
|
||||
This list should be filled in with strings indicating the formats
|
||||
this client can provide. Almost all clients will provide``TEXT".
|
||||
Format names should be 4 characters long, so things will work
|
||||
out on the Macintosh.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClipboardClient::BeingReplaced}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{BeingReplaced}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
This method is called when the client is losing the selection.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxClipboardClient::GetData}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{char*}{GetData}{\param{const wxString\& }{format}, \param{long *}{size}}
|
||||
|
||||
This method is called when someone wants the data this client is
|
||||
supplying to the clipboard.
|
||||
|
||||
{\it format} is a string indicating the
|
||||
format of the data - one of the strings from the ``formats"
|
||||
list.
|
||||
|
||||
{\it size} should be filled with the size of the resulting
|
||||
data. In the case of text, {\it size} does not count the
|
||||
NULL terminator.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
57
docs/latex/wx/closeevt.tex
Normal file
57
docs/latex/wx/closeevt.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxCloseEvent}}\label{wxcloseevent}
|
||||
|
||||
This event class contains information about window and session close events.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxEvent}{wxevent}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Event table macros}
|
||||
|
||||
To process a close event, use these event handler macros to direct input to member
|
||||
functions that take a wxCloseEvent argument.
|
||||
|
||||
\twocolwidtha{7cm}
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_CLOSE(func)}}{Process a close event, supplying the member function.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}%
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindow::OnCloseWindow}{wxwindowonclosewindow},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindow::Close}{wxwindowclose},\rtfsp
|
||||
\helpref{Window deletion overview}{windowdeletionoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCloseEvent::wxCloseEvent}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxCloseEvent}{\param{WXTYPE}{ commandEventType = 0}, \param{int}{ id = 0}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCloseEvent::GetLoggingOff}\label{wxcloseeventgetloggingoff}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{GetLoggingOff}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if the user is logging off.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCloseEvent::GetSessionEnding}\label{wxcloseeventgetsessionending}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{GetSessionEnding}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if the session is ending.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCloseEvent::GetForce}\label{wxcloseeventgetforce}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{void}{GetForce}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if the application wishes to force the window to close.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCloseEvent::Veto}\label{wxcloseeventveto}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{Veto}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
179
docs/latex/wx/cmdevent.tex
Normal file
179
docs/latex/wx/cmdevent.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxCommandEvent}}\label{wxcommandevent}
|
||||
|
||||
This event class contains information about command events, which originate from a variety of
|
||||
simple controls. More complex controls, such as \helpref{wxTreeCtrl}{wxtreectrl}, have separate command event classes.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxEvent}{wxevent}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Event table macros}
|
||||
|
||||
To process a menu command event, use these event handler macros to direct input to member
|
||||
functions that take a wxCommandEvent argument.
|
||||
|
||||
\twocolwidtha{7cm}
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND(id, cmd, func)}}{Process a command, supplying the window identifier,
|
||||
command event identifier, and member function.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_RANGE(id1, id2, cmd, func)}}{Process a command for a range
|
||||
of window identifiers, supplying the minimum and maximum window identifiers,
|
||||
command event identifier, and member function.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_BUTTON(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_BUTTON\_CLICKED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a wxButton control.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_CHECKBOX(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_CHECKBOX\_CLICKED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a wxCheckBox control.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_CHOICE(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_CHOICE\_SELECTED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a wxChoice control.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_LISTBOX(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_LISTBOX\_SELECTED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a wxListBox control.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_LISTBOX_DCLICK(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_LISTBOX\_DOUBLECLICKED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a wxListBox control.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TEXT(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TEXT\_UPDATED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a wxTextCtrl control.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TEXT\_ENTER(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TEXT\_ENTER command,
|
||||
which is generated by a wxTextCtrl control.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_MENU(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_MENU\_SELECTED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a menu item.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_MENU\_RANGE(id1, id2, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_MENU\_RANGE command,
|
||||
which is generated by a range of menu items.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_SLIDER(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_SLIDER\_UPDATED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a wxSlider control.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_RADIOBOX(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_RADIOBOX\_SELECTED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a wxRadioBox control.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_RADIOBUTTON(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_RADIOBUTTON\_SELECTED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a wxRadioButton control.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_SCROLLBAR(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_SCROLLBAR\_UPDATED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a wxScrollBar control. This is provided for compatibility only;
|
||||
more specific scrollbar event macros should be used instead (see \helpref{wxScrollEvent}{wxscrollevent}).}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMBOBOX(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_COMBOBOX\_SELECTED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a wxComboBox control.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TOOL(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TOOL\_CLICKED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a toobar button.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TOOL\_RCLICKED(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TOOL\_RCLICKED command,
|
||||
which is generated by a toobar button.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TOOL\_ENTER(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TOOL\_ENTER command,
|
||||
which is generated by a toobar button.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_LEFT\_CLICK(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_LEFT\_CLICK command,
|
||||
which is generated by a control (Windows 95 and NT only).}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_LEFT\_DCLICK(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_LEFT\_DCLICK command,
|
||||
which is generated by a control (Windows 95 and NT only).}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_RIGHT\_CLICK(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_RIGHT\_CLICK command,
|
||||
which is generated by a control (Windows 95 and NT only).}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_SET\_FOCUS(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_SET\_FOCUS command,
|
||||
which is generated by a control (Windows 95 and NT only).}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_KILL\_FOCUS(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_KILL\_FOCUS command,
|
||||
which is generated by a control (Windows 95 and NT only).}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_ENTER(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_ENTER command,
|
||||
which is generated by a control.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}%
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::m\_clientData}
|
||||
|
||||
\member{char*}{m\_clientData}
|
||||
|
||||
Contains a pointer to client data for listboxes and choices, if the event
|
||||
was a selection.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::m\_commandInt}
|
||||
|
||||
\member{int}{m\_commandInt}
|
||||
|
||||
Contains an integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
|
||||
radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
|
||||
deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::m\_commandString}
|
||||
|
||||
\member{char*}{m\_commandString}
|
||||
|
||||
Contains a string corresponding to a listbox or choice selection.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::m\_extraLong}
|
||||
|
||||
\member{long}{m\_extraLong}
|
||||
|
||||
Extra information. If the event comes from a listbox selection, it is
|
||||
a boolean determining whether the event was a selection (TRUE) or a
|
||||
deselection (FALSE). A listbox deselection only occurs for
|
||||
multiple-selection boxes, and in this case the index and string values
|
||||
are indeterminate and the listbox must be examined by the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::wxCommandEvent}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxCommandEvent}{\param{WXTYPE}{ commandEventType = 0}, \param{int}{ id = 0}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::Checked}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Checked}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE or FALSE for a checkbox selection event.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::GetClientData}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{char*}{GetClientData}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns client data pointer for a listbox or choice selection event
|
||||
(not valid for a deselection).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::GetExtraLong}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{long}{GetExtraLong}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the {\bf m\_extraLong} member.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::GetInt}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{int}{GetInt}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the {\bf m\_commandInt} member.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::GetSelection}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{int}{GetSelection}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid for
|
||||
a deselection).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::GetString}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{char*}{GetString}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid for
|
||||
a deselection).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::IsSelection}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{IsSelection}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
For a listbox or choice event, returns TRUE if it is a selection, FALSE if it
|
||||
is a deselection.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::SetClientData}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetClientData}{\param{char*}{ clientData}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the client data for this event.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::SetExtraLong}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetExtraLong}{\param{int}{ extraLong}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the {\bf m\_extraLong} member.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::SetInt}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetInt}{\param{int}{ intCommand}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the {\bf m\_commandInt} member.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandEvent::SetString}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetString}{\param{char*}{ string}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the {\bf m\_commandString} member.
|
||||
|
||||
106
docs/latex/wx/cmdproc.tex
Normal file
106
docs/latex/wx/cmdproc.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxCommandProcessor}}\label{wxcommandprocessor}
|
||||
|
||||
wxCommandProcessor is a class that maintains a history of wxCommands,
|
||||
with undo/redo functionality built-in. Derive a new class from this
|
||||
if you want different behaviour.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxCommandProcessor overview}{wxcommandprocessoroverview}, \helpref{wxCommand}{wxcommand}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::wxCommandProcessor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxCommandProcessor}{\param{int}{ maxCommands = 100}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor.
|
||||
|
||||
{\it maxCommands} defaults to a rather arbitrary 100, but can be set from 1 to any integer.
|
||||
If your wxCommand classes store a lot of data, you may wish the limit the number of
|
||||
commands stored to a smaller number.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::\destruct{wxCommandProcessor}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxCommandProcessor}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Destructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::CanUndo}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{virtual bool}{CanUndo}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns TRUE if the currently-active command can be undone, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::ClearCommands}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{virtual void}{ClearCommands}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Deletes all the commands in the list and sets the current command pointer to NULL.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::Do}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{virtual bool}{Do}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Executes (redoes) the current command (the command that has just been undone if any).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::GetCommands}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxList\&}{GetCommands}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the list of commands.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::GetMaxCommands}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{int}{GetMaxCommands}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the maximum number of commands that the command processor stores.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::GetEditMenu}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxMenu*}{GetEditMenu}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the edit menu associated with the command processor.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::Initialize}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{virtual void}{Initialize}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Initializes the command processor, setting the current command to the
|
||||
last in the list (if any), and updating the edit menu (if one has been
|
||||
specified).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::SetEditMenu}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetEditMenu}{\param{wxMenu* }{menu}}
|
||||
|
||||
Tells the command processor to update the Undo and Redo items on this
|
||||
menu as appropriate. Set this to NULL if the menu is about to be
|
||||
destroyed and command operations may still be performed, or the command
|
||||
processor may try to access an invalid pointer.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::Submit}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{virtual bool}{Submit}{\param{wxCommand *}{command}, \param{bool}{ storeIt = TRUE}}
|
||||
|
||||
Submits a new command to the command processor. The command processor
|
||||
calls wxCommand::Do to execute the command; if it succeeds, the command
|
||||
is stored in the history list, and the associated edit menu (if any) updated
|
||||
appropriately. If it fails, the command is deleted
|
||||
immediately. Once Submit has been called, the passed command should not
|
||||
be deleted directly by the application.
|
||||
|
||||
{\it storeIt} indicates whether the successful command should be stored
|
||||
in the history list.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::Undo}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{virtual bool}{Undo}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Undoes the command just executed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
48
docs/latex/wx/colordlg.tex
Normal file
48
docs/latex/wx/colordlg.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
\section{\class{wxColourDialog}}\label{wxcolourdialog}
|
||||
|
||||
This class represents the colour chooser dialog.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxDialog}{wxdialog}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
|
||||
\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxColourDialog Overview}{wxcolourdialogoverview}, \helpref{wxColour}{wxcolour}, \helpref{wxColourData}{wxcolourdata}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxColourDialog::wxColourDialog}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxColourDialog}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxColourData* }{data = NULL}}
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor. Pass a parent window, and optionally a pointer to a block of colour
|
||||
data, which will be copied to the colour dialog's colour data.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{See also}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxColourData}{wxcolourdata}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxColourDialog::\destruct{wxColourDialog}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxColourDialog}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Destructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxColourDialog::GetColourData}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxColourData\&}{GetColourData}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the \helpref{colour data}{wxcolourdata} associated with the colour dialog.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxColourDialog::ShowModal}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{int}{ShowModal}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Shows the dialog, returning wxID\_OK if the user pressed OK, and wxOK\_CANCEL
|
||||
otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user